10.11.2014 Views

engineering services division electronics corporation of india limited ...

engineering services division electronics corporation of india limited ...

engineering services division electronics corporation of india limited ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

0<br />

ENGINEERING SERVICES DIVISION<br />

ELECTRONICS CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED<br />

NOTICE INVITING PUBLIC TENDER<br />

NO.HEAD:038:2010


1<br />

CONTENTS<br />

Sl.No. DESCRIPTION No. <strong>of</strong> Pages Page Nos<br />

1. INVITATION OF TENDER ---- 2 2 - 3<br />

2. TENDER DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS ---- 1 4<br />

• SPECIAL CONDITIONS ---- 1 5<br />

• SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRACTORS ---- 1 6<br />

• BUILDING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION<br />

WORKERS WELFARE CESS ACT<br />

---- 5 7 - 11<br />

• INVITATION OF TWO PART TENDERS ---- 4 12 - 15<br />

• CREDENTIALS OF CONTRACTORS ---- 1 16<br />

• FORM OF TENDER ---- 1 17<br />

• FORM OF AGGREMENT ---- 1 18<br />

• GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ---- 2 19 - 20<br />

• SCOPE OF CONTRACT ---- 14 21 - 34<br />

• VALUATION AND PAYMENT ---- 4 35 - 38<br />

• GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT-ECIL<br />

CONTRACTORS LABOUR REGULATIONS<br />

---- 3 39 - 41<br />

• SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ---- 9 42 - 50<br />

3 CONTRACT LABOUR REGULATIONS AND ABOLITION ---- 8 51 - 58<br />

4. SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS ---- 10 59 - 67<br />

5. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL WORK ---- 6 68 - 73<br />

6. SPECIFICATIONS FOR RCC WORK ---- 9 74 - 81<br />

7. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING WORK ---- 4 82 - 85<br />

8. SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAYING WATER SUPPLY PIPELINE ---- 6 86 - 90<br />

9. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING WORK ---- 4 91 - 94<br />

10. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALUMINIUM DOORS & WINDOWS ---- 2 95 – 96<br />

11. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL DOORS WINDOWS AND<br />

PARTITIONS<br />

---- 2 97 - 98<br />

12. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL ---- 14 99 - 112


2<br />

ELECTRONICS CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED<br />

ESD/ECIL/ECIL P.O. /HYD - 500062<br />

TENDER NOTICE NO.HEAD:038:2010<br />

Sealed 2 part tenders are invited from the Registered Contractors with adequate capability for the<br />

following works:<br />

S/N Name <strong>of</strong> the work Estimated<br />

Cost<br />

1. Civil works :<br />

a) Construction <strong>of</strong> Cement godown for<br />

ESD stores in ECIL.<br />

Rs.13.75 Lakhs<br />

Earnest Money<br />

Deposit<br />

Rs.19,062/-<br />

Cost <strong>of</strong><br />

Tender<br />

document<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

Period <strong>of</strong><br />

Completion<br />

4 Months<br />

b) Painting works to external walls<br />

and structural members for all<br />

<strong>division</strong>s in ECIL.<br />

Rs.49.50 Lakhs<br />

Rs.63,750/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

9 Months<br />

c) Annual Maintenance contract for<br />

Operation <strong>of</strong> water supply functions<br />

Rs.8.20 Lakhs<br />

Rs.12,150/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

12 Months<br />

d) Construction <strong>of</strong> Test room in<br />

RID bldg., in ECIL<br />

Rs.6.61 Lakhs<br />

Rs.10,135/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

3 Months<br />

e) Civil works at AECS-III training<br />

center in ECIL<br />

Rs.7.65 Lakhs<br />

Rs.11,435/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

4 Months<br />

2. Interior Works:<br />

a) Aluminium doors, windows,<br />

ventilators and falseceiling works at<br />

AECS-III training center.<br />

b) Supply and fixing Vitrified tiles<br />

flooring at AECS-III training center.<br />

Rs.5.85 Lakhs<br />

Rs.9.00 Lakhs<br />

Rs.9,185/-<br />

Rs.13,125/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

2 Months<br />

2 Months<br />

3. Electrical works :<br />

a) Annual maintenance contract for<br />

operation and maintenance <strong>of</strong><br />

electrical sub-stations.<br />

Rs.11.50 Lakhs<br />

Rs.16,250/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

12 Months<br />

b) Supply and Installation <strong>of</strong><br />

maintenance free earthing system<br />

for Electrical Sub-stations <strong>of</strong> ECIL.<br />

Rs.7.50 Lakhs<br />

Rs.11,250/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

3 Months<br />

c) Supply & Installation <strong>of</strong><br />

maintenance free earthing system<br />

for EMI / EMC & CATF projects in<br />

ECIL.<br />

Rs.13.50 Lakhs<br />

Rs.18,750/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

2 Months<br />

d) Providing power and lighting in<br />

south east area, Ground floor <strong>of</strong><br />

CND bldg., in ECIL.<br />

Rs.11.25 Lakhs<br />

Rs.15,935/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

3 Months<br />

e) Providing power and lighting for<br />

AECS-III training center in ECIL.<br />

Rs.18.18 Lakhs<br />

Rs.24,600/-<br />

Rs.560/-<br />

3 Months<br />

3. Contractors should submit their bids in two parts, Technical and Commercial in two separate sealed covers<br />

and both the sealed covers should be kept in another sealed cover.<br />

4. Contractors may quote for one or more works depending on their eligibility specified in Point No.7.<br />

5. The Cost <strong>of</strong> tender document <strong>of</strong> Rs.560/- each shall have to be paid only by crossed Demand Draft in favour<br />

<strong>of</strong> Accounts Officer, ECIL, Hyderabad, endorsed in sealed Technical bid without which the tender will be<br />

rejected. The demand draft for tender cost is not refundable.


3<br />

6. Tender shall be accompanied by a demand draft or Bank Guarantee as Earnest Money Deposit for each work<br />

drawn on SBI or any other Scheduled bank in favour <strong>of</strong> Accounts Officer, ECIL, Hyderabad. No exemption for<br />

non-submission <strong>of</strong> EMD will be allowed on any account without which the tender will be rejected.<br />

7. Contractors who have executed similar works with commensurate value <strong>of</strong> Estimated cost mentioned above<br />

for each work for 1)CIVIL - a, b, c, d & e 2) INTERIOR – a & b 3) ELECTRICAL - a, b, c, d & e in a single<br />

contract in one calendar year only shall be considered. The intending contractors shall have to produce copies<br />

<strong>of</strong> the latest Income Tax Clearance Certificate, Pan Card and documentary evidence to prove their capacity<br />

for doing such type <strong>of</strong> works without which their Tender will be rejected.<br />

8. Tenders in sealed covers marked with the name <strong>of</strong> the work as shown above will be received by undersigned<br />

up to 11.00 Hrs on17.09.2010 for Civil works, 18.09.2010 for Interior works and 20.09.2010 for Electrical works at ECIL,<br />

Hyderabad. All the sealed covers will be opened in the presence <strong>of</strong> all contractors / representatives. Sealed<br />

Technical bid will be opened to check the availability <strong>of</strong> DD for EMD and DD for cost <strong>of</strong> tender document as<br />

part <strong>of</strong> Technical bid without which the tender shall be rejected. Contractors will be called individually to<br />

scrutinize the technical bid for clarifications and eligibility to ascertain the Technical competence. Sealed<br />

Commercial bids and EMD will be returned to the contractor whose Technical bid is rejected. Those who<br />

qualify in Technical bid will be asked to be present at 15:00 Hrs for the opening <strong>of</strong> Commercial bid to identify<br />

L1.<br />

9. Details <strong>of</strong> Tender documents and Schedule <strong>of</strong> work can be downloaded from our website www.ecil.co.in and<br />

www.tenders.gov.in.<br />

10. Relevant pages <strong>of</strong> the tender documents should be signed and kept in Sealed Technical bid.<br />

11. The undersigned reserves the right to reject any or all tenders or accept without assigning any reasons.<br />

HEAD<br />

ENGINEERING SERVICES DIVISION


4<br />

Tender Documents & Specifications<br />

Tender Notice No ……………………………….<br />

………………………………………………………………………….<br />

………………………………………………………………………….<br />

………………………………………………………………………….


5<br />

SPECIAL CONDITIONS<br />

01. Any material brought for using on the work has to be documented by ECIL security and obtain<br />

the declaration forms from them indicating the work order number, quantity <strong>of</strong> all the material brought in<br />

for the entire work during the period <strong>of</strong> execution. Such declaration forms are required to be enclosed to<br />

the bills / handed over to the Engineer In-Charge for preparation <strong>of</strong> bills in the absence <strong>of</strong> which it may<br />

not be possible to release the payments.<br />

02. The PF & ESI contributions for the labour engaged on the work has to be borne by the<br />

contractor at 12% and 4.75% respectively on the wages paid to the labourers.<br />

03. The wages for labour shall be paid not less than the approved departmental rate<br />

communicated periodically in front <strong>of</strong> the Engineer In-Charge <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

04. The contractor shall maintain the wage register and PF & ESI records at site <strong>of</strong> work and<br />

produce the same for inspection at any time. The register should contain the name and details <strong>of</strong> all<br />

labour engaged on the work along with their PF & ESI numbers.<br />

05. The contractor shall take all safety precautions required for this job and shall ensure the work<br />

as per statutory requirements for the required amount.<br />

06. The contractor should have the required labour license to do the works in ECIL and also<br />

require engaging the man power who has police verification.<br />

07. In case <strong>of</strong> any ambiguity regarding any condition between general conditions and special<br />

conditions, more stringent / beneficial to the department will prevail.<br />

NOTE : The contractor has ensure registration with the authorities under The Building and other<br />

construction worker's (Regulation <strong>of</strong> employment and conditions <strong>of</strong> Service)Act, 1996 which is enclosed<br />

herewith for submission <strong>of</strong> returns and for assessment <strong>of</strong> cess in order to levy <strong>of</strong> taxes and the payment


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRACTORS<br />

6<br />

1. The contractor shall at all times keep his work area clean<br />

2. Display warning signs, caution boards in his work area.<br />

3. The contractor shall comply with the instructions given by the Safety <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />

4. Before carrying out the work in Radiography area, he has to follow the instructions <strong>of</strong><br />

Radiological Safety <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />

5. Inform all accidents/Fire immediately to the In-charge <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

6. Use ladders for safe access to work at height.<br />

7. Use safety belts while working in height.<br />

8. The contractor shall take prior permission from electrical department to carry out any<br />

excavation work or to work on electrical equipment or on electrical lines (Work Permit<br />

System).<br />

9. Contractor shall provide necessary Personal protective equipment (like Safety helmets,<br />

electrical gloves, Safety shoes, welding screens, Gum boots etc.,) to their workmen.<br />

10. Only men above the age <strong>of</strong> 18 years shall be employed in paint shops.<br />

11. "SMOKING - STRICTLY PROHIBITED" in paint shops/paint storage areas.<br />

12. Employ qualified & authorized welders for welding & gas cutting.<br />

13. Maintain welding cables and gas hoses in good condition.<br />

14. Do not route the welding cables across the passages.<br />

15. Keep wheel guards in position for all portable grinders.<br />

16. The contractor shall have licensed electrical staff at site.<br />

17. All three phase equipment shall be provided with double earthing.<br />

18. Use insulated hand tools to work to work on Electric lines/equipment.<br />

19. Before carrying any work on electrical installations/equipment, de-energize the circuit and<br />

confirm the line is dead by using and approved voltage testing device.<br />

20. When two persons are working within reach <strong>of</strong> each other, they shall never work on different<br />

phases <strong>of</strong> the supply.<br />

21. While tapping electricity from the socket, plug top must be used. Use only standard three<br />

pin plugs. Broken sockets/plugs shall be replaced immediately with good ones.<br />

22. Un authorized tapping <strong>of</strong> power is prohibited.<br />

23. Do not use Switch Boards as storage area.<br />

24. "MEN ON LINE", "DONOT SWITCH ON", "DANGER" OR CAUTION" or board as applicable<br />

shall be used during maintenance works on the electrical equipment. The contractor shall be<br />

held responsible for violation <strong>of</strong> safety measures. I shall follow and abide by above<br />

instructions.


7<br />

BUILDING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORKERS'<br />

WELFARE CESS ACT, 1996<br />

(Act No. 28 <strong>of</strong> 1996, dt.19.08.1996)<br />

An Act to provide for the levy and collection <strong>of</strong> a cess on the cost <strong>of</strong> construction incurred by employers<br />

with a view to augmenting the resources <strong>of</strong> the Building and Other Construction Workers' Welfare<br />

Boards constituted under the Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation <strong>of</strong> Employment and<br />

Conditions <strong>of</strong> Service) Act, 1996.<br />

Belt enacted by Parliament in the Forty-Seventh Years <strong>of</strong> the Republic <strong>of</strong> India as follows:<br />

01. Short title, extent and commencement:<br />

(1) This Act may be called the Building and other Construction Workers' Welfare Cess Act,<br />

1996. It is extends to the whole <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

(2) It shall be deemed to have come into force on the 3rd day <strong>of</strong> November, 1995.<br />

02. Definitions:<br />

In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,<br />

(a) "Board" means a Building and other Construction Workers Welfare Board constituted by a<br />

State Government under sub-sec.(1) <strong>of</strong> sec.18 <strong>of</strong> the Building and other Construction<br />

Workers(Regulation <strong>of</strong> Employment and Conditions <strong>of</strong> service) Act,1996.<br />

(b) "Fund" means the Building and other Construction Workers' Welfare Fund a constituted by a<br />

Board.<br />

(c) "Prescribed" means prescribed by rules made under this Act.<br />

(d) works and expressions used herein but not defined and defined in the Building and other<br />

Construction Workers' (Regulation <strong>of</strong> Employment and Conditions <strong>of</strong> Service) Act, 1996 shall have<br />

the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.<br />

03. Levy and collection <strong>of</strong> Cess:<br />

1. There shall be levied and collected a cess for the purposes <strong>of</strong> the Building and the<br />

Construction Workers (Regulation <strong>of</strong> Employment and Conditions <strong>of</strong> Service) Act, 1996,at<br />

such rate not exceeding two per cent but not less than one percent <strong>of</strong> the cost <strong>of</strong><br />

construction incurred by an employer, as the Central Government may, by notification in the<br />

Official Gazette, from time to time specify.<br />

2. The cess levied under sub-sec(1)shall be collected from every employer in such manner and<br />

at such time, including deduction at source in relation to a building or other construction work<br />

<strong>of</strong> a Government or <strong>of</strong> a public sector undertaking or advance collection through a local<br />

authority where an approval <strong>of</strong> such building or other construction work by such local<br />

authority is required, as may be prescribed.<br />

3. The proceeds <strong>of</strong> the cess collected under sub-sec.(2) shall be paid by the local authority or<br />

the State Government collecting the cess to the Board after deducting the cost <strong>of</strong> collection<br />

<strong>of</strong> such cess not exceeding one per cent <strong>of</strong> the amount collected.<br />

4. Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-sec(1) or sub-sec(2) the cess livable under this<br />

Act including payment <strong>of</strong> such cess in advance may subject to that assessment to be made ,<br />

be collected at a uniform rate or rates as ma y be prescribed or the basis <strong>of</strong> the quantum <strong>of</strong><br />

the building or other construction work involved.


8<br />

COMMENTS<br />

A cess has been collected for the purpose <strong>of</strong> the Building and other Construction Workers<br />

(Regulation <strong>of</strong> Employment and Conditions <strong>of</strong> Service) Act, 1996, at the rate <strong>of</strong> in between 1 and 2% <strong>of</strong><br />

the cost <strong>of</strong> construction incurred by an employer.<br />

04. Furnishing <strong>of</strong> Returns:<br />

(1) Every employer shall furnish such return to such <strong>of</strong>ficer or authority in such manner and at<br />

such time as may be prescribed.<br />

(2) If any person carrying on the building to other construction work, liable to pay the cess under<br />

Sec.3, fails to furnish any return under sub-sec.(1) the <strong>of</strong>ficer or the authority shall give a notice<br />

requiring such person to furnish such return before such date as may be specified in the notice.<br />

COMMENTS<br />

Any person who is carrying on the building or other construction work, liable to pay the cess<br />

under section 3, must furnish return to the concerned <strong>of</strong>fice authority shall give notice requiring such<br />

employer to furnish return before such date as mentioned in the notice.<br />

05. Assessment <strong>of</strong> Cess:<br />

(1) The <strong>of</strong>ficer or to whom or to which the return has been furnished under Sec.4 shall, after<br />

making or causing to be made such inquiry as he or it thinks in and after satisfying himself or itself<br />

that the particulars started in the return are correct by order, assess the amount <strong>of</strong> cess pay able<br />

by the employer.<br />

(2) If the return has not been furnished to the <strong>of</strong>ficer or authority under sub-sec.(2) <strong>of</strong> sec.4, he or<br />

it shall, after making or causing to be made such inquiry as he or it thinks fit by order, assess the<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> cess payable by the employer.<br />

(3) An order <strong>of</strong> assessment made under sub-sec.(1) or sub-sec(2) shall specify the date within<br />

which the cess shall be paid by the employer.<br />

06. Power to exempt:<br />

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, the Central Government may be notification in the<br />

Official Gazette, exempt any employer or class <strong>of</strong> employers in a State from the payment <strong>of</strong> cess<br />

payable under this Act where such cess is already levied and payable under any corresponding<br />

law in force in the State.<br />

COMMENTS<br />

Central Government has power to exempt from payment cess to any employer or class or<br />

employers in a State.<br />

07. Power <strong>of</strong> Entry:<br />

Any <strong>of</strong>ficer <strong>of</strong> authority <strong>of</strong> the State Government specially empowered on th behalf by that<br />

Government may<br />

(a) with such assistance, if any as he or it may think fit, enter at any reasonable time any place<br />

where he or it considers it necessary to enter for carrying out the purposes <strong>of</strong> this Act including<br />

verification <strong>of</strong> the correctness <strong>of</strong> any particulars furnished by any employer under Sec.4.<br />

(b) do within such place anything necessary for the proper discharge <strong>of</strong> his or its duties under this<br />

Act; and<br />

(c) Exercise such other powers as may be prescribed.<br />

08. Interest payable on delay in payment <strong>of</strong> cess:<br />

If any employer falls to pay any amount <strong>of</strong> cess payable under Sec.3 within the time specified in<br />

the order <strong>of</strong> assessment, such employer shall be liable to pay interest on the amount to be paid at<br />

the rate <strong>of</strong> two per cent, for every month or part <strong>of</strong> a month comprised in the period from the date<br />

on which such payment is due till such amount is actually paid.<br />

COMMENTS<br />

Whosoever falls to pay the amount <strong>of</strong> cess within the time, such employer shall be liable to pay<br />

interest on the amount to be paid at the time rate <strong>of</strong> 2% for every month <strong>of</strong> delay.<br />

09. Penalty for non-payment <strong>of</strong> cess within the specified time:<br />

If any amount <strong>of</strong> cess payable by any employer under sec.3 is not paid within the data specified in<br />

the order <strong>of</strong> assessment made under Sec.5, it shall be deemed to be in arrears and the authority


9<br />

prescribed in this behalf may, after making such inquiry as it deems fit, impose on such employer<br />

a penalty not exceeding the amount <strong>of</strong> cess.<br />

PROVIDED that, before imposing any such penalty, such employer shall be given a reasonable<br />

opportunity <strong>of</strong> being heard and if after such hearing the said authority is satisfied that the default<br />

was for any good and sufficient reason, no penalty shall be imposed under the section.<br />

COMMENTS<br />

The penalty for non-payment <strong>of</strong> cess within the specified time is not exceeding the amount <strong>of</strong><br />

cess.<br />

10. Recovery <strong>of</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> due under the Act.<br />

Any amount due under this Act (Including any interest or penalty) from an employer may be<br />

recovered in the same manner as an arrear <strong>of</strong> land revenue.<br />

COMMENTS<br />

The amount (cess) recovered under this Act is treated as an arrear <strong>of</strong> land revenue.<br />

11. Appeal<br />

(1) Any employer aggrieved by an order <strong>of</strong> assessment made under Sec.5 or by an order<br />

imposing penalty made under Sec.9 may, within such time as may be prescribed, appeal to such<br />

appellate authority in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed.<br />

(2) Every appeal preferred under sub-sec.(1) shall be accompanied by such fees as may be<br />

prescribed.<br />

(3) After the receipt <strong>of</strong> any appeal under sub-sec.(1), the appellate authority shall, after giving<br />

the appellant an opportunity <strong>of</strong> being heard in the matter, dispose <strong>of</strong> the appeal as expeditiously as<br />

possible.<br />

(4) Every order passed in appeal under this section shall be final and shall not be called in<br />

question in any Court <strong>of</strong> law.<br />

12. Penalty<br />

(1) Wherever, being under an obligation to furnish a return under this Act, furnishes any return<br />

knowing or having reason believe the same to be false, shall be punishable with imprisonment which<br />

may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.<br />

(2) Whosoever, being liable to pay cess under this Act, willfully or internally evades or attempts<br />

to evade the payment <strong>of</strong> such cess shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to six<br />

months, or with fine, or with both.<br />

(3) No Court shall take cognizance <strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>fence punishable under this section save on a<br />

complaint made by or under the authority <strong>of</strong> the Central Government.<br />

13. Offences by companies<br />

(1) Where an <strong>of</strong>fence under this Act has been committed by a company every person who, at<br />

the time the <strong>of</strong>fence was committed was In-charge <strong>of</strong>, and was responsible to, the company for the<br />

conduct <strong>of</strong> the business <strong>of</strong> the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>of</strong>fence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.<br />

PROVIDED that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to<br />

any punishment if he proves that the <strong>of</strong>fence was committed without his knowledge or that he had<br />

exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission <strong>of</strong> such <strong>of</strong>fence.<br />

(2) Not withstanding anything contained in sub-sec.(1), where an <strong>of</strong>fence under this Act has<br />

been committed with the consent <strong>of</strong> connivance <strong>of</strong>, or is attributable to any neglect on the part<br />

<strong>of</strong>, any director, manager, secretary or other <strong>of</strong>ficer <strong>of</strong> the company such director, manager,<br />

secretary or other <strong>of</strong>ficer shall also be deemed to be guilty <strong>of</strong> that <strong>of</strong>fence and shall be liable to<br />

be proceeded against and punished accordingly.<br />

Explanation for the purposes <strong>of</strong> this section,-<br />

(a) "company" means by any body corporate and includes a firm or other association <strong>of</strong><br />

individual; and<br />

(b) "Director", in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.


10<br />

14. Power to make rules<br />

(1) The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules for carrying<br />

out the provisions <strong>of</strong> this Act.<br />

(2) Without prejudice to the generality <strong>of</strong> the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any<br />

<strong>of</strong> the following matters namely:<br />

(a) the manner in which and the time within which the cess shall be collected under sub-sec.(2)<br />

or sec.3;<br />

(b) the rate or rates <strong>of</strong> advance cess leviable under sub-sec.(4) or Sec.3;<br />

(c) the particulars <strong>of</strong> the returns to be furnished, the <strong>of</strong>ficer or authority to whom or to which such<br />

returns shall be furnished and the manner and time <strong>of</strong> furnishing such returns under sub-sec.(1)<br />

<strong>of</strong> sec.4;<br />

(d) the powers which may be exercised by the <strong>of</strong>ficer or authority under Sec.7<br />

(e) the authority which may impose penalty under sec.9;<br />

(f) the authority to which an appeal may be filed under sub-sec.(1) <strong>of</strong> Sec.11 and the time within<br />

which and the form and manner in which such appeal may be filed.<br />

(g) the fees which shall accompany an appeal under sub-sec.(2) <strong>of</strong> Sec.11; and<br />

(h) Any other matter which has to be, or may be, prescribed.<br />

(3) Every rule made under this Act shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made, before each<br />

House <strong>of</strong> Parliament while it is in session for a total period <strong>of</strong> thirty days which may be comprised in<br />

one session or two or more successive sessions, and if before the expiry <strong>of</strong> the session immediately<br />

following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree that the rule<br />

should not be made, the rule shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be <strong>of</strong> no<br />

effect, as the case may be so however, that any such modification or annulment shall be without<br />

prejudice to the validity <strong>of</strong> anything previously done under that rule.<br />

15. Repeal and saving<br />

(1) The Building and other Construction Workers' Welfare Cess(Third Ordinance), 1996 (Ord.26<br />

<strong>of</strong> 1996), hereby released.<br />

(2) Notwithstanding such repeal, anything done or any action taken under the said Ordinance<br />

shall be deemed to have done or taken under the corresponding progressive <strong>of</strong> this Act.


12<br />

INVITATION OF TWO PARTS TENDER<br />

Tender Notice No.________________________<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> work: - _______________________________________________________<br />

_______________________________________________________<br />

Estimation Cost : Rs. ___________________________________________________<br />

1. Sealed two part tenders for the above noted work are hereby invited from the contractors<br />

experienced in works <strong>of</strong> similar kind and magnitude. Tenders will be received and opened by<br />

the Head ESD as per the time and date mentioned in ECIL website www.ecil.co.in in the<br />

presence <strong>of</strong> the tenderers or their agents who may choose to attend.<br />

2. Tenders must be submitted in two parts (Technical & Commercial) in two separate sealed<br />

covers and both to be kept in one another sealed cover should be addressed to Head ESD, the<br />

full name and address <strong>of</strong> the tenderer and name <strong>of</strong> the work shall be noted on the cover.<br />

Unsealed tender will be rejected.<br />

3. All entries in the tender documents should be in one ink. Erasures and over writing are not<br />

permitted. All cancellations and insertions should be duly signed by the tenderers concerned.<br />

4. Tenderers are required to sign each and every page <strong>of</strong> the Tender documents including the<br />

drawings attached hereto.<br />

5. Unit rates should be quoted in figures as well as in words with reference to each item and for all<br />

items should be shown in the attached schedule. These rates shall be for the finished work at<br />

site. Amount <strong>of</strong> each item and the total page by page as also the grand total amount <strong>of</strong> the<br />

whole contract should also be filled in by tenderers. While quoting the rates in the schedule <strong>of</strong><br />

the quantities the word ‘only’ should be written in the next line, special care should be taken to<br />

write rates and amounts in such way that no interpolation is possible. Corrections if any should<br />

be attested with full signature and dated by the tenderer.<br />

Item rate tender containing percentage below / above will be summarily rejected.<br />

6. Quantities shown in the schedule are only approximate and are liable to variation without<br />

entitling the contractors to any compensation.<br />

Any error in description, quantity <strong>of</strong> rate in Schedule ‘A’ or any omission there form shall not<br />

vitiate the contract or release the contractor from the execution <strong>of</strong> the whole or any part <strong>of</strong> the<br />

works comprised therein according to the drawings and specifications or form any <strong>of</strong> his<br />

obligations under the contract. Any error in quantity and or amount in schedule shall be<br />

adjusted in accordance with the following rules:<br />

a) In case the rates and figures differ, the rates which correspond to the amount worked out by<br />

the contractor shall be taken as correct. In case the amount <strong>of</strong> an item is not worked out by<br />

the contractor or it does not correspond with the rate written either in figures or words then<br />

the lower <strong>of</strong> the two rates will be taken as correct.


13<br />

b) In the event <strong>of</strong> an error occurring in the amount columns <strong>of</strong> Schedule ‘A” or Bill <strong>of</strong> quantities<br />

as a result <strong>of</strong> wrong extension <strong>of</strong> unit rate and quantity, the unit rate quoted by tenderers<br />

shall be regarded as firm and the extensions shall be amended on the basis <strong>of</strong> the rate.<br />

c) All errors in totaling in the amount column and carrying forward totals shall be corrected.<br />

d) Any omissions to include in the totals or to carry forwards the prime cost sums and or<br />

provisional sums shall be corrected.<br />

e) The total <strong>of</strong> Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities, as amended above shall be carried over to Schedule ‘A’<br />

similarly, the totals <strong>of</strong> various sections <strong>of</strong> Schedule ‘A’ as amended shall be carried over to<br />

the General Summary and the tendered sum amended accordingly. The tendered sum so<br />

altered shall for the purpose <strong>of</strong> the tender, be substituted for the sum, originally tendered<br />

and considered for acceptance instead <strong>of</strong> the original sum quoted by the contractor.<br />

7. In quoting their rates, the tenderers are advised to take into account all factors including any<br />

fluctuations in the market rates etc. No claim will be entertained on this account after<br />

acceptance <strong>of</strong> the tender or during the currency <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

8. Before tendering the tenderers are advised to inspect the site <strong>of</strong> work and its environment and<br />

be well acquainted with the actual working and other prevalent conditions, position <strong>of</strong> materials<br />

and labour, General and Special Conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract, Drawings and specifications and all<br />

other documents which form part <strong>of</strong> the Agreement to be entered into.<br />

9. The tender shall remain valid for three months from the date <strong>of</strong> opening tenders for acceptance.<br />

10. In the event <strong>of</strong> a tender being submitted by a partnership firm the tender must be signed<br />

separately and legibly by each partner or member <strong>of</strong> the firm or in their absence, a person<br />

holding the power <strong>of</strong> Attorney on behalf <strong>of</strong> the firm concerned. In the later case, a copy <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Power <strong>of</strong> Attorney duly attested by a Gazetted Officer must accompany the tender. It must also<br />

be disclosed that the firm is duly registered under the Indian Partnership Act. If the tender is<br />

made by a <strong>corporation</strong>, it shall be signed by a duly authorized Officer who shall produce with his<br />

tenders satisfactory evidence <strong>of</strong> his authorization. Such tendering Corporation may be required<br />

before the contract is executed, to furnish evidence <strong>of</strong> its <strong>corporation</strong> existence.<br />

11. Every tender shall be accompanied by a demand draft or Bank Guarantee for<br />

Rs._________________ as earnest money deposit drawn on State Bank <strong>of</strong> India (Hyderabad<br />

Branch) or any Schedule Bank in favour <strong>of</strong> the Accounts Officers, Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong><br />

India Ltd., Hyderabad. This earnest money will be refunded to the unsuccessful tenderer after<br />

the award <strong>of</strong> work is finalized. In the case <strong>of</strong> the successful tenderer, the Earnest Money will be<br />

retained as part <strong>of</strong> the Security Deposit and will be refunded only after completion <strong>of</strong> work and<br />

the expiry <strong>of</strong> the maintenance period as provided for in the tender documents.<br />

The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited in case the Head (ESD feels that the tenders are not<br />

bonafied or the tenderer modifies or revokes the tender during the period the tenders are kept<br />

open. The decision <strong>of</strong> Head (ESD) as to whether a tender is bonafied or not is final and<br />

conclusive and is binding on the tenderer.


12. Tenderers should furnish a valid income tax clearance certificate along with the tender.<br />

14<br />

13. The persons whose tender(s) may be accepted (hereinafter) called the contractor(s) shall have<br />

to pay a total security deposit amounting to Rs.<br />

(i)<br />

(ii)<br />

(iii)<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> work costing upto Rs. 1,00,0000/- 10% <strong>of</strong> the mount billed for<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> work costing more than Rs. 1,00,000/- and upto Rs. 2,00,000/- 10% on first<br />

Rs. 1,00,000/- and 7.5% on the balance, and<br />

In case <strong>of</strong> works costing more than Rs. 2,00,000/- 10% on Rs. 1,00,000/- 7.5% on the next<br />

Rs. 1,00,000/- and 5% on the balance subject only unless he or / they has / have deposited<br />

the amount <strong>of</strong> security deposit at the rates mentioned above in cash or in the form <strong>of</strong><br />

Government Securities or Fixed Deposits or Guarantee Bonds <strong>of</strong> any Scheduled Banks or<br />

State Bank <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

In case Fixed Deposit receipt <strong>of</strong> any Bank is furnished by the Contractor to the Corporation<br />

as part <strong>of</strong> the Security Deposit and the Bank goes into liquidation or for any reason is unable<br />

to make payment against the said fixed deposit Receipt, the loss caused thereby shall fall<br />

on the Contractor and the Contractor shall forth with on demand furnish additional security<br />

to the Corporation to make good the deficit.<br />

The tenderer whose tender has been accepted shall on intimation that his tender for the<br />

work has been accepted pay a further amount, which together with the Earnest Money paid<br />

at the time <strong>of</strong> tendering equal to 50% <strong>of</strong> the total security Deposit as specified above, and<br />

shall be retained as Security Deposit for proper fulfillment <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

The balance amount due towards Security Deposit shall be recovered by deduction at the<br />

time <strong>of</strong> making any payment for the work done under the contract from each running bill at<br />

5% <strong>of</strong> the amount <strong>of</strong> each bill till the balance <strong>of</strong> the amount <strong>of</strong> security deposit is realized.<br />

All compensations and or liquidated damages or other sums <strong>of</strong> money payable by the<br />

Contractor under the terms to this contract may be deducted from or paid by the sale <strong>of</strong><br />

sufficient part <strong>of</strong> this Security Deposit or from the interest arising from those or from any<br />

sum, which may be due to or may become due to the Contractor by ECIL or any account<br />

whatsoever and in the event <strong>of</strong> his Security Deposit being reduced by reason <strong>of</strong> any such<br />

deductions or sales as aforesaid the Contractor shall within two days make good in DD or<br />

Guarantee Bonds in favour <strong>of</strong> the ECIL executed or fixed Deposit receipts tendered by the<br />

State Bank <strong>of</strong> India or by schedule Banks, (in case <strong>of</strong> Guarantee <strong>of</strong>fered by Scheduled<br />

Banks the amount shall be within the financial limits prescribed by the Reserve Bank <strong>of</strong><br />

India) <strong>of</strong> Government Securities ( if deposited for more than 12 months) endorsed in favour<br />

<strong>of</strong> ECIL any sum there <strong>of</strong> . The Security Deposit shall be collected from the running bills <strong>of</strong><br />

the contractor at the rates mentioned above and the Earnest Money deposited in DD form<br />

at the time <strong>of</strong> submitting Tenders will be treated as part <strong>of</strong> Security Deposit.<br />

14. If tenderer withdraws his <strong>of</strong>fer after submission <strong>of</strong> his tender and after acceptance <strong>of</strong> his<br />

tender fails to start the work in accordance with the instructions <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge,<br />

the Earnest Money deposited by him may be forfeited without prejudice to any other remedy<br />

available to the Corporation under contract.<br />

15. The Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Limited reserves the right to reject any <strong>of</strong> all the<br />

tenders received or accept any tender or part there<strong>of</strong> without assigning any reason therefore


15<br />

the case <strong>of</strong> acceptance <strong>of</strong> a part <strong>of</strong> the tender, time for completion may also be reduced to<br />

the extent considered appropriate by the Accepting Authority.<br />

16. Conditional and un witnessed tenders containing absurd rates and amounts, tenders which<br />

are incomplete or otherwise considered defective and tenders not in accordance with the<br />

tender conditions laid down by the Accepting Officer are liable to be rejected.<br />

17. Tenders not submitted on the prescribed forms are liable to be rejected.<br />

18. The work must be completed within a period <strong>of</strong> _________________ months from the date<br />

<strong>of</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> order to commence work.<br />

19. The tenderer shall submit along with the tender the following:<br />

a) Certificates form a schedule bank to prove his financial ability to undertake the work.<br />

b) Pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> technical and organizational competence to execute the work<br />

c) Certificate to the effect that he is not debarred by any organization from tendering for works.<br />

20. The Head ESD shall be the Accepting Officer herein referred to as such for the purpose for<br />

this contract.<br />

21. The Tender notice shall be deemed to form an integral part <strong>of</strong> the contract to be entered into<br />

for this work.<br />

22. The acceptance <strong>of</strong> the tender will rest with the Head ESD who does not bind himself to<br />

accept the lowest tender and reserves to himself the authority to reject any or all <strong>of</strong> the<br />

tenders received without the assignment <strong>of</strong> any reasons. All tenders in which any <strong>of</strong> the<br />

prescribed conditions are not fulfilled or are in complete in any respect are liable to be<br />

rejected.<br />

HEAD<br />

ENGINEERING SERVICES DIVISION<br />

Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Limited<br />

A Govt. <strong>of</strong> India (DAE) Undertaking<br />

Hyderabad – 500 062


16<br />

CREDENTIALS OF CONTRACTORS<br />

(To be filled in and enclosed with the tender documents)<br />

1. State if you are approved contractors <strong>of</strong> the C.P.W.D. State P.W.D. Railways and /or<br />

M.E.S. and if so, give class pro<strong>of</strong> by way <strong>of</strong> attested copies <strong>of</strong> certificates or Registration<br />

No. should be attached.<br />

2. Particulars <strong>of</strong> previous contracts if any, successfully executed should be entered in the<br />

form below.<br />

Item No.<br />

Name <strong>of</strong><br />

department<br />

Name and description <strong>of</strong><br />

works executed together<br />

with value<br />

Period <strong>of</strong> execution<br />

3. Reference / certificate from your bankers about your financial position<br />

4. List <strong>of</strong> machinery and equipment which you intend to use this work to be attached.<br />

Certificates:<br />

1. I / We are not debarred from tendering for contracts <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> the above mentioned departments.<br />

2. I / We hereby certify that the information given above is correct if at any stage, it is found to be<br />

incorrect. I / we understand that the contract will be liable to be terminated, rescinded and action could<br />

be taken against me/us by the company for damages.


To<br />

The Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Limited<br />

Industrial Development Area, ECIL Post,<br />

Hyderabad – 500 062<br />

Dear Sirs,<br />

17<br />

FORM OF TENDER<br />

With reference to the tender invited by the Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Ltd. For the construction <strong>of</strong><br />

________________________________________________________<br />

____________________________________________________________________<br />

At project site, Moula-Ali,<br />

I / We have examined the Drawings, General conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract, special conditions, Form <strong>of</strong><br />

Agreement, Invitation to Tender, Specifications and Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities for the above work. I / we hereby<br />

<strong>of</strong>fer to construct, complete and maintain the whole <strong>of</strong> the said works in conformity with the said<br />

Drawings, General Conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract. Special Conditions, Articles <strong>of</strong> Agreement, Invitation to<br />

Tender Specifications and Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities for the sum <strong>of</strong> Rs. ______________ at the representative<br />

rates mentioned in the bill <strong>of</strong> quantities.<br />

I / We undertake to complete and deliver the whole <strong>of</strong> the works comprised in the contracts<br />

within __________________________ calendar months from the date <strong>of</strong> commencement <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

I / We have deposited as earnest money a sum <strong>of</strong> RS. ____________________ with which<br />

amount is not bear any interest and I / we do hereby agree that the sum shall me / us if in the event <strong>of</strong><br />

the Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Ltd accepting my / our tender I / We fail to execute the contract<br />

when called upon to do so.<br />

I / we hereby agree that unless and until a formal agreement is prepared and executed in<br />

accordance my/our tender I/we fail to execute the contract when called upon to do so.<br />

I/We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may receive.<br />

Name <strong>of</strong> Partners <strong>of</strong> the firm<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

Yours faithfully<br />

Signature<br />

Address<br />

Date


18<br />

FORM OF AGREEMENT<br />

Articles <strong>of</strong> agreement made at project Site Office, Hyderabad – 500 062, A.P. this ________ day <strong>of</strong><br />

_________________between ELECTRONICS CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED, A<br />

GOVSERNMENT OF INDIA (DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY) UNDERTAKING (herein after<br />

referred to as the CORPORATION which expression shall include its successors and assigns) <strong>of</strong> the<br />

one part and M/s. _________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as CONTRACTOR<br />

which expression shall include its successors and assigns) <strong>of</strong> the other part WHEREAS THE<br />

CORPORATION is desirous that certain works should be constructed viz<br />

________________________________________________________________ and has accepted a<br />

tender by CONTRACTOR for the construction, completion and maintenance <strong>of</strong> such work NOW THIS<br />

AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows:<br />

1. In this agreement words and expression shall have the same meaning as are respectively<br />

assigned to them in the General conditions <strong>of</strong> contract hereinafter referred to.<br />

2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and constructed as part <strong>of</strong> this agreement Viz<br />

i) Invitation to Tender<br />

ii) Form <strong>of</strong> Tender<br />

iii) General Conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract<br />

iv) Special Condition <strong>of</strong> Contract<br />

v) Specification for work<br />

vi) Schedule ‘A’- Bill <strong>of</strong> Qunatitie<br />

Vii) Schedule ‘B’ – Details <strong>of</strong> Material to be supplied by E.C.I.L<br />

viii) Time Schedule<br />

ix) Drawings<br />

x) W.O. No. _____________________________ dt _____________<br />

3. In Consideration <strong>of</strong> the payments to be made by the CORPORATION to the CONTRACTOR as<br />

hereinafter mentioned the CONTRACTOR hereby covenants with CORPORATION to construct,<br />

complete and maintain the work till handed over to the CORPORATION in conformity in all<br />

respects with the provisions <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

4. The CORPORATION hereby covenants to pay the CONTRACTOR in consideration <strong>of</strong> the<br />

construction, completion and maintenance <strong>of</strong> the work the contract price at the times and in the<br />

manner prescribed by the contract.<br />

5. All the disputes arising out <strong>of</strong> or in any way connected with AGREEMENT shall be deemed to<br />

have in HYDERABAD and only the COURTS in HYDERABAD shall have jurisdiction to<br />

determine the same<br />

6. All the parts <strong>of</strong> the contract have been read to us and fully understood by us.<br />

AS WITNESS own hand this_______________ day <strong>of</strong> ____________________ signed by the<br />

said<br />

HEAD<br />

ENGINEERING SERVICES DIVISION


1. Definitions<br />

19<br />

GENREAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT<br />

CHAPTER 1<br />

GENERAL<br />

In these General Conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract, the following terms shall have the meaning hereby assigned to<br />

them except where context otherwise required.<br />

(a)<br />

(b)<br />

(c)<br />

(d)<br />

(e)<br />

(f)<br />

(g)<br />

(h)<br />

(i)<br />

“Contract” means the agreement between the Corporation and the Contractor<br />

for the execution <strong>of</strong> a specified work or works and includes the tender notice. General and<br />

special conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract, Specifications, Drawings, priced Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities, Schedule <strong>of</strong><br />

issue Rates <strong>of</strong> Materials, tender and contractor agreement with all modification there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

The Tender Documents means the Form <strong>of</strong> Tender, Tender Notice, the applicable Schedules<br />

‘A’, ‘B’, and ‘C’ and / or General Summary, General and special conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract and the<br />

Specification and or Drawings as given to Contractors on payment for the purpose <strong>of</strong> preparing<br />

there tenders<br />

The work means the work described in the tender documents in individual work order and/or<br />

accompanying drawings and specifications as may be issued from time to time to the contractor<br />

by the Head ESD or the Engineer-in-charge, including all modified or additional works and<br />

obligations to be carried out either at the site or at any factory workshop or other place as<br />

required for the performance <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

The Site means the land and / or other places on, in, into or through which the work is to be<br />

executed under the contact or any adjacent land path or street which may be allotted to or used<br />

for the purpose <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

The ‘Contract’ means the person or persons firm <strong>of</strong> company whether incorporated or not,<br />

undertaking the work and shall include the legal, personal representatives <strong>of</strong> such individuals or<br />

the persons composing the firm or company, the permitted assigns and successors <strong>of</strong> such<br />

individuals or firm or company<br />

The “Accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer” means the Head ESD, who directs the contract and letters <strong>of</strong> the<br />

particular work pertaining to the contract.<br />

“I.S.S.” means Indian standard specifications<br />

The “Engineer-in-charge” means the Assistant to the accepting Officer, to perform the duties set<br />

forth in clauses here to whose authority shall be notified in writing to the Contractor by the<br />

accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />

Approved and Directed means the approval or direction <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD or person deputed by<br />

him for the particular purpose<br />

j) “Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Limited” herein after refined to as ECIL shall mean the Board <strong>of</strong><br />

Directors, General Manager or other Administrative <strong>of</strong>ficers <strong>of</strong> the said <strong>corporation</strong>, Managing<br />

Director, Head ESD or Executive Engineer authorized to invite tender and enter into contracts<br />

for work on behalf <strong>of</strong> ECIL<br />

(k)<br />

The ‘Contract Sum’ means the sum accepted or the sum calculated in tender in accordance<br />

with the prices accepted or the contract rates as payable to the contractor for the entire<br />

execution and full completion <strong>of</strong> work, subject to such additions there to or deletions there from<br />

as may be made under the provisions hereinafter contained.


20<br />

(I) The Final Sum means the actual amount payable under the contract by ECIL to the Contractor<br />

for the entire execution and full completion <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

(m) The “Date <strong>of</strong> Completion” is the date or dates for completion <strong>of</strong> the whole or any part <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

as set out in or ascertained in accordance with the individual work orders or the tender documents<br />

or any subsequent agreed amendments thereto.<br />

(n) A “Week” means seven days without regard to the number <strong>of</strong> hours not worked in any day in<br />

that week.<br />

(o) A “Day” means a day <strong>of</strong> 24 (Twenty Four) hours irrespective <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> hours worked or<br />

not worked in that day.<br />

(p) A “Working Day” means any day other than that prescribed by the Negotiable. Instruments Act<br />

as being a holiday, and consists <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> labour as commonly recognized by good employers in<br />

the Hyderabad District where the work is carried out as laid down in the ECIL regulations.<br />

(q) “Deviation Order” means an order given by the Head ESD or Engineer-in-Charge to effect an<br />

alternation, addition or deduction.<br />

(r) “Emergency Works” means any urgent measures which in the option <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge,<br />

become necessary bring the progress <strong>of</strong> the work to obviate any risk <strong>of</strong> accident or failure or which<br />

become necessary for security.<br />

(s) “Day Work” means item <strong>of</strong> work requiring the employment <strong>of</strong> labour with or without materials<br />

and tools and plant as the case may be, which in the opinion <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge is not capable <strong>of</strong><br />

being evaluated by the accepted methods <strong>of</strong> measurement or assessment and is paid for on the basis<br />

<strong>of</strong> the actual labour and materials and tools and plant utilized on the particular item <strong>of</strong> work referred to.


21<br />

CHAPTER II<br />

SCOPE OF CONTRACT<br />

2. Heading to Conditions<br />

The heading to these conditions shall not affect the interpretation there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

3. Contract Documents<br />

The accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer shall furnish to the contractor one set <strong>of</strong> agreement signed drawings,<br />

specification and schedule “A”, “B’ & “C” etc., if any, and two copies <strong>of</strong> all further drawings issued during<br />

the progress <strong>of</strong> the work. The contractor shall keep one copy <strong>of</strong> all the drawings and <strong>of</strong> the<br />

specifications on the site and the Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall at all reasonable times<br />

have access to them, for additional prints, the contractor shall have to pay Rs. 10/ SqM <strong>of</strong> print area.<br />

4. Works to be carried out<br />

The contract shall except as provided under the Schedule ‘B’ and ‘C’ Include all labour,<br />

materials, tools, plant equipment and transport which may be required in preparation and the entire<br />

execution and full completion <strong>of</strong> the work Schedule “A” shall be deemed to have been prepared in<br />

accordance with good practice and recognized principle and unless otherwise stated, the descriptions<br />

given therein shall be held to include waste on materials, carriage and cartage, lead, return <strong>of</strong> empties<br />

hoisting, setting in position and all other labour necessary in for the entire execution and full completion<br />

aforesaid. Any error in description or in quantity in Schedule ‘A” or any omission there from shall not<br />

vitiate the Contract or release the Contractor from the execution <strong>of</strong> the whole or any part <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

comprised therein according to the drawings and specifications or from any <strong>of</strong> his obligations under the<br />

contract. The insertion <strong>of</strong> the name <strong>of</strong> any firm <strong>of</strong> suppliers in the tender documents is for the purpose<br />

<strong>of</strong> obtaining a particular class or quality <strong>of</strong> materials or workmanship. But the articles or materials<br />

specified may be obtained from any other firm subject to the prior written approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-<br />

Charges.<br />

In case <strong>of</strong> discrepancy between Schedule ‘A” the specifications and / or the drawings, the<br />

Accepting Officer shall be the sole deciding authority as to which shall prevail and his decision shall be<br />

final and conclusive neither drawing nor specifications contain any mention <strong>of</strong> minor details <strong>of</strong><br />

conclusive, which in the opinion <strong>of</strong> the accepting Officer, whose decision shall be final and conclusive<br />

are reasonable and obviously and fairly intended for the satisfactory completion <strong>of</strong> the work, such<br />

details shall be provided by the Contractor without any extra included in the contract in case <strong>of</strong> any<br />

class <strong>of</strong> work for which there are no specifications, the Contractor shall carry out the work in all respects<br />

in accordance with the instructions in writing by Engineer-in-charge.<br />

The contractor will be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the nature <strong>of</strong> the site, local facilities<br />

<strong>of</strong> access and all matters affecting the execution and completion <strong>of</strong> the work. No extra charges<br />

consequent on any misunderstanding in these respects or otherwise will be allowed.<br />

5. Deviations and alterations in Specifications and Designs<br />

The Engineer-In-Charge shall have power to make any alterations in, omissions from, additions<br />

to or substituent’s for, the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions, that may appear<br />

to him to be necessary during the progress <strong>of</strong> the work, and the contractor shall carry out the work in<br />

accordance with any instructions which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-incharge,<br />

and such alterations omission or substitutions, shall not invalidate the contract and any altered<br />

addition or substituted work which the contractor, may be directed to do in the manner above specified<br />

as part <strong>of</strong> the work and shall be carried out by the Contractor on the same<br />

conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do with the main work. The time for completion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

work shall be extended in the proportion that the altered, additional or substituted work bears to the<br />

original contract work, and the certificate <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge shall be conclusive as to such<br />

proportion, Engineer-in-charge is further at liberty to carry out any such items <strong>of</strong> work departmentally or


22<br />

through other agency and no compensation will be payable to the main contractor on that account and<br />

shall not entitle the contract to vitiate the contract.<br />

6. Time and Liquidated Damages for Delay<br />

Time is the essence <strong>of</strong> contract and is specified in the tender documents or in each individual<br />

work order.<br />

The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be strictly observed by<br />

the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date <strong>of</strong> commencent <strong>of</strong> work is given to the<br />

contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated period <strong>of</strong> the contract be proceeded with all<br />

due diligence on the part <strong>of</strong> the contractor and the contract shall pay as liquidated damages an<br />

amount equal to one percent or such smaller amount as the Head ESD (whose decision in<br />

writing shall be final) my decide on the amount <strong>of</strong> the estimated cost <strong>of</strong> the whole work as shown<br />

by the tender for, every day that work remains uncommented or unfinished after the proper<br />

dates.<br />

If so required by the Engineer-in-Charge the Contractor shall also agree to a time and progress<br />

chart for any item or group <strong>of</strong> items <strong>of</strong> work. The chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the<br />

time stated in the tender documents or the work order for the completion <strong>of</strong> the individual items<br />

there<strong>of</strong> and/or the contract or order, as a whole, if the contractor fails to comply with this time<br />

schedule he shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy <strong>of</strong> the Corporation on account <strong>of</strong><br />

such breach be liable to pay the liquidated damages at 1% <strong>of</strong> the contract value <strong>of</strong> the items or<br />

group <strong>of</strong> items <strong>of</strong> work for every week that the whole <strong>of</strong> the work in respect <strong>of</strong> the item or group<br />

<strong>of</strong> items <strong>of</strong> works concerned remains incomplete even though the contract as a whole be<br />

completed by the latest dates specified in the contract.<br />

Provided always that the entire amount <strong>of</strong> liquidated damages to be paid under the provisions <strong>of</strong><br />

this clause shall not exceed 10% (ten percent) <strong>of</strong> the estimated cost <strong>of</strong> the work as shown in the<br />

tender.<br />

The amount <strong>of</strong> liquidated damages may be adjusted or set <strong>of</strong>f against any sum payable to the<br />

Contractor under this or any other contract<br />

Buffer period<br />

No liquidated damages will be levied if the work is completed within two weeks after the due<br />

date <strong>of</strong> the completion. However on the expiry <strong>of</strong> the Buffer Period if the work remains<br />

incomplete in any respect the time for levying liquidated damages as per the above clause shall<br />

be reckoned from the stipulated date <strong>of</strong> completion as per contract without considering the<br />

buffer period.<br />

7. Store and Materials<br />

The Contractor shall at his own expense supply all stores and materials required <strong>of</strong> the contract<br />

other than those listed in schedule B which may be provided by E.C.I.L. at the rates detailed<br />

there in subject to their availability at the place <strong>of</strong> issue indicated therein. The Corporation shall<br />

not be responsible for any loss due to non-supply or late supply <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> the materials<br />

mentioned in Schedule ‘B’. For all stores and materials to be supplied by the Contractor shall if<br />

required by the Engineer-in-Charge furnish him pro<strong>of</strong> to his satisfaction that the stores and<br />

materials comply with the specifications <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in charge.<br />

The Contractor shall at his own expense and without delay supply samples all materials<br />

proposed to be used in the execution <strong>of</strong> the work for the approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge<br />

who may reject materials not corresponding either in quality or character to the approved<br />

samples.


23<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> stores provide under the Schedule ‘B’ the Contractor shall bear the cost <strong>of</strong><br />

loading, transporting to site, unloading, storing under the cover as required, assembling and<br />

jointing the several parts together as necessary and incorporating and fixing these stores and<br />

materials in the works including all preparatory work <strong>of</strong> whatever description that may be<br />

required and closing, preparing, loading and returning empty cases or containers or the place <strong>of</strong><br />

issue without any extra charge.<br />

All materials required for the work are to be deposited by the contractor only at places to be<br />

indicated by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

Where in accordance with the contract stipulations certain stores and materials (for<br />

in<strong>corporation</strong> in the works) are to be issued to the Contractor by the E.C.I.L. as detailed<br />

under the Schedule ‘B’ such items will be issued only to the extent required for the actual<br />

completion <strong>of</strong> the work as stipulated in the contract. The decision <strong>of</strong> the Head, ESD regarding<br />

quantities to be issued as above shall be final and binding on Contractor.<br />

In regard to the materials which may be issued to the contractor by E.C.I.L. the contractor shall<br />

give the Engineer-in-Charge reasonable notice in writing <strong>of</strong> his requirements <strong>of</strong> such materials<br />

and on the approval <strong>of</strong> demand being notified to him he shall make immediate arrangements for<br />

drawing the same. Such materials shall be transported by the contractor at his own expense<br />

direct from the place <strong>of</strong> issue to the site <strong>of</strong> the works, unless prior written approval is obtained<br />

from Engineer-in-charge to take them to store and workshop are elsewhere. Contractor shall<br />

have to build a weatherpro<strong>of</strong> shed for the storage <strong>of</strong> cement.<br />

If materials brought by the contractor are found not conforming to specifications by the<br />

Engineer-in-Charge the same shall be rejected and such rejected materials shall be removed<br />

within 24 hours.<br />

The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power at any time to inspect and examine any stores or<br />

materials intended to be used in or on the works, whether on the site or any factory or workshop<br />

or other place where the same are lying and the contractor shall give necessary facilities for<br />

such inspection and examination.<br />

The Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled to have tests made on any stores or materials supplied<br />

by the contractor who shall provide at his own expense all facilities which the Engineer-in-<br />

Charge may require for this purpose. If at the discretion <strong>of</strong> the Engineer In-Charge an<br />

independent expert is employed to make any such test, his charges shall be borne by the<br />

contractor only if the test discloses that the said stores or materials are not in accordance with<br />

the provision <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

Head, ESD should consider at any time during the Construction or reconstruction, or prior to the<br />

expiry <strong>of</strong> the maintenance period, that the stores or materials provided by the contractor are<br />

unsound, or <strong>of</strong> a quality inferior to that contract or, for otherwise not in accordance with the<br />

contract (in respect where <strong>of</strong> the decision <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD shall be final and conclusive) the<br />

contractor shall on demand in writing from the Head, ESD specifying the stores or materials<br />

complained <strong>of</strong>, notwithstanding that the same may have been inadvertently passed certified and<br />

paid for, forthwith remove the stores or materials so specified and provide other proper and<br />

suitable stores or materials at his won expense to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD and in<br />

the event <strong>of</strong> the failing to do so<br />

with a period to be specified by the Head ESD in his demand aforesaid, the Head ESD may<br />

replace with others, stores materials complained <strong>of</strong>, at the risk and expense in all respects <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Contractor. The liability <strong>of</strong> the contractor under this condition shall not extend beyond the<br />

maintenance period aforesaid except as regards stores or materials which the Head ESD shall<br />

have previously given notice to the contractor to replace (maintenance period for the work under


24<br />

this contact will be 12 months from the date actual completion <strong>of</strong> the particular work and handing<br />

over to Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Limited.<br />

All stores and materials brought to the site shall become and remain the property <strong>of</strong> E.C.I.L. and<br />

shall not be removed from the site without the prior written approval <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD. However,<br />

when the work is finally completed, the Contractor shall at his own expense forthwith remove<br />

from the site all surplus stores and material originally supplied by him and up on such removal,<br />

the same shall revert in and become the property <strong>of</strong> the Contractor, All E.C.I.L. stores and<br />

materials issued to the Contractor for in<strong>corporation</strong> or fixing in the work and which, making due<br />

allowance for reasonable wear and tear/or waste, have not on completion <strong>of</strong> the works been so<br />

incorporated or fixed, shall be returnable by the contractor at his own expense to the place <strong>of</strong><br />

issue. The contractor shall be responsible for all wastages and such have to be borne by<br />

contractor at issue rates.<br />

If in the opinion <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD (which shall be final and conclusive) any stores supplied by<br />

E.C.I.L. have either currency <strong>of</strong> the work or after completion <strong>of</strong> the work whilst under the custody<br />

<strong>of</strong> the contractor become damaged to such an extent that they cannot be usefully utilized, either<br />

in the same work, or in other works, the Head ESD shall not accept the stores and in the event<br />

<strong>of</strong> his so rejecting, the Contractor shall be charged for the said stores at a rate fixed by the<br />

accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim whatsoever on this account.<br />

8. Patent rights<br />

The Contractor shall fully indemnify E.C.I.L. or the agent, servant <strong>of</strong> employee <strong>of</strong> E.C.I.L. against<br />

any action, claim <strong>of</strong> proceedings relating to infringement or the use <strong>of</strong> any patent <strong>of</strong> design rights<br />

and shall pay any royalties which may be payable in respect <strong>of</strong> articles or part there <strong>of</strong> including<br />

the contract. In the event <strong>of</strong> any claims being made or action brought against E.C.I.L. or any<br />

agent, or servant <strong>of</strong> employee <strong>of</strong> E.C.I.L. in respect <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> the matters aforesaid, the<br />

Contractor shall immediately be notified there<strong>of</strong> for taking necessary action provided that<br />

payment <strong>of</strong> indemnity shall not apply when such infringement has taken place in complying with<br />

the specific directions issued by the E.C.I.L. but the contractor shall pay any royalties payable in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> any such use.<br />

9. Royalties<br />

Royalties fixed form time to time as per prevalent local rules will be recovered for materials<br />

which the Contractor may be allowed to remove from quarries situated on land which is in the<br />

charge <strong>of</strong> E.C.I.L. Authorities.<br />

10. Delay and Extension <strong>of</strong> Time<br />

The Contractor must follow the Construction Schedule attached to the tender or as discussed<br />

and amended from time to time by the Engineer-in-Charge at all stages <strong>of</strong> the work. If at any<br />

stage, any item is delayed, the Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to employ his own labour<br />

and technicians to expedite the work at the risk and cost <strong>of</strong> the Contractor.<br />

It is agreed if the works are delayed(a) by force majeure or (b) reasons <strong>of</strong> any exceptionally<br />

inclement weather or (c) by reasons <strong>of</strong> loss or damage by extensive fire not caused by any act<br />

<strong>of</strong> default on the part <strong>of</strong> Contractor, by earthquake or civil commotion strikes or lockouts<br />

affecting any <strong>of</strong> the trades employed upon the works, then in any case the Engineer-in-Charge<br />

shall make a fair and reasonable extension <strong>of</strong> time for completion <strong>of</strong> the works: Upon<br />

happening <strong>of</strong> any such event causing delay the contractor shall immediately give notice there<strong>of</strong><br />

in writing the E.C.I.L. and the E.C.I.L. in all<br />

such eventualities agrees without accepting any contractual obligation in this behalf to assist the<br />

contractor to the utmost possible extent to meet the situation or situations, if no such notice is<br />

given within five days <strong>of</strong> happening <strong>of</strong> such event, no consideration for extra time on this<br />

account will be given.


25<br />

However no claim for damages <strong>of</strong> compensation will be entertained on this account and the<br />

decision <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge for the details and drawings sufficiently in advance in writing<br />

and no claim for delay will be allowed on this account.<br />

11. Tools Plant and Equipment<br />

The Contractor shall at his own expenses, Supply tools, plant and equipment (hereinafter<br />

referred to as T & P) required for the execution <strong>of</strong> the contract other than those listed in the<br />

Schedule ‘C’ which subject to their availability may be hired by E.C.I.L. to the Contractor or<br />

issued free for use in the execution <strong>of</strong> the works, as specified in the tender documents. A<br />

monthly detailed statement <strong>of</strong> hire charges incurred in respect <strong>of</strong> E.C.I.L. tools plat and<br />

equipment etc., shall be given to the contractor by the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

All tools, plant and equipment brought to the site for execution <strong>of</strong> the works under this contract<br />

shall not be removed from the site without the prior written approval <strong>of</strong> the head ESD when the<br />

work is finally completed or the contract is determined for reasons other than the default <strong>of</strong> the<br />

contract the Contractor shall forthwith remove from the site all tools, plant and equipment.<br />

12. a) Assignment or Transfer <strong>of</strong> Contract<br />

The Contractor shall not, without the prior written approval <strong>of</strong> the Accepting Officer assign or<br />

transfer the contract or any part there<strong>of</strong> any share, or interest therein to any other person. No<br />

sum <strong>of</strong> money which may become payable under the contract shall be payable to any person<br />

other than the Contractor unless the prior written approval <strong>of</strong> the Accepting Officer to the<br />

assignment or transfer <strong>of</strong> such money is given.<br />

b) Sub-contract” The Contractor shall not sub-let any portion <strong>of</strong> the contract without the prior<br />

written approval <strong>of</strong> the Accepting Officer<br />

13. Compliance to Regulations and By-laws<br />

The Contractor shall confirm to the provisions <strong>of</strong> any Statute relating to the work any regulations<br />

and bye-laws <strong>of</strong> any local authority and <strong>of</strong> any water and lighting companies or undertakings<br />

with whose system the work is proposed to be connected. He shall, before making any<br />

variations from the drawings <strong>of</strong> the specifications that may be necessitated for such connections<br />

give the Head, ESD notice specifying the variation proposed to be made the reasons therefore<br />

and shall not carry out any such variation until he has received instructions from the Head, ESD<br />

in respect there<strong>of</strong>. The contractor shall be bound to given all notice required by statute<br />

regulations or bye-laws as aforesaid and to pay all fees and taxes payable to any authority in<br />

respect there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

Performance <strong>of</strong> the Contract<br />

CHAPTER – III<br />

14. Orders under the Contract<br />

All orders, notices etc., to be under the contract shall be in writing, typescript or printed and if<br />

sent by registered post to the address given in the tender <strong>of</strong> the Contractor, shall be deemed to<br />

have served on the date when in the ordinary course they would have been delivered to him.<br />

The Contractor shall carry out without delay all orders given to him.<br />

15. Admission to Site<br />

The Contractor shall not enter or (other than for inspection purpose) take possession <strong>of</strong> the site<br />

unless permitted to do so by the Head, ESD. The positions <strong>of</strong> the site to be occupied by the<br />

Contractor will be clearly defined and marked on the site plan and the Contractor will on no<br />

account be allowed to extend his operations beyond these areas.


26<br />

The Contractor shall provide if necessary or required at the site temporary access thereto and<br />

shall alter, modify and maintain the same at required from time to time. He shall take out and<br />

clear away the access route when no longer required restoring the area to its original conditions.<br />

The Head ESD shall have power to execute other works (Whether or not connected with the<br />

works in the contract agreement0 on the site simultaneously with the execution <strong>of</strong> the original<br />

work and the Contractor shall give reasonable facilities for this purpose.<br />

Electronics Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Limited reserves the right <strong>of</strong> taking over, at any time any portion<br />

<strong>of</strong> the site which they may require and the Contractor shall at his own expense clear such<br />

portion forthwith. No photographs <strong>of</strong> the site or <strong>of</strong> the works or any part there<strong>of</strong> shall be taken<br />

published or otherwise circulated, without the prior approval <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD.<br />

No such approval shall however exempt the Contractor from complying with any statutory<br />

provisions, in regard to the taking and publication <strong>of</strong> such photographs.<br />

E.C.I.L. <strong>of</strong>ficials connected with the contract shall have the right <strong>of</strong> entry to the site at all times.<br />

Head ESD shall have the power to exclude from the site any person whose admission there to<br />

may, in his opinion be undesirable blue to aby reason whatsoever.<br />

16. Contractor’s Supervision<br />

The Contractor shall either himself supervise the execution or the Contractor shall appoint a<br />

competent agent approved by the Head, ESD to act instead.<br />

The Contractor shall employ an Engineer/Agent having technical qualification which in the<br />

opinion <strong>of</strong> the Head, ESD are adequate <strong>of</strong> receiving instruction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge and <strong>of</strong><br />

executing the works to the satifications <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

The Engineer/Agent is to be appointed by the contractor by registered deeds <strong>of</strong> power <strong>of</strong><br />

Attorney and all acts or things done by the said Engineer / Agent shall be binding on the<br />

Contractor and the Contractor shall be liable for all acts or things done by his Engineer/Agent.<br />

If the Contractor fails to appoint a suitable Engineer/Agent as aforesaid, the Head ESD shall<br />

have full powers to suspend the execution <strong>of</strong> works and stop payment <strong>of</strong> any advances that may<br />

have become due until such date as a suitable Engineer/Agent is appointed and the Contractor<br />

shall be held responsible for the delay caused to the work and not extension <strong>of</strong> time on this<br />

account shall be given to him stipulated in condition (10) above.<br />

Orders given to the Contractor’s Engineer/Agent shall be considered to have the same force as<br />

if they had given to the Contractor himself.<br />

The Contractor or his agent shall be in attendance at the site during all working hours and shall<br />

supervise the execution <strong>of</strong> the works with such additional assistance in each trade as the Head,<br />

ESD may consider necessary.<br />

The Contractor <strong>of</strong> his authorized agent shall attend, when required and without making any<br />

claim for doing so, either the <strong>of</strong>fice <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge or the work site to receive<br />

instructions.<br />

The Head ESD or his authorized representative shall have full powers, and without assigning<br />

any reasons to order the Contractor immediately to cease to employ in connection with this<br />

contract any agent, servant, or employee who is found to be incompetent or misconducts<br />

himself and whose continued employment, in his opinion, is undesirable. The Contract shall not<br />

be allowed any compensation on this account. In case, the Contractor fails to comply with this<br />

instruction, the Engineer-in-Charge has the right to employ another person at the risk and cost<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Contractor.<br />

17.Labour<br />

The Contractor shall employ labour in sufficient number to maintain the required rate <strong>of</strong> progress<br />

and the quality required to ensured workmanship <strong>of</strong> the degree required by the specifications<br />

and the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge.


27<br />

The Contractor shall remain liable for the payment <strong>of</strong> all wages, other moneys to his work<br />

people or employees under the payment <strong>of</strong> wages Act. 1936, Employees liabilities Act, 1938,<br />

Workman’s Compensation Act. 1923 or any other Acts or enactment relating thereto and rules<br />

framed there-under-from time to time. The Contractor shall work only on and during the hours <strong>of</strong><br />

working day, unless he obtains the prior written approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge to do<br />

otherwise. If such approval is given no liability in respect <strong>of</strong> any excess cost arising there from<br />

shall be incurred by E.C.I.L. He shall not work at night or on a weekly holiday or authorized<br />

holidays (as declared previously by Head ESD)<br />

18. Accommodation <strong>of</strong> Labour<br />

The Contractor shall during the progress <strong>of</strong> the work, provide, erect and maintain at his own<br />

expense and to approved standards and scales, all necessary temporary living bazaar and<br />

sanitary accommodation required for his work-people on the site in connection with the<br />

execution <strong>of</strong> the works and also arrange for supply <strong>of</strong> wholesome drinking water, for his people.<br />

The planning, setting, layout and erection <strong>of</strong> these temporary building shall be approved by the<br />

Engineer-in-Charge and the whole <strong>of</strong> such temporary accommodation shall at all times during<br />

the progress <strong>of</strong> the work be kept tidy and in a clean and sanitary condition to the entire<br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-Charge and at the Contractor’s expense. The contractor shall<br />

conform generally to the sanitary requirements <strong>of</strong> the local, medical and health authorities and at<br />

all times adopt such precautions as may be necessary to prevent soil pollution <strong>of</strong> the site.<br />

On completion <strong>of</strong> the work all such temporary buildings shall be cleared away, all rubbish bunt<br />

excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed <strong>of</strong>f and the whole <strong>of</strong> the<br />

site left clean and tidy to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge, and at the<br />

Contractors expense.<br />

19. Anti Malaria Precaution<br />

The Contractor shall, at his own expense, conform to all anti-malarial instructions given to him<br />

by the Engineer-in-Charge including to filling up <strong>of</strong> borrow pits.<br />

20. Conservancy<br />

The Contractor shall at his own expense carry out all instructions issued to him by the Engineerin-Charge<br />

to affect a proper disposal <strong>of</strong> right soil and other conservancy work in respect <strong>of</strong> the<br />

contractor’s work-people <strong>of</strong> his employees on the site.<br />

The Contractor will bear the cost <strong>of</strong> any charges levied by the local authorities for the execution<br />

<strong>of</strong> such wok on his behalf.<br />

21. Nuisance<br />

The Contractor shall not at any time do cause or permit any nuisance on the site or do anything<br />

which may cause-unnecessary disturbance or inconvenience to owners, tenants or occupiers <strong>of</strong><br />

other properties near the site to the public generally and shall secure the efficient protection <strong>of</strong><br />

all streams and waterways against pollution.<br />

22. Water<br />

The Contractor shall allow in his tender and provide at his cost all water required for the works<br />

or his employees on the work, together with all pipes and fittings or other means that may be<br />

necessary or required to ensure a proper and ample supply <strong>of</strong> water for all purposes connected<br />

with the work.<br />

In the event <strong>of</strong> a provision existing in the Tender Documents for supply <strong>of</strong> water on payment, by<br />

E.C.I.L. water will be supplied from the E.C.I.L. supply system, or other sources at any points<br />

fixed by the Head ESD on the site <strong>of</strong> work. The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements<br />

for lifting, pumping, carry or conveying the water as required at his own cost. The levy <strong>of</strong> water


28<br />

charges to be borne by the Contractor in such cases shall be specifically mentioned in the<br />

Tender Documents.<br />

23. Temporary Workshops, Stores Etc.<br />

The Contractor shall, during the progress <strong>of</strong> the works, provide, erect and maintain at his own<br />

expenses all necessary temporary workshops, stores, <strong>of</strong>fices, etc., required for the proper and<br />

efficient execution <strong>of</strong> work. The planning, siting and erection <strong>of</strong> these buildings shall have the<br />

approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor shall at all times keep them tidy and in a<br />

clean and sanitary condition to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge. On completion<br />

<strong>of</strong> the work all such temporary buildings shall be cleared away and the site restored and left in a<br />

clean and tidy condition to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

24. Precautions against Risk.<br />

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, at his own expense, for all precautions to<br />

prevent loss or damage from any all risks and to minimize the amount <strong>of</strong> any such loss or<br />

damage and for the necessary steps to be taken for the said prupose until the works have been<br />

handed over complete in all respects to the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

The Contractor shall provide all watchmen, necessary for the protection <strong>of</strong> the site. The works,<br />

the materials, tools, plants and equipment and anything else lying on the site during the<br />

progress <strong>of</strong> the work. He shall solely be responsible for an shall take all reasonable and proper<br />

steps for protecting, securing, lighting and watching all places on or about the works and the site<br />

which may be dangerous to any person whomsoever.<br />

25. Notice and Fees<br />

The Contractors shall give all notices required by any statutory provision or by the regulations<br />

and/or bye-laws <strong>of</strong> any local authority and or <strong>of</strong> any public service, company or authority<br />

affected by the works or with whose systems the same are or will be connected. The contractor<br />

shall pay and indemnify E.C.I.L. against any fees and charges demandable by law under such<br />

Acts, Regulation and bye-laws I respect <strong>of</strong> the works and shall make and supply all drawings<br />

and plans required in connection with any such notice.<br />

26. Setting out <strong>of</strong> the Works and protecting and maintaining signals and marks<br />

The Engineer-in-Charge shall supply dimensioned drawing, levels and other information<br />

necessary to enable the Contractor to set out the works. The Contractor shall at his own<br />

expense setout accurately according to the drawings and figured dimension thereon, all the<br />

works comprised in the contract and any extra or additions thereto and shall be solely<br />

responsible for their being so set out and executed.<br />

27. Site Drainage<br />

All water that may accumulate on the site during the progress <strong>of</strong> the work, or in trenches and<br />

excavation shall be the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge and at Contractor’s<br />

expense.<br />

28. Excavations, Relics etc.,<br />

Material <strong>of</strong> any kind obtained from excavation on the site shall remain the property <strong>of</strong> E.C.I.L.<br />

and shall be disposed <strong>of</strong>f as the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

All gold, silver, oil and other minerals <strong>of</strong> any description and all precious stones, coins,<br />

treasures, relics, antiquities and other similar item which may be found in or upon the site shall<br />

be the property <strong>of</strong> the E.C.I.L. and the Contractor shall dully preserve the same to the<br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> E.C.I.L. and shall from time to time deliver the same to such person or persons as<br />

the E.C.I.L. may appoint to receive the same.


29<br />

29. Foundations<br />

The Contractor shall not lay any foundations until the excavation for the same have been<br />

examined and approved in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

30. Covering up work<br />

The Contractor shall give reasonable notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge whenever any<br />

work are to be permanently covered up or placed beyond reach <strong>of</strong> measurement whether by<br />

earth or other means so that it can be finally inspected or measured in default <strong>of</strong> so doing the<br />

Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer-in-charge uncover such works at his own expenses,<br />

failing which no payment or allowance shall be made for such works or the materials with which<br />

the same was executed.<br />

31. Approval <strong>of</strong> works by stages<br />

All works exceeding more than one progress shall be subject to examination and approval at<br />

each stage there<strong>of</strong> and the Contractor shall give due notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge<br />

when each stage is ready. In default <strong>of</strong> such notice being received, Engineer-in-charge shall be<br />

entitled to disallow the whole works or any part there<strong>of</strong>, at any time he may choose and in the<br />

event <strong>of</strong> any despite the decision <strong>of</strong> the Head, ESD thereon shall be final and conclusive.<br />

32. Execution <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

The work shall be executed in a workman like manner and to the satisfaction, in all respects, <strong>of</strong><br />

the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

The Engineer-in-charge will communicate or confirm his instructions to the Contractor in respect<br />

<strong>of</strong> the execution <strong>of</strong> the works in a work site order book maintained at his <strong>of</strong>fice and the<br />

Contractor shall visit this <strong>of</strong>fice daily and shall confirm receipt <strong>of</strong> such instructions by signing the<br />

relevant entries in this book. Such entries will rank as orders or notices in writing within the<br />

intent and meaning <strong>of</strong> these conditions. Failure or refusal to sign the book does not absolve the<br />

Contractor <strong>of</strong> his responsibilities to give effect to any orders noted therein.<br />

33. Day Work:<br />

No day work shall be performed without the peior written instructions <strong>of</strong> the Accepting Officer.<br />

The Contractor shall give to the Engineer-in-charge reasonable notice <strong>of</strong> the start <strong>of</strong> any work<br />

order to be executed by day-work and shall deliver to the Engineer-in-charge within two days <strong>of</strong><br />

the end <strong>of</strong> each pay week a return in duplicate giving full detailed accounts <strong>of</strong> labour and<br />

materials for that pay-week. One copy <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> these returns, if found correct, will be certified<br />

by the Engineer-in-charge and returned to the Contractor and must be produced at the time <strong>of</strong><br />

adjustment <strong>of</strong> accounts.<br />

An Invoice in duplicate signed by the Contractor or his Agent shall be sent with each delivery <strong>of</strong><br />

materials for day-work and the Contractor will be furnished with a receipt signed by the<br />

Engineer-in-Charge specifying the description, qualities, weight or measurement (as the case<br />

may be) <strong>of</strong> the article approved. Reference will be made to this receipt in the return aforesaid<br />

and the receipt itself if to be produced in support <strong>of</strong> the Contractor’s bills.<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> lump sum contracts, the rates to be charged and the percentage addition for pr<strong>of</strong>it<br />

and establishment charges etc, will be agreed upon between the Accepting Officer and the<br />

Contractor prior to the execution <strong>of</strong> the works.<br />

34. Inspection <strong>of</strong> the Works<br />

The Engineer-in-charge shall have power at any time to inspect and examine any part <strong>of</strong> the<br />

works and the Contractor shall give such facilities as may be required to be given for such<br />

inspection and examination.<br />

Should the Head ESD consider at any time during the construction or reconstruction or prior to<br />

the expiry <strong>of</strong> the maintenance period 12months that any work has been executed with unsound,<br />

imperfect or unskilled workmanship or <strong>of</strong> a quality inferior to that contracted for or not otherwise


30<br />

in accordance with the contract (in respect where <strong>of</strong> the decision <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD shall be final<br />

and conclusive) the contract shall, on demand in writing from the head ESD specifying the fault<br />

not with standing that the same may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, forth<br />

with rectify or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part as the case may<br />

require at his own expenses to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD and in the event <strong>of</strong> his<br />

falling to do so within a period to be specified by the risk and expense in all respect <strong>of</strong> the<br />

contractor. However, the liability <strong>of</strong> the contractor under this condition shall not extend beyond<br />

the maintenance period except as regards workmanship which the Head ESD shall have<br />

previously given notice <strong>of</strong> to the Contractor to rectify.<br />

35. Responsibility for Building<br />

In the event <strong>of</strong> any buildings, or part <strong>of</strong> any building, being handed over to the Contractor for the<br />

execution <strong>of</strong> work thereto under the provision <strong>of</strong> the contract, he shall give a written receipt for<br />

all fixtures, glass etc. and he shall be required to make good at his own expense all damages<br />

resulting from any clause whatsoever while in his charge and on completion <strong>of</strong> the works to<br />

deliver up the said building or part there<strong>of</strong> in a clean state complete in every particular to the<br />

entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charges.<br />

36. Insurance <strong>of</strong> works against any damage and loss due to fire, tempest, floods, earthquake, riot,<br />

civil war, insurrection and against damage by air-craft.<br />

The contractor shall within one month after the date <strong>of</strong> acceptance <strong>of</strong> the contract, in sure the<br />

works against loss and damage by fire, tempest floods, earthquake, riots, civil war, insurrection<br />

and against damage by aircraft with an insurance <strong>of</strong>fice approved by the Accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer Such<br />

insurance shall be effected in the name <strong>of</strong> ECIL and shall be for the full value <strong>of</strong> the contract<br />

sum. The Contractor shall lodge with the ECIL the policies and receipts <strong>of</strong> the premium for such<br />

insurance and shall maintain such policies in force until the entire completion <strong>of</strong> the works as<br />

certified by the Head, ESD.<br />

If the contractor fails to comply with the terms <strong>of</strong> this condition the Accepting Officer may insure<br />

the works and may deduct the amount <strong>of</strong> premium from any money that may become payable to<br />

the contractor or may at his discretion refuse payment <strong>of</strong> any advances to the Contractor until<br />

the Contractor shall have complied with the terms <strong>of</strong> the condition.<br />

Such insurance whether affected by the Accepting Officer or the Contractor shall not be a limit to<br />

bar to the liability and the obligation <strong>of</strong> the Contractor to complete the entire work in all respects<br />

as certified by the Head ESD<br />

In case <strong>of</strong> such any loss or damage as aforesaid, the money payable under such insurance shall<br />

be received and may be retained by the ECIL until the work is finally completed and shall then<br />

be credited to the Contractor in the final settlement <strong>of</strong> accounts in the event <strong>of</strong> his contract not<br />

having been previously cancelled under these conditions.<br />

37. Damage and loss to private property and injury to workmen<br />

The Contractor shall at his own expense reinstate and make good to the satisfaction the Head,<br />

ESD and pay compensation for any injury loss or damage occasioned to any property or rights<br />

whatever including property and right <strong>of</strong> ECIL (or agents, servants or employees <strong>of</strong> ECIL) the<br />

injury loss or damage arising out <strong>of</strong> or in any way in connection with the execution or proposed<br />

execution <strong>of</strong> the contract and further contract or shall indemnify ECIL against all claims<br />

enforceable against ECIL any agent, servant or employee <strong>of</strong> ECIL or which would be so<br />

enforceable against ECIL were ECIL a private person, in respect <strong>of</strong> any such injury (Including<br />

injury resulting in death), loss or damage to any person whosoever or property including all<br />

claims which may arise under the Workmen’s Compensation Act or otherwise.


31<br />

38. Use <strong>of</strong> Explosives<br />

Shall not be used on the works or on the sites by the Contractor without the previous permission<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge and then only in the manner and to the extent permitted by him.<br />

When explosives are required for any work the same shall be stored in a special magazine to be<br />

provided by and at the cost <strong>of</strong> the Contractor in accordance with the law relating to the<br />

possession and storage <strong>of</strong> explosives for the time being in force. The Contractor shall forth with<br />

obtain a license recurred by such law f storage and use <strong>of</strong> explosives and all operations in which<br />

or for which explosives are employed. Shall be at the sole risk and responsibility <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Contractor and the Contractor shall fully and effectually indemnity the E.C.I.L. in all respects<br />

there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

39. Reporting <strong>of</strong> Accidents to Labour<br />

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety <strong>of</strong> all employees or workmen employed or<br />

engaged by him on and in connection with the works and shall forthwith report to the Head ESD<br />

<strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-Charge all cases <strong>of</strong> serious accidents to them or any one <strong>of</strong> them, howsoever<br />

caused and whenever occurring on the work, and shall make adequate arrangements for<br />

rendering all possible aids to the victims <strong>of</strong> the accidents.<br />

40. Completion<br />

The works shall be completed to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge and in<br />

accordance with the approved constructions Schedule. All unused stores and materials, tools,<br />

plant, equipment, temporary buildings and things, shall be removed and the site and the work<br />

cleaned <strong>of</strong> rubbish and all waste materials and delivered up clean and tidy to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong><br />

the Engineer-in-charge at the contractor’s expense on or before the scheduled date <strong>of</strong><br />

completion.<br />

The ECIL shall have the power to take over from the contractor from time to time such section <strong>of</strong><br />

the works as have been completed to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

The head ESD shall also certify to the Contractor the date on which the work is completed and<br />

the stage there <strong>of</strong>.<br />

The Head ESD shall also certify to the Contractor the stage <strong>of</strong> work at the end <strong>of</strong> the<br />

maintenance period where applicable.<br />

41. Laws governing the contract<br />

This contract shall be governed by the Indian Laws for the time being in force.<br />

41.A. Cancellation <strong>of</strong> contract for corrupts Acts<br />

The Accepting Officer, whose decision shall be final and conclusive shall without prejudice to<br />

any other right or remedy which shall have accrued or shall accrue thereafter to ECIL cancel the<br />

contract in any <strong>of</strong> the following cases an dthe Contractor shall be liable to make payment to<br />

ECIL for any loss or damage resulting from any such cancellation to the same extent as<br />

provided in the case <strong>of</strong> cancellation for default.<br />

If the Contractor shall<br />

a) Offer or give or agree to give to any person in ECIL service any gift or any consideration <strong>of</strong><br />

any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or for bearing to do or for having done or for<br />

borne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution <strong>of</strong> this and any other contract for<br />

ECIL or<br />

b) Enter into a contract with ECIL in connection with which commission has been paid or<br />

agreed to be paid by him or with his knowledge, unless the particulars <strong>of</strong> any such<br />

commission and the terms <strong>of</strong> payment there<strong>of</strong> have previously been disclosed in writing to<br />

the Accepting Officer, or


32<br />

c) Obtain a contract with ECIL as result <strong>of</strong> ring tendering or by non-bonafied methods <strong>of</strong><br />

competitive tendering without first disclosing the fact in writing to the Accepting Officer, or<br />

d) Misrepresent any fact while tendering for any work or create conditions favorable for<br />

acceptance <strong>of</strong> his tender<br />

41.B. Cancellation <strong>of</strong> contract for insolvency, assignment for transfer or sub-letting <strong>of</strong> contract<br />

The Accepting Officer without produce to any other right or remedy which shall have accrued or<br />

shall thereafter to ECIL shall cancel the contract in any <strong>of</strong> the following cases.<br />

If the Contractor<br />

a) Being an individual, or if a firm any partner there <strong>of</strong> shall at any time be adjudged bankrupt or<br />

have a perceiving order or order for administration <strong>of</strong> his estate made against him or shall take<br />

any proceedings for liquidation <strong>of</strong> a compensation under any Bankruptcy Act for the time being<br />

in force or make any conveyance or assignment <strong>of</strong> his effects <strong>of</strong> composition or arrangement for<br />

the benefit <strong>of</strong> his creditors or propose to do so, or if any application be made under Bankruptcy<br />

act for the time being in force for the sequestration <strong>of</strong> his estate or if a trust deed be granted by<br />

him on behalf <strong>of</strong> his creditors, or<br />

b) Being a company, shall pass a resolution or the court shall make an order for the liquidation <strong>of</strong><br />

its affairs, or a receiver or manage on behalf <strong>of</strong> the debenture holders to appoint a receiver <strong>of</strong><br />

manager or<br />

c) Assigns, transfers, sublets or attempts to assign, transfer or subject any portion <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

without the prior written approval <strong>of</strong> the accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer.<br />

Whenever the Accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer exercises his authority to cancel the contract under this<br />

condition, he may complete the works by any means at the contractor’s risk and expenses<br />

provided always that in the event <strong>of</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> completion (as certified by Head ESD which is final<br />

and conclusive) being less than the contract cost, the advantage shall accrue to the ECIL and<br />

that if the cost <strong>of</strong> completing exceeds the money due to the contractor the contractor shall either<br />

pay the excess amount ordered by the Head ESD or the same shall be recovered from th4e<br />

contractor by other means.<br />

In case the ECIL completes the work under the provisions <strong>of</strong> the condition the cost <strong>of</strong> such<br />

completion to be taken into account in determining the excess cost to be charged to contractor<br />

under this condition shall consist <strong>of</strong> the cost <strong>of</strong> the materials purchased and or labour provided<br />

by the ECIL with an addition <strong>of</strong> such percentage to cover superintendence and establishment<br />

charges as may be decided by the Head ESD whose decision shall be final and conclusive.<br />

42. Cancellation <strong>of</strong> Contract in part or in full for contractor’s Default<br />

If the Contractor<br />

a) Make default in commencing the work within a reasonable time from the date <strong>of</strong> handling<br />

over <strong>of</strong> the site and continues in that state after a reasonable notice from Head ESD or<br />

b) In the opinion <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD at any time, whether before or after the date or extended<br />

date for completion, makes default in proceeding with the work. With due diligence and continues in that<br />

state after a reasonable notice from Head ESD, or<br />

c) Fails to comply with any <strong>of</strong> the terms and conditions <strong>of</strong> the contract before or after<br />

reasonable notice in writing orders properly issued there under or<br />

d) Fails to complete the works or items <strong>of</strong> work with individual dates for completion, and<br />

clear the site on or before the date <strong>of</strong> completion or fails to the achieve the progress as set out under<br />

clause 6 <strong>of</strong> these General Condition <strong>of</strong> Contract.<br />

The Accepting <strong>of</strong>fice may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy which shall have<br />

accrued or shall accrue thereafter to ECIL cancel the contract as a whole or in part there<strong>of</strong> or only such<br />

work or items <strong>of</strong> work in default from the contract. Whenever the Accepting Officer exercises his


33<br />

authority to cancel the contract as a whole or in part under this condition he may complete the works at<br />

the contractor’s risk and cost. Provided always that in the event <strong>of</strong> the cost <strong>of</strong> completion (as certified /<br />

Head ESD which is final and conclusive) being less that the contract cost, the advantage shall accrue to<br />

the ECIL. If the cost <strong>of</strong> completion exceeds the money due to the contractor under this contract, the<br />

contractor shall either pay excess amount ordered by Head ESD or the same shall be recovered from<br />

the contactors by other means<br />

In case if the ECIL complete the works or any part there<strong>of</strong> under the provision <strong>of</strong> this condition<br />

the cost <strong>of</strong> such completion to be taken into account in determining the excess cost to be charged to the<br />

contractor under this condition shall consist <strong>of</strong> the cost <strong>of</strong> material purchased and / or labour provided<br />

by the ECIL with an addition <strong>of</strong> such percentage to cover superintendence and establishment charges<br />

as may be decided by the Head ESD whose decision shall be final and conclusive.<br />

43. Termination <strong>of</strong> Contract for death<br />

Without prejudice to any <strong>of</strong> the rights or remedies under this contract if the contractor dies, the<br />

accepting <strong>of</strong>ficer shall have the option to terminate the contract without compensation to the contract.<br />

44. Special Powers <strong>of</strong> Determination<br />

If any time after the acceptance <strong>of</strong> the tender ECIL shall for any reason whatsoever not require<br />

the whole or any part <strong>of</strong> the works to be carried out the Head ESD shall give notice in writing <strong>of</strong> the fact<br />

to the contractor, who shall have no claim to any payment <strong>of</strong> compensation or otherwise howsoever on<br />

account <strong>of</strong> any pr<strong>of</strong>it or advantage which he might have derived from the execution <strong>of</strong> the work in full,<br />

which he did not derive in consequence <strong>of</strong> the fore closing <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

He shall be paid at contract rates, for the full amount <strong>of</strong> the work executed including such<br />

additional works, e.g., cleaning <strong>of</strong> site, etc., as may be rendered necessary by the said foreclosing. He<br />

shall also be allowed a reasonable payment (as decided by the Accepting Officer) for any expenses<br />

sustained on account <strong>of</strong> materials collected at site but which could not utilized on the works, as verified<br />

by the Head ESD. Neither shall the contractor have any claim for compensation on account <strong>of</strong> any<br />

alteration having been made in the original specifications, drawings, designs and instruction, involving<br />

any curtailment <strong>of</strong> the work as originally contemplated.,<br />

45. Fair Wage<br />

a) The contractor shall pay not less than the “Fair Wage” to laborers engaged by him on the<br />

works.<br />

“Fair Wage” means wage whether for time or piece work notified at the time inviting tenders for<br />

the work and where such wages have not been so notified. The wage prescribed by the Head ESD for<br />

the stations at which the work is done.<br />

b) The contractor shall, notwithstanding the provision <strong>of</strong> any contract to the contrary, pay a<br />

“Fair Wage” to laborers indirectly engaged on the work, including any labour engaged by his subcontractors<br />

in connection with the said work, as if laborers had been directly employed by him.<br />

c) In respect <strong>of</strong> all labourers directly or indirectly employed in the works for the performance<br />

<strong>of</strong> the contractor’s part <strong>of</strong> this agreement, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with<br />

the ECIL contractors labour regulation in regard to payment <strong>of</strong> wages, wage period deduction from<br />

wages, recovery <strong>of</strong> wages not paid and deductions unauthorisedly made, maintenance <strong>of</strong> wage book<br />

slips, publication <strong>of</strong> scales <strong>of</strong> wages and other others <strong>of</strong> employment, inspection and submission <strong>of</strong><br />

periodical returns and all other matters <strong>of</strong> a like nature.<br />

d) The Head ESD concerned shall have the right to deduct from the money due to the<br />

contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker<br />

or workers b reason <strong>of</strong> non-fulfillment <strong>of</strong> the conditions <strong>of</strong> the contract or the benefit <strong>of</strong> the workers,<br />

nonpayment <strong>of</strong> wages or <strong>of</strong> deductions made from his or their wages which are not justified by the<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> the contract or nonpayment <strong>of</strong> wages or <strong>of</strong> deductions made from his or <strong>of</strong> deductions made


34<br />

from his or their wages which are not justified by the terms <strong>of</strong> the contract or non-observance to be the<br />

regulations.<br />

e) Vis-a-Vis the ECIL the contractor shall be primarily liable for all payments to be made under<br />

the observance <strong>of</strong> the Regulations aforesaid without prejudice to his right to claim indemnify<br />

form his sub contractors.<br />

f) The regulations aforesaid shall be deemed to be a part <strong>of</strong> this contract and any breach<br />

there<strong>of</strong> shall be deemed to be breach <strong>of</strong> this contract.<br />

g) “The contractor shall ensure the payment <strong>of</strong> minimum wages as stipulated by the<br />

Appropriate Government from time to time as applicable to the laborers, employed. It is<br />

specifically understood that it shall be for the contractor himself to pay the minimum wages<br />

even if they are revised by the Government during the course <strong>of</strong> the Agreement no claim<br />

whatsoever will be entertained by ECIL in this regard”.


35<br />

46. Record and Measurements<br />

CHAPTER – IV<br />

VALUATION AND PAYMENT<br />

All items having a financial value shall be entered in the ECIL measurement Books so that a<br />

complete record is obtained <strong>of</strong> all work performed under the contract.<br />

Work which cannot be measured in detail shall be measured physically, without reference to any<br />

local custom that may obtain excepting where it may otherwise to direct in the tender documents. The<br />

measurement shall be taken jointly by the person or persons duly authorized on the part <strong>of</strong> the ECIL<br />

and by the contractor.<br />

The Engineer-in-charge shall give reasonable notice in writing to the contractor <strong>of</strong> appointment<br />

for measurement.<br />

The Contractor shall without extra charge, provide assistance with appliances and other things<br />

necessary for measurement.<br />

The contractor shall bear all the costs <strong>of</strong> measurement.<br />

Measurement shall be entered in ECIL measurement book and signed and dated by both the<br />

parties each day on the site on completion <strong>of</strong> measurements, if the contractor objects to any <strong>of</strong> the<br />

measurement recorded on behalf <strong>of</strong> the ECIL a note to that effect will be made in ECIL measurement<br />

book against the items objected to and such note shall be signed and dated by both parties engaged in<br />

taking the measurements.<br />

If the contractor’s representative fails to attend when required, the Engineer-in-charges shall<br />

have power to proceed by himself to take measurement and in that case these measurement shall be<br />

accepted by the contractor as final.<br />

The contractor shall, once every month submit to the Head ESD with a copy to the Head ESD<br />

details <strong>of</strong> his claims for the work done by him up to and including the previous months which are not<br />

covered by this contract, agreement in any <strong>of</strong> the following respects:<br />

a) Deviation from the items and specifications provided in the contract documents<br />

b) Extra items/New items <strong>of</strong> work<br />

c) Quantities in excess <strong>of</strong> those provided in the contract schedules<br />

d) Items in respect <strong>of</strong> which rates have not been settled<br />

He should in addition furnish a clear certificate to the effect that the claims submitted by him as<br />

aforesaid cover all his claims and that no further claims shall be raised by him in respect <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

done upto and including the period under report<br />

47 Valuation <strong>of</strong> deviations (Additions Alterations or Substitutions)<br />

The rates for additional, altered or substituted work under this clause shall be worked out in accordance<br />

with the following provisions in their respective order.<br />

i) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are specified in the contract for similar<br />

work, the contractor is bound to carry out the additional, altered or substituted work at the same rates<br />

as are specified in the contractor for the work.<br />

ii) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are not specifically provided in the<br />

contractor for the work, the rates will be derived from the rates for a similar class <strong>of</strong> work as are<br />

specified in the contractor for the work.<br />

iii) If the altered, additional or substituted work includes any works for which no rate is, specified in<br />

the contract or the rate can not be derived from the similar class <strong>of</strong> work in the contract, then such work


36<br />

shall be carried out at the rates entered in the printed standard schedule rates for Hyderabad finalized<br />

by the superintending Engineer, C.W.D. Head quarter circle for the year in which the contract was<br />

awarded minus/plus percentage which the total tendered amount bears to the estimated cost <strong>of</strong> the<br />

entire work put to tender.<br />

iv) if the rates for the altered, additional or substituted work can not be determined in the manner<br />

specified in clauses (i) or (ii) above, then the rates for such work shall be worked out on the bases <strong>of</strong><br />

the schedule <strong>of</strong> rates specified above minus / plus the percentage which the total tendered amount<br />

bears to the estimated cost <strong>of</strong> the entire work put to tender. Provided always that if the rates for a<br />

particular part or parts <strong>of</strong> the item are not in the schedule <strong>of</strong> rates, the rate for such part or parts will be<br />

determined by the Engineer-in-charge on the basis on the prevailing market rates when the work was<br />

done.<br />

v) if the rates for the altered, additional or substituted work cannot be determined in the manner<br />

specified is sub-clauses (i) to (iv) above then the contractor, shall within seven days <strong>of</strong> the date <strong>of</strong><br />

receipt <strong>of</strong> order to carry out the work inform the Engineer-in-charge on the rate at which it is his<br />

intention to charge for such class <strong>of</strong> work, supported by analysis <strong>of</strong> the rate or rates claimed and the<br />

Engineer-in-charge shall determine the rate or rates on basis <strong>of</strong> prevailing market rates, and pay the<br />

contractor accordingly. However, the Engineer-in-charge by notice in writing, will be a liberty to cancel<br />

his order to carry out such class <strong>of</strong> work and arrange to carry it out in such manner as he may consider<br />

advisable, providing always, that if the contractor shall commence work or incur any expenditure<br />

incurred by him prior to the date <strong>of</strong> determination <strong>of</strong> the rates as aforesaid according to such rate or<br />

rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge in the event <strong>of</strong> a dispute the decision <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD<br />

shall be final.<br />

48. PAYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS<br />

1. CIVIL WORKS:<br />

Payment will be made on pro-rata basis, furnishing the invoice with measurements after<br />

completion <strong>of</strong> part/full work certified by Site Engineer and endorsed by HEAD.<br />

2. ELECTRICAL AND AIR-CONDITIONING WORKS: Payment will be made as follows:<br />

For Contract value more than five lakhs, the contractor can claim 75% <strong>of</strong> the Material cost<br />

supplied against pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> materials procured. In the absence <strong>of</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Material cost supplied,<br />

ESD will consider 70% <strong>of</strong> the quoted value as Material cost and remaining 20% as Installation,<br />

10% as Commissioning cost.<br />

Any sums due from the contractor on account <strong>of</strong> tools and plant stores or any other items<br />

provided by ECIL shall be deducted from the respective advances.<br />

The Head ESD shall form time to time certify the sums payable to the contractor after retaining<br />

the reserves<br />

Any certificate relating to work done or materials delivered may be notified or corrected by any<br />

subsequent interim certificate or by the final certificate and no certificate <strong>of</strong> Head ESD supporting and<br />

advance payment shall <strong>of</strong> itself be conclusive evidence that any work or materials to which it relates are<br />

in accordance with the contact. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as advanced against<br />

the final payments only and shall not be considered as an admission <strong>of</strong> the due performance <strong>of</strong> the<br />

contract or any there<strong>of</strong> in any respect or the accruing <strong>of</strong> any claim whatsoever such intermediate<br />

payments shall not conclude, determine or affect in any way the power <strong>of</strong> the Head ESD as to the final<br />

settlement and adjustment <strong>of</strong> the accounts or otherwise or any way very or affect the contract.


37<br />

49. Final Bill<br />

As soon as possible after the completion <strong>of</strong> the works to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-incharge,<br />

the contractor shall forward a certified final account on ECIL bill forms in duplicate<br />

It shall be accompanied by all abstracts; vouchers etc. in support there<strong>of</strong> and shall be prepared<br />

in the manner prescribed by the Head ESD.<br />

No claims will be entertained after the receipt <strong>of</strong> the final bill.<br />

The contractor shall be entitled to be paid the final sum less the value <strong>of</strong> payments already<br />

made on account and less the recoveries towards the security deposit as applicable subject to the<br />

certification <strong>of</strong> the final bill by the Head ESD.<br />

No charges shall be allowed to the contractor on account <strong>of</strong> the preparation <strong>of</strong> the final bill.<br />

50. Payment <strong>of</strong> Bills<br />

All payments to be made to the contractor under this contract shall be by crossed cheque<br />

marked ‘A/c Payee only’ (within a reasonable time after the certification by Head ESD) at the state Bank<br />

<strong>of</strong> India.<br />

51. Recovery from contractor<br />

Whenever under the contract any sum <strong>of</strong> money shall be recoverable from or<br />

payable by the contractor the same may be deducted from any sum then due or which at any<br />

time thereafter may become due to the contractor under the contractor or under any other<br />

contract with ECIL or from his Security Deposit, or he shall pay the claim on demand.<br />

52. Post Technical Audit <strong>of</strong> work and Bills<br />

ECIL reserve the right to carry out a post payment Audit and technical examination <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

and final bill including all supporting vouchers abstracts etc. and to enforce recovery <strong>of</strong> any<br />

sums becoming due as a result there<strong>of</strong> in the manner provided in the proceeding sub<br />

paragraphs provided however, that no such recovery shall be enforced after three years <strong>of</strong><br />

passing the final bill.<br />

53. Refund <strong>of</strong> Security Deposit. The security Deposit may be refunded to the contractor after<br />

expiration <strong>of</strong> the maintenance period <strong>of</strong> 12 months) by the Head ESD provided always that the<br />

contractor shall first have been paid the final bill and have rendered a NO DEMAND certificate.<br />

54. Arbitration<br />

All disputes between the parties to the contract arising out <strong>of</strong> relating to the contract, other than<br />

those for which the decision <strong>of</strong> the head ESD / Accepting Officer or any other person is by the<br />

contract express to be final and conclusive, shall after written notice by either party to the<br />

contract to the other party may be referred to the sole arbitration <strong>of</strong> the person appointed by the<br />

General manager <strong>of</strong> the <strong>corporation</strong>.<br />

Unless the parties otherwise agree, such reference shall not take place until after the<br />

completion, alleged completion or abandonment <strong>of</strong> the works or the determination <strong>of</strong> the<br />

contract.<br />

The venue <strong>of</strong> Arbitration shall be such a place or places as may be fixed by the Arbitrator in his<br />

sole discretion<br />

The award <strong>of</strong> the Arbitrator shall be final conclusive and binding on both parties to the contract.<br />

If the Arbitrator so appointed resigns his appointment or vacates his <strong>of</strong>ficer or is unable or<br />

unwilling to act due to any reason whatsoever, the authority appointing him may appoint a new<br />

Arbitrator to act in his place. Such person shall be entitled to proceed with the reference from the stage<br />

at which it was left by his predecessor.


38<br />

The Arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on the reference on the date he issues notice to<br />

the parties fixing the date <strong>of</strong> hearing.<br />

The Arbitrator may with the consent <strong>of</strong> both the parties to the contract, enlarge the time for<br />

making the award.<br />

The Arbitrator shall give his award on all matters referred to him and shall indicate his findings,<br />

along with the sums awarded separately on each individual item <strong>of</strong> disputes.<br />

This clause shall be governed by the provisions <strong>of</strong> the arbitration act for the time being in force.


39<br />

ANNEXURE A<br />

TO<br />

General Conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract<br />

ECIL Contractor’s Labour Regulations<br />

1. Short Title<br />

These regulations may be called ECIL Contractor’s Labour Regulations<br />

2. Definitions<br />

In these Regulations, unless otherwise expressed or indicated the following words and<br />

expressions shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them respectively that is to say :<br />

i) ‘Labour’ means workers employed by contractor directly or indirectly through a<br />

subcontractor or other person or by an agent on his behalf on ECIL work referred to in<br />

the contract.<br />

ii)<br />

iii)<br />

iv)<br />

‘Fair Wages’ means wages whether for time or place <strong>of</strong> work notified at the time <strong>of</strong><br />

inviting tenders for the works and where such wages have not been so notified, the<br />

wages prescribed by the Head ESD.<br />

‘Contractor’ shall include every person where a sub-contractor or headman or agent,<br />

employing labour on the work taken on contract.<br />

‘Wages’ shall have the same meaning as defined in the Payment <strong>of</strong> Wages Act and<br />

includes time and piece-rate wages.<br />

3. Display <strong>of</strong> notice regarding wages etc.<br />

The Contractor shall<br />

i) Before he commences his work on the contract, display and correctly maintain in a clean<br />

legible condition in conspicuous place on the works, notices in English and in the local<br />

Indian Languages spoken by the majority <strong>of</strong> the workers, giving the rate <strong>of</strong> wages which<br />

have been certified by the Head ESD as fair wages and the hours <strong>of</strong> work for which such<br />

wages are earned and<br />

ii) Send a copy <strong>of</strong> such notice to the certifying <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />

4. Payment <strong>of</strong> wages<br />

i) Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct<br />

ii) All wages shall be paid in current coin or currency notes or in both<br />

5. Fixation <strong>of</strong> wages period<br />

i) The contractor shall fix the wage periods in respect <strong>of</strong> which the wages shall be payable<br />

ii) No wage period shall exceed one month<br />

iii) Wages <strong>of</strong> every workman employed on the contract shall be paid before the expiry <strong>of</strong> ten<br />

days, after the last day <strong>of</strong> the wage period in respect <strong>of</strong> which the wages are payable<br />

v) When the employment <strong>of</strong> any worker is terminated by or on behalf <strong>of</strong> the Contractor, the<br />

wages earned by him shall be paid before the expiry <strong>of</strong> the day succeeding the one on<br />

which his employment is terminated<br />

vi)<br />

All payments <strong>of</strong> wages shall be made on a working day<br />

6. Wage Book and Wage Slips etc<br />

i) The Contractor shall maintain a wage book <strong>of</strong> each worker in such form as may be<br />

convenient but the same shall include the following particulars


ii)<br />

iii)<br />

40<br />

a) Rate <strong>of</strong> daily or monthly Wages<br />

b) Nature <strong>of</strong> work on which employed<br />

c) Total number <strong>of</strong> days worked during each wage period<br />

d) Total amount payable for the work during each wage period<br />

e) All deductions made from the wages with an indication in each <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Ground from which the deduction is made<br />

f) Wages actually paid for each wage period<br />

The Contractor shall also maintain a wage skip for each worker employed on work<br />

The Head ESD may grant and exemption from the maintenance <strong>of</strong> wage book and wage slips to<br />

a contractor, who in his opinion may not directly or indirectly employ more than 50 persons on<br />

the work.<br />

7. Fines and Deductions which may be made from wages<br />

i) The Wages <strong>of</strong> a worker shall be paid to him without any deductions <strong>of</strong> any kind except<br />

the following:<br />

a) Fines<br />

b) Deductions for absence from duty i.e., from the places whereby the terms <strong>of</strong> this<br />

employment he is required to work. The amount <strong>of</strong> deductions shall be in proportion to the<br />

period for which he was absent.<br />

c) Deduction for damage to or loss <strong>of</strong> goods expressly entrusted to the employed<br />

persons for custody, where much damage or loss is directly attributable to his neglect or default.<br />

d) Any other deduction which the ECIL may allow from time to time.<br />

ii)<br />

iii)<br />

iv)<br />

No fines shall be imposed on a worker and no deduction for damage or loss shall be<br />

made from his wages until the worker has been given an opportunity <strong>of</strong> showing cause<br />

against such fines or deductions.<br />

Total amount <strong>of</strong> fines which may be imposed in any one wage period on worker shall not<br />

exceed an amount equal to three paisa in a rupees <strong>of</strong> the wages payable to him in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> that wage period.<br />

No fine imposed on any worker shall be recovered from him by installments, or after the<br />

expiry <strong>of</strong> 60 days from the date on which it was imposed.<br />

8. Register <strong>of</strong> fines etc<br />

i) The Contractor shall maintain a register <strong>of</strong> fines and <strong>of</strong> all deductions for damage or loss.<br />

Such register shall mention the reason for which the fine was imposed or deduction for<br />

damage <strong>of</strong> loss was made.<br />

ii) The contractor shall maintain a list in English and in the local Indian Languages, clearly<br />

defining acts and omission for which penality or fine can be imposed. He shall display<br />

such list and maintain it in a clear and legible condition in conspicuous place in the work.<br />

9. Preservation <strong>of</strong> Register<br />

The Wage book the wage slips and the Register <strong>of</strong> fines and deductions required to be<br />

maintained under these Regulations shall be preserved for 12 (Twelve) months after the date <strong>of</strong><br />

last entry made in them.<br />

10. Power <strong>of</strong> Labour Welfare Officer to make investigation <strong>of</strong> enquiry<br />

The Labour Welfare Officer <strong>of</strong> ECIL or any other person authorized by the EIL on their behalf<br />

shall have power to make enquiries with a view to ascertaining and enforcing due and proper


41<br />

observance <strong>of</strong> the fair wage clauses and the provisions <strong>of</strong> these Regulations. He shall<br />

investigate into any complaint regarding the default made by the Contractor, sub-contractor in<br />

regard to such provisions.<br />

11. Report <strong>of</strong> Labour Welfare Office<br />

The Labour Welfare <strong>of</strong>ficer or other Person authorized as aforesaid shall submit a report on the<br />

result <strong>of</strong> his investigation or enquiry to the Head ESD indicating the extent. If any to which the<br />

default had been committed with a note that necessary deductions from the Contractors will be<br />

made and the wages and other dues be paid to the labourers concerned.<br />

12. Appeal against the decision <strong>of</strong> Labour Welfare <strong>of</strong>ficer<br />

Any person aggrieved by the decision and recommendation <strong>of</strong> the labour Welfare Officer or<br />

other person so authorized may appeal against such decision to the Regional Labour<br />

Commissioner but subject to such appeal, the decision <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong>ficer referred to shall be final and<br />

binding upon the contract.<br />

13. A Prohibition regarding Representation through Lawyer<br />

No party shall be allowed to be represented by a lawyer during any investigation, enquiry appeal<br />

or any other proceedings under these Regulations.<br />

14. Inspection <strong>of</strong> Registers<br />

The contractor shall be allowed inspection <strong>of</strong> the wage book, the wage slip and the register if<br />

fines and deductions to any <strong>of</strong> his worker or to his agent at a convenient time and place after<br />

due notice is received or to the labour welfare <strong>of</strong>ficer <strong>of</strong> ECIL or any other person authorized by<br />

the ECIL on their behalf.<br />

15. Submission <strong>of</strong> returns<br />

The contractor shall submit periodical return as may be specified from time to time by ECIL<br />

16. Amendment<br />

ECIL may from time to time add to or amend these regulations and in regard to any question as<br />

to the application, interpretation or effect <strong>of</strong> these regulations, the decision <strong>of</strong> Head ESD in that behalf<br />

shall be final and binding on the contractor.


42<br />

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT<br />

1.0 General<br />

The Special conditions <strong>of</strong> Contract shall be read in conjunction with the General Conditions <strong>of</strong><br />

Contract, Specifications, Preamble to Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities, Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities, Drawings and / or<br />

other supplementary documents detailing the work.<br />

Provided that where any provision <strong>of</strong> the General Conditions <strong>of</strong> contract is repugnant to or at<br />

variance unless a different intention appears, the provision <strong>of</strong> the special conditions <strong>of</strong> contract<br />

shall be deemed to override the provision <strong>of</strong> the General conditions <strong>of</strong> contract and shall to the<br />

extent <strong>of</strong> such repugnance <strong>of</strong> variation prevail.<br />

2.0 Site and Local Conditions<br />

2.1. The site is located at Moula-Ali, Andhra Pradesh, about 13 km along motor able road from<br />

Secunderabad. The nearest railway station is Moula-ali 5 Km from Secunderabad (15 Km from<br />

Hyderabad) on the Hyderabad Kazipet broad guage <strong>of</strong> South Central Railway. The Hyderabad<br />

Kazipet line runs just south <strong>of</strong> the area acquired by DAE.<br />

2.2 The climatic conditions at Moula-Ali are similar to those prevailing at Hyderabad and are<br />

generally as indicated below:<br />

Max <strong>of</strong> mean daily temperature - 40 0 C<br />

Mini <strong>of</strong> Mean daily Temperature - 13 0 C<br />

Absolute max Temperature - 45 0 C<br />

Absolute min temperature - 8 0 C<br />

Relative humidity max - 83%<br />

Relative humidity min - 27%<br />

Averge yearly precipitation - 750 mm<br />

Minimum daily precipitation - 150 mm<br />

Maximum hourly precipitation - Not available<br />

Maximum wind velocity - May to September mainly from W & NW rest<br />

<strong>of</strong> the year mainly from NE, E & SE<br />

2.3 The site is well connected to Hyderabad – Secunderabad by road. The Hyderabad – Kazipet<br />

broad gauge line passes just South <strong>of</strong> the site and a tract connection could be taken if required<br />

Hyderabad has a commercial airport at Shamshabad and direct flights are available to Bombay,<br />

Madras, Bangalore, New Delhi for Calcutta. Madras, Bombay and Vishakapatnam serve as<br />

seaports for Hyderabad.<br />

2.4. Post, Telegraph and Telephone facilities are available, Site <strong>of</strong>ficer address is:<br />

ELECTRONCIS CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD<br />

(A Government <strong>of</strong> India, Undertaking)<br />

(Dept. <strong>of</strong> Atomic Energy)<br />

ECIL Post, Moula-ali,<br />

Hyderabad 500 062.<br />

Telephone 27122435<br />

Contractor to visit the site<br />

2.5 The contractor must visit the site <strong>of</strong> work as to ascertain the physical site conditions and prices,<br />

availability and quality <strong>of</strong> materials according to specifications before submitting the quotations. No<br />

excuse regarding non-availability or change in price will be entertained or any extra allowed on that<br />

account.<br />

Inspection <strong>of</strong> Drawings<br />

3.0. Before filling in the tender, the contractor will have to check up the tender drawings and bill <strong>of</strong><br />

quantities, and will have to get immediate clarification from the Engineer-in-charge on any point that he


43<br />

feels is vague or doubtful or uncertain and is not clear. No claim for damages or compensation will be<br />

entertained on this account.<br />

Rates to include taxes etc.<br />

4.0. Rates quoted in the schedules shall be inclusive <strong>of</strong> all freights, taxes such as Octroi, Sales tax,<br />

General Sales tax Royalties etc. and also transport <strong>of</strong> materials, plants machineries, labour<br />

accommodation sanitation etc., and everything else so as to execute the contract as per rules<br />

and regulations <strong>of</strong> local bodies, State Government and the Government <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

Checking <strong>of</strong> tender quantities for ordering materials<br />

5.0. The Contractor must check the quantities from the drawings before ordering any materials as<br />

the quantities given in the bill <strong>of</strong> quantities are approximate only and no compensation will be<br />

paid for any variation in the materials ordered by them. Any variation in the quantities will not<br />

vitiate the contract.<br />

6.0. Construction Facilities<br />

6.1. Water<br />

Water required for the works will be made available to the Contractor at Rs. 45/- (Rupees Forty<br />

Five) for 1 cubic meter at one point at the site. the contractor shall make his own<br />

arrangement for metering and drawing water from the given point and further distribution at his<br />

own cost with the approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge. He shall construct a storage tank at his<br />

cost sufficient for storing enough water for his two days requirement. In case no meter is<br />

provided by the Contractor, he shall be charged at 1.5% <strong>of</strong> the items <strong>of</strong> work involving use <strong>of</strong><br />

water.<br />

6.2. Power<br />

Electronic power from sources available near the site shall be made available at 420 volts 3<br />

phase (4 wire) 50 cycles to the contractor at one point. Further distribution, installation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

switch board, meter etc. shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost. All connections will<br />

be made at contractors cost. He shall arrange to install a tested meter <strong>of</strong> approved make and<br />

pay for the energy consumed by him for the agreed rates, namely Rs. 5/- Kwh. All wiring from<br />

the switchboard and meter will be removed by the Contractor on completion <strong>of</strong> the work. He<br />

shall reinstate and make good any work disturbed by the temporary power lines to the<br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

The contractor shall state in Appendix-I the requirement <strong>of</strong> electric power for lighting and<br />

construction equipment.<br />

6.3. Temporary Roads<br />

The contractor shall construct and maintain at his own cost all temporary roads within the plant<br />

boundary for leading materials to various sites <strong>of</strong> construction.<br />

7.0 Supply <strong>of</strong> Materials<br />

7.1. The ECIL shall not supply any material to the Contractor except those mentioned in Schedule –<br />

B attached hereto and at the issue rate indicated therein. The Contractor shall not have the<br />

option to refuse to take the delivery <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> the articles shown in the Schedule – B and <strong>of</strong>fered<br />

to him. No claim on this account shall be entertained.<br />

The contractor shall include in his rate the charge for taking delivery, loading, unloading,<br />

handling, staking transport and storage <strong>of</strong> materials handed over to him by the Corporation.<br />

7.2. The Contractor shall keep proper account <strong>of</strong> the cement and steel issued to him by the ECIL<br />

and submit monthly statement showing the materials received and consumed and the balance in<br />

hand. Surplus cement and steel in good and serviceable condition shall be returned to the ECIL<br />

at the end <strong>of</strong> contract for which credit will be given in the final bill at the issue rates excluding


44<br />

storage charges Scrap, wastage <strong>of</strong> M.S. Rounds, Tor Steel Reinforcement and deteriorated<br />

cement will not be accepted by the Corporation. No extras will be permitted on this account<br />

wastage will be the property <strong>of</strong> the contractor. For MS Round and Tor steel Reinforcement<br />

pieces under 3 M length will be reckoned as wastage. The Contractor shall not remove from the<br />

site any length exceeding that mentioned above without the prior approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-incharge.<br />

8.0 Construction Stores<br />

Suitable areas near the site <strong>of</strong> work will be allocated free <strong>of</strong> cost to the Contractor for strong his<br />

equipment plant, materials etc. He will be solely responsible for watching and guarding his<br />

property and materials issued to him by the <strong>corporation</strong>. The contractor shall at his own cost<br />

build a weather pro<strong>of</strong> shed to store cement for a week’s consumption.<br />

9.0 Construction Equipment<br />

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements to procure all constructional plant and<br />

equipment for his work. He shall also state in the construction schedule the type and number <strong>of</strong><br />

different equipment with their capacities in good working conditions which he will use on the site<br />

to ensure completion <strong>of</strong> the works in the specified time.<br />

All materials, construction plants and equipment etc. once brought by the contractor on the site<br />

are not to be removed from the there without the written authority from the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

Also, the contractor shall have adequate stock <strong>of</strong> spare parts for the equipment on the site and<br />

work shall not be delayed on this account. Similarly all enabling works built by the contractor for<br />

the main construction undertaken by him, are not to be dismantled and removed without the<br />

written authority from the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

10.0 Safety<br />

10.1 The contractor shall be responsible for provision <strong>of</strong> safety arrangements and protective clothing<br />

for all operatives on the site whether or not engaged in actual operation or supervision. The<br />

contractor shall also be responsible for safety arrangements <strong>of</strong> all equipment used for<br />

construction and shall employ trained workmen conversant with safety regulations. The<br />

Contractor shall use only tested equipment and tools and shall periodically renew tests to the<br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge. All test certificates shall not be made available to the<br />

Engineer-in-charge at the site <strong>of</strong> the works. If at any time in the opinion <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-incharge<br />

this provision has to be made at site <strong>of</strong> the works. Not complied with contractor shall<br />

forthwith replace such equipment and tools.<br />

10.2 The Contractor shall display notices and arrange proper fencing at such places where<br />

hazardous work is being carried out. The Contractor shall provide at his own expense on the<br />

works to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge at such proper and sufficient fire fighting,<br />

First aid appliances etc, which shall at all times be available for use.<br />

11.0 Contractors responsible for performing <strong>of</strong> works: -<br />

It will be the Contractor’s sole responsibility and obligation to arrange for performance <strong>of</strong> all<br />

works incidental to or connected with the job on site at his own cost. In particular, it will be the<br />

Contractor’s obligation.<br />

a) To provide and lay all electric power and lighting distribution lines including switch gears as<br />

may be required by him.<br />

b) To provide such temporary workshops, store rooms, <strong>of</strong>fices and such other <strong>services</strong> and<br />

conveniences as the contractor may require for the due execution <strong>of</strong> the contract awarded to<br />

him.<br />

Provision <strong>of</strong> various <strong>services</strong> etc as stated above, should be made as per rules and<br />

regulations prevailing in the locality.


45<br />

c)To provide all labour all materials, including cement and M.S. reinforcement, barbed wire etc,<br />

machines plant, tools, tackles, scaffolding and other implements for the performance <strong>of</strong> the<br />

works covered by the contract in a business-like-manner.<br />

d) To prepare and submit prior to starting <strong>of</strong> works for the Engineer-in-Charge’s approval plans<br />

and time schedule showing the labour on the site and program <strong>of</strong> utilization <strong>of</strong> all the facilities<br />

mentioned under (a) to (c) herein before also indicating the capacities and numbers <strong>of</strong><br />

machineries used for the works and/or as standby. These plants and time schedule shall be<br />

binding on the contractor.<br />

e) To provide and lay all temporary water lines, water storage tank as may be required for his<br />

use as well as for construction purposes and dismantle the same after use.<br />

12.0 Cleaning Site, Surroundings etc.<br />

Site Cleaning<br />

The Contractor shall have to clean the site <strong>of</strong> grass, trees, vegetarian, debris etc, prior to start <strong>of</strong><br />

work at no extra cost.<br />

i) The Contractor has to make and maintain the works together with the ground at his<br />

disposal for any purpose in a tidy way free from unnecessary deposits or things harmful<br />

for health. He has to deliver any part <strong>of</strong> the works after having finished it in a clean and<br />

complete state and fit for use and he has to set in order the site <strong>of</strong> works and free it from<br />

the deposits <strong>of</strong> all materials, dirt, debris and all sorts <strong>of</strong> obstacles.<br />

The Contractor has to keep the site in perfect state and take all the necessary precautions to<br />

protect the site, trees and plantation surroundings the site and should not remove anything <strong>of</strong> it,<br />

except only after a written consent from the Engineer-in-Charge. In case the contractor does not<br />

follow the above clause with in five days from the receipt <strong>of</strong> written instructions from the<br />

Engineer-in-Charge, the Engineer-in-Charge has the right to get the same done at the risk and<br />

cost <strong>of</strong> the Contractor.<br />

13.0 Cleaning & Clearing<br />

Cleaning <strong>of</strong> floors etc.i) Upon the completion <strong>of</strong> plastering work, rooms will be thoroughly<br />

cleaned if required washed, plasterers are to exercise particular care in order not to spoil the finished<br />

floors and windows, and if necessary, or to cover the same for protection.<br />

14.0 Cleaning the site <strong>of</strong> works<br />

i) The Contractor shall clean the site <strong>of</strong> works as per the instructions <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

The site <strong>of</strong> works shall be cleared <strong>of</strong> all men, material, sheds, etc, belonging to the contractor.<br />

The site and surroundings shall be delivered in a clean and neat condition as required by the<br />

Engineer-in-Charge within a period <strong>of</strong> one week after the job is completed in case <strong>of</strong> failure by<br />

the contractor the Engineer-in-Charge will have the right to get the site cleared at the risk and<br />

cost <strong>of</strong> the contractor.<br />

Execution <strong>of</strong> work as per drawing.<br />

The drawing will be in Metric system and the work shall have to be executed directly by Metric<br />

tapes from these drawings. No measurement shall be scaled from the drawings.<br />

15.0 Engineer-in-Charge and his authorized representative.<br />

All instructions regarding the execution <strong>of</strong> works as stipulated in the Bills <strong>of</strong> Qualities shall be<br />

received from the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative only. Any other<br />

instructions issued directly to the Contractor by any one else will not be held valid or binding on<br />

the Engineer-in-charge, ECIL unless such instructions are countersigned by the Engineer-in-<br />

Charge.


46<br />

16.0 Conformity <strong>of</strong> work with the drawings.<br />

During the execution <strong>of</strong> the work the Contractor must check his work with the drawings. The<br />

contractor shall be responsible for all the errors in this connection and will have to rectify all<br />

defects at his own cost failing which, the ECIL reserves the right to get the same rectify at the<br />

risk and cost <strong>of</strong> the contractor.<br />

17.0 Provision <strong>of</strong> full shuttering<br />

The contractor must follow the instruction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge for providing full shuttering<br />

whenever monolithic concrete in the opinion <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge is necessary for which<br />

no extra will be paid to the contractor.<br />

18.0 Progress Report<br />

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge every Friday before 11-00 A.M a weekly<br />

progress report stating the number <strong>of</strong> skilled and unskilled labour employed on the works,<br />

working hours done, quantity <strong>of</strong> cement used place, type and quantity <strong>of</strong> works done during the<br />

period.<br />

19.0 Workmen’s Compensation etc.<br />

The Contractor must follow the relevant wages Act for the area and the Workmen’s<br />

Compensation Act, Insurance <strong>of</strong> Labour, Third party Insurance or any other rule issued from<br />

time to time, by also relevant authorities connected with such construction work, Insurance<br />

policies will be in the joint name <strong>of</strong> the ECIL and the Contractor till the works are over.<br />

20.0 Facilities to other Contractors<br />

The Contractor shall give full facilities to, and co-operate with all other Contractors<br />

working on site as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall arrange his program <strong>of</strong> work so<br />

as not to hinder the progress <strong>of</strong> other works or get hindered by them. The decision <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Engineer-in-Charge on any point <strong>of</strong> dispute between the various contractors shall be final and<br />

binding on all the parties concerned.<br />

21.0 Additional work on same basic rates<br />

The Contractor shall be bound to carry out the additional amount <strong>of</strong> work and above the<br />

quantities specified in the attached schedules for the proposed work at the same basic rated as<br />

quoted in the attached Schedule for similar types <strong>of</strong> work.<br />

22.0 Interim and Final Bills: The contractor must submit five copies <strong>of</strong> the interim and final bills along<br />

with the measurements supporting the quantities arrived at in the Bill. The Contractor before preparing<br />

the bill must take joint measurements with the representative <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

23.0 Approval <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-Charge<br />

It will be the contractor’s responsibility to get the complete water supply, drainage and all other<br />

allied works tested and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

24.0 Work at night<br />

If the contractor wishes to work at night, he has to send a written application in the respect to the<br />

Engineer-in-charge, and he shall not do night work until he get written consent to his request<br />

from the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor in this case shall provide all the necessary lighting<br />

and any other required facilities at his own cost.<br />

25.0 Rejecting <strong>of</strong> equipment and work which are found to be unsuitable during progress <strong>of</strong> work.<br />

If the ECIL supplies the contractor any material on works. The contractor will be solely<br />

responsible for loss or damage that may happen to them due to rejection <strong>of</strong> work in which they<br />

were used and the contractor has to compensate the ECIL fully for the same.


47<br />

26.0 The Responsibility <strong>of</strong> the Contractor<br />

The contractor at his own cost must enclose the holes and trenches which are near the exterior<br />

and interior passage by wood and fence to prevent any accident at night, he must put all red<br />

lamps in a visible and evident and at distances <strong>of</strong> 10-M apart at least. This applies also to any<br />

supports or boards which may be dangerous to passers-byes. Further more, for anything which<br />

causes a danger <strong>of</strong> any kind, whether by transport and movement <strong>of</strong> any material equipment<br />

and tools, the contractor must take all effective precautions and measures at the proper time to<br />

prevent dangers <strong>of</strong> any sort. The contractor must take additional steps regarding the safety <strong>of</strong><br />

the workers, if so demanded by the Engineer-in-charge at his (contractor’s) own cost . safety<br />

precautions as per CPWD safety code attached shall be taken by the contractor.<br />

27.0 Antiquities and what is found at site<br />

All the antiquities, coins and other valuable articles which will be found during the work must be<br />

delivered at once to the ECIL. The contractor must take all measures to avoid damage to these<br />

articles. The contractor has to notify at once the Engineer-in-Charge on discovering any<br />

diggings or traces <strong>of</strong> ancient building or any other antiquities which may be found during<br />

diggings and are difficult to be transferred. In this case the work must be stopped on the spot<br />

until instructions <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge as to the action to be taken are given tot eh<br />

contractor.<br />

28.0 M.S. Reinforcement & Structural Steel brought by contractor<br />

The Engineer-in-Charge will have every right to check the samples <strong>of</strong> M.S reinforcement rods or<br />

structural steel numbers from the material brought by the contractor to site for use. The payment<br />

will be based on the actual weight <strong>of</strong> the sample weighted or the weights specified by the<br />

manufacturer, whichever is lower, provided the material is approved for use on the works by the<br />

Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

29.0 Ownership <strong>of</strong> materials brought to site<br />

The contractor should note specifically that on payment <strong>of</strong> materials delivered on site, the ECIL<br />

shall gain full extensive right over the material until all his relevant claims on the materials are<br />

fulfilled. In the event <strong>of</strong> any dispute or cancellation <strong>of</strong> contract or termination <strong>of</strong> the contract, the<br />

ECIL shall proceed as the Corporation has purchased and brought the materials on site. In such<br />

a case, the contractor shall be given credit for the materials at the basic producer’s rate <strong>of</strong> the<br />

material and his claim in this respect shall be settled along with his other final bills.<br />

30.0 Damage during erection<br />

Proper care should be taken no prevent any damage being done to the concrete and masonry<br />

structures while tying gunny ropes to them. If any damage is done, the same will have to be<br />

made good by the Contractor at his own cost in a workman like manner to the entire satisfaction<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-Charge.<br />

31.0 Supply <strong>of</strong> materials<br />

The contractor must supply materials from his own stock primarily. He must prepare the require<br />

list <strong>of</strong> materials from true drawings supplied to him. Permits from the controlling authority (if the<br />

material is controlled) if necessary, will be handed over to the contractor when received by the<br />

ECIL the Contractor must study availability <strong>of</strong> the materials before tendering and must execute<br />

the contract with in the specific time, irrespective <strong>of</strong> the permits which are intended only to<br />

replace the stock. No claim for extras or damages will be entertained from the contractor in the<br />

event <strong>of</strong> delay in getting permits <strong>of</strong> steel material.<br />

32.0 Safety Code<br />

i) Suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works that cannot be safely<br />

done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can be


48<br />

done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra Mazdoor shall be engaged for<br />

holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable<br />

footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and the ladder shall be given an<br />

inclination not steeper than ¼ <strong>of</strong> 1 (1.4 horizontal and vertical)<br />

ii)<br />

iii)<br />

Scaffolding or staging more than 12’ above the ground <strong>of</strong> floor, swung or suspended<br />

from an overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guard rail<br />

properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 3 feet high above the<br />

floor or platform <strong>of</strong> such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length <strong>of</strong><br />

the outside and ends there<strong>of</strong> with only such openings as may be necessary for the<br />

delivery <strong>of</strong> materials such scaffolding or staging shall be fastened as to prevent it from<br />

swaying from the building or structure.<br />

Working platform gangways and stairways, should be so constructed that I should not<br />

sag unduly or unequally and if the height <strong>of</strong> the platform <strong>of</strong> the gangway or the stairway<br />

is more than 12 above ground level or floor level, they should be closely boarded, should<br />

have adequate width and should suitably fenced, as described (ii) above.<br />

iv)<br />

Every opening in the floor <strong>of</strong> a building or in working platforms be provided with suitable<br />

means to prevent the fall <strong>of</strong> persons or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing<br />

whose minimum height shall be ‘3’.<br />

v) Safe means <strong>of</strong> access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working<br />

places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder be over 30’ in<br />

length while the width between side rails in rung ladder shall in no case be less than 11<br />

½” for ladder upto and including 10’ in length. For longer ladder this width should be<br />

increased at least ¼” for each additional feet <strong>of</strong> length. Uniform step spacing shall not<br />

exceed 12”. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical<br />

equipment. No material on any <strong>of</strong> the sites <strong>of</strong> work shall be so stacked or placed as to<br />

cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The contractor shall also<br />

provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the public from accidents and shall be<br />

bound to bear the expenses <strong>of</strong> defence <strong>of</strong> every suit, action or other proceedings at law<br />

that may be brought by a person for injury sustained owing neglect <strong>of</strong> the above<br />

precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit,<br />

action or proceedings to any such persons or which may with the consent <strong>of</strong> the<br />

contractor be paid to compromise any such person.<br />

vi)<br />

vii)<br />

Excavation and Trenching<br />

All trenches four feet or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at least one<br />

ladder for each 100 feet in length or fraction there<strong>of</strong>. Ladder shall be extended from<br />

bottom <strong>of</strong> the trench to at least 3’ above the surface <strong>of</strong> ground. The sides <strong>of</strong> the trenches<br />

which are 5’ or more in depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope, or securely<br />

held by timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger <strong>of</strong> sides to collapse. The excavated<br />

material shall not be placed within 5’ <strong>of</strong> the edge <strong>of</strong> the trench or half <strong>of</strong> the depth <strong>of</strong> the<br />

depth <strong>of</strong> the trench whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under<br />

no circumstances undermining or undercutting shall be done.<br />

Demolition<br />

Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

a) All roads and areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably<br />

protected.


49<br />

b) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be source <strong>of</strong> danger over a cable or<br />

apparatus used by the Operator shall remain electrically charged.<br />

c) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from risk <strong>of</strong><br />

the fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, ro<strong>of</strong>, or other part <strong>of</strong> the building shall be so<br />

over loaded with debris or materials as to render it unsafe.<br />

viii)<br />

All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-in-<br />

Charge should be kept available for the use <strong>of</strong> the person employed on the site and<br />

maintained in condition suitable for immediate use and the contractor should take<br />

adequate steps to ensure proper use <strong>of</strong> equipment by those concerned.<br />

a) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials cement and lime mortars shall be<br />

provided with protective footwear and protective goggles.<br />

b) Those engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking or cement bags or any<br />

materials which are injurious to the eyes shall be provided with protective goods.<br />

c) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welders protective eye<br />

shields.<br />

d) Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and<br />

seated at sufficiently safe intervals.<br />

e) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use<br />

the contractor shall ensure that the manhole covers are opened and are ventilated at<br />

least for an hour before the workers are allowed to get into the manholes, and the<br />

manholes so opened shall be cordoned <strong>of</strong>f with suitable railing and provided with<br />

warming signals or boards to prevent accident to the public.<br />

f) The contractor shall not employ men below the age <strong>of</strong> 18 years and women on the<br />

work <strong>of</strong> painting with products containing lead in any form. Whenever men above the<br />

age <strong>of</strong> 18 years are employed on the work <strong>of</strong> lead painting the following precautions<br />

should be taken:<br />

1) No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the form <strong>of</strong><br />

paste or ready made paint.<br />

2) Suitable face mask should be supplied for use by the workers when paint is<br />

applied in the form <strong>of</strong> spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and<br />

scrapped<br />

3) Overalls shall be supplied by the contractors to the workmen and<br />

adequate facilities shall be provided to enable the working painters to wash<br />

during the execution <strong>of</strong> work.<br />

ix)<br />

When, the work is done near any place where there is stock <strong>of</strong> dynamite, all necessary<br />

equipments should be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt<br />

rescue <strong>of</strong> any person in danger and adequate provision should be made for prompt first aid<br />

treatment <strong>of</strong> all injuries likely to be sustained during the course <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

x) Use <strong>of</strong> hoisting machines and tackle including their attachment anchorage and supports shall<br />

conform to the following standard or conditions:<br />

1(a) These shall be a goods mechanical construction sound materials and adequate strength<br />

and free from patent defect and shall be kept in good repair and in good working order.


(b)<br />

50<br />

Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials as a means <strong>of</strong> suspension shall be <strong>of</strong><br />

durable quality and adequate strength and free from paten defects.<br />

2. Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no<br />

person under and age <strong>of</strong> 21 years should be in charge <strong>of</strong> any hoisting machine including<br />

any scaffold which gives signals to the operator.<br />

3. In case <strong>of</strong> every hoisting machine and <strong>of</strong> every changing, hook, shackle, swivel and<br />

pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means <strong>of</strong> suspension, the safe working<br />

load shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine and all gears<br />

referred to above shall be plainly marked with the safe working load. In case hoisting<br />

machine having a variable safe working load, each safe working load <strong>of</strong> the conditions<br />

under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part any machine or <strong>of</strong> any<br />

gear referred to above the paragraph shall be loaded beyond the safe working load<br />

except for the purpose <strong>of</strong> testing.<br />

4. In case <strong>of</strong> Department machines, the safe working load shall be notified by the Electrical<br />

Engineer-in-charges. As regards contractor’s machines, the contractors shall notify the<br />

safe working load <strong>of</strong> the machinery to the Engineer-in-charge whenever he brings any<br />

machinery to site <strong>of</strong> work and get if verified by the Electrical Engineer concerned.<br />

xi)<br />

xii)<br />

xiii)<br />

xiv)<br />

xv)<br />

Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous part <strong>of</strong> hoisting appliance<br />

should be provided with efficient safeguards, hoisting appliances should be provided with such<br />

means as will reduce to the minimum the risk <strong>of</strong> accidental descent <strong>of</strong> the load, adequate<br />

precautions should be taken to reduce to the minimum the risk <strong>of</strong> any part <strong>of</strong> suspended load,<br />

adequate becoming accidentally displayed. When workers employed on electrical installations<br />

which are already energized insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves, sleeves and<br />

boots as may be necessary should be provided. The workers should not wear any rings,<br />

watches and carry keys or other materials which are good conductors <strong>of</strong> electricity.<br />

All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be<br />

maintained in safe condition and other scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered removed<br />

while it is in use Adequate washing facilities shall be provided at or near place <strong>of</strong> work.s<br />

These safety provisions should be brought to the notice <strong>of</strong> all concerned by display on the<br />

Notice Board at a prominent place at the work spot. The persons responsible for compliance <strong>of</strong><br />

the safety code shall be named therein by the contractor.<br />

To ensure effective enforcement <strong>of</strong> the rules and regulations relating to<br />

safety precautions the arrangement made by the contractor shall be opened to inspection by the<br />

Labour Office, Engineer-in-Charge <strong>of</strong> the Department or their representative.<br />

Notwithstanding the above clauses from (i) to (xiv) there is nothing in these to<br />

exempt the contractor from the operations <strong>of</strong> any other act in force in the Republic <strong>of</strong> India.


51<br />

RULES FRAMED UNDER CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION AND ABOLITION) ACT, 1970. No.<br />

D1/8385/79<br />

After taking into final consideration <strong>of</strong> the objections and suggestions received from various<br />

managements/persons in response to the draft notification issued by me, which was published in Rules<br />

supplement to part I <strong>of</strong> Andhra Pradesh Gazette No.26, dated 19th July, 1979, the following notification<br />

is issued.<br />

Where as it is expedient to specify conditions <strong>of</strong> service, Rates <strong>of</strong> Wages, holidays and hours <strong>of</strong> work<br />

for the workmen employed by contractor’s who do not perform the same or similar kind <strong>of</strong> work as the<br />

workmen directly employed by the principal employer <strong>of</strong> an establishment, I. the Commissioner <strong>of</strong><br />

labour, Government <strong>of</strong> Andhra Pradesh Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rules 1971 hereby<br />

specifying the condition <strong>of</strong> service, rates <strong>of</strong> wages, holidays and hours <strong>of</strong> work as in Annexure which will<br />

be effective from the date <strong>of</strong> publication in the Gazette <strong>of</strong> Andhra Pradesh.<br />

ANNEXURE<br />

ANDHRA PRADESH CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION AND ABOLITION)<br />

RULES 1971 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE<br />

in exercise <strong>of</strong> the powers conferred under clause (b) <strong>of</strong> sub-rule (V) <strong>of</strong> rule 25 <strong>of</strong> the Andhra Pradesh<br />

contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rules 1971, the Commissioner <strong>of</strong> Labour, Andhra Pradesh,<br />

Hyderabad hereby specified the following conditions <strong>of</strong> service, rates <strong>of</strong> wages, holidays and hours <strong>of</strong><br />

work for the workmen directly employed by the principal employer <strong>of</strong> an establishment.<br />

1. EMPLOYMENT CARD : The contract labour employed by contractor shall be pro vided with an<br />

employment card, indicating therein the name <strong>of</strong> the workmen, Father’s name his token number, the<br />

date <strong>of</strong> appointment designation, wage rates and his residential address.<br />

2. WORKING HOURS: (a) No adult workmen shall be required to work for more than 8 hours in any<br />

day and 48 hours in a week.<br />

(b) No young persons who has not completed 18 Years <strong>of</strong> age shall be required to work more than 7<br />

hours in any day and 42 hours in a week.<br />

3. BAR ON EMPLOYMENT OF FEMALES: No Female shall be required to work after 7.00 PM. or<br />

before 6.00 A.M.<br />

Provided that the Commissioner <strong>of</strong> Labour may be notification, in the Official Gazette in respect <strong>of</strong> any<br />

factory or group <strong>of</strong> class or description <strong>of</strong> factories vary the limits laid down under condition No.9.But no<br />

such variation shall authorize the employment <strong>of</strong> any workmen between the hours <strong>of</strong> 1000 PM. to 6.00<br />

A.M.<br />

4. BAR ON EMPLOYMENT OF CHILD LABOUR: No child below the age <strong>of</strong> 15 Years shall be allowed<br />

to work as contract labour.<br />

5. REST INTERVAL: No workmen shall be required to work for more than S hours in any day unless he<br />

has an interval for rest for at least half an hour.<br />

6. SPREAD OVER : The Period <strong>of</strong> work <strong>of</strong> any workmen shall be so arranged that along with has<br />

interval for rest, they shall not spread over more than 10 hours in any day.<br />

7. EXTRA WAGES FOR OVER TIME: (i) Where a contract labour is required to work for more than 9<br />

hours in any day excluding the period <strong>of</strong> rest interval, he shall be entitled to wages at the rate <strong>of</strong> twice<br />

his ordinary rate <strong>of</strong> wages.<br />

(ii) For the purposes <strong>of</strong> this clause, 4Ordinary rate <strong>of</strong> wage means his basic wage plus, D.A, or the<br />

consolidated wage.<br />

8. WEEKLY REST: Every workman shall be allowed a day <strong>of</strong> rest <strong>of</strong> one whole day pro vided he has<br />

worked for 6 days.<br />

9. NATIONAL AND FESTIVAL HOLIDAYS : (1) Every workman employed by the contractor, shall be<br />

entitled to 8 holidays in a calendar Year, with wages, which shall be 26th January, 15th August, 2nd<br />

October, and 1st May. remaining 4 holidays will be fixed by natural discussion between the contractor<br />

and his labour each Year by the end <strong>of</strong> November. The list <strong>of</strong> holidays so decided will be duly and


52<br />

prominently displayed by the contractor. A copy <strong>of</strong> the list to holidays for the following year shall be<br />

furnished by the contractor to the Deputy Commissioner <strong>of</strong> Labour <strong>of</strong> the region and the Commissioner<br />

<strong>of</strong> labour before 5th December each Year.<br />

(2) A workman would be entitled to the festival and national holidays as per sub-clause (1) if he has put<br />

at least 15 days <strong>of</strong> work during the calendar year and has been on rolls a day prior to the holiday.<br />

(3) Where a workman who is entitled to the holiday, is required or allow to work on any holiday, he shall<br />

at his option be entitled to:<br />

(a) Twice the wages or, (b) wage or such day and to avail himself <strong>of</strong> a substituted holiday with wages<br />

on one <strong>of</strong> seven days immediately before or after the day on which he so works.<br />

10. (a) Leave with wages: Every workman who has worked under a contractor during the calendar year<br />

shall be allowed leave with wages for number <strong>of</strong> days calculated at the rate <strong>of</strong><br />

(i) If an adult one day for every 20 days <strong>of</strong> actual work performed by him. (ii) If a young person one day<br />

for every 15 days <strong>of</strong> actual work performed by him.<br />

EXPLANATIONS: For counting the days <strong>of</strong> actual work weekly <strong>of</strong>fs, festival holidays, and other<br />

interruptions like lay-<strong>of</strong>fs. Shall be treated as service rendered.<br />

(b) Leave admissible under this clause shall be exclusive <strong>of</strong> all holidays whether occurring during or at<br />

either and <strong>of</strong> the period <strong>of</strong> leave<br />

(c) In calculating leave under this clause fraction <strong>of</strong> leave <strong>of</strong> half-a-day or more shall be treated as one<br />

full days leave and fraction <strong>of</strong> leave less than half-a-day shall be omitted.<br />

Provided that the total number <strong>of</strong> days <strong>of</strong> leave that may be carried forward to a succeeding year shall<br />

not exceed 30 days in the case <strong>of</strong> adult worker and 40 days in the case <strong>of</strong> child worker or the contactor<br />

shall pay the full wages whenever the contract Labour quits the employment in hew there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

(d) A workman may at any time apply in writing to the contractor or his authorised representative not<br />

less than 7 days before the date <strong>of</strong> which he wishes his leave to begin to take all the leave or any<br />

portion there <strong>of</strong> allowable to him during the calendar Year.<br />

Provided further that the number <strong>of</strong> times in which leave may be taken during any “feat shall not exceed<br />

three.<br />

e) Every employee for the period <strong>of</strong> leave allowed under this section shall be paid at a sate equal to the<br />

daily averages <strong>of</strong> his total full time earnings for the days on which he worked during the month<br />

immediately proceeding his leave exclusive <strong>of</strong> any over - time but exclusive <strong>of</strong> D.A.<br />

(f) If a woman entitled to leave is discharged by the contractor before he has been allowed such leave<br />

<strong>of</strong> if the leave applied for by such workman has been refused and if he quite his employment before he<br />

has been allowed the leave, the contractor shall pay to the workmen within one week the amount in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> the period <strong>of</strong> the invalid leave.<br />

(g) If the existing leave facilities are more beneficial than these provided in the above section the<br />

employee will continue to enjoy the existing facilities.<br />

11. MAINTENANCE OF REGISTERS : Every contractor shall maintain relevant registers as provided in<br />

Rules 78 <strong>of</strong> the contract labour (Regulation and abolition) Rules, 1971.<br />

12. WAGES: 1) Where no rates <strong>of</strong> wages have statutory being fixed for any category or class <strong>of</strong><br />

workmen the contractor shall pay wages not less than Rs. 192.46 per day to an unskilled employees<br />

Rs. 211.61 per day to semiskilled and Rs. 236.00 per day to skilled employees subject to revision as<br />

may be notified by Commissioner <strong>of</strong> Labour from time to time.<br />

2) If the statutory wages in force are more beneficial to the workmen they will continue to be paid not<br />

with standing the rates <strong>of</strong> wages proposed to be fixed under Rule 25(V) (b) <strong>of</strong> the Andhra Pradesh<br />

Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition) Rules, 1971.<br />

13. Where any category <strong>of</strong> employee is actually in receipt <strong>of</strong> higher rate <strong>of</strong> wages than those specified<br />

above he/she shall continue to be paid such higher wages.<br />

EXPLANATION: i) Where the monthly rate has to be computed it shall be multiplied by 30 days.<br />

ii) Where the employees are being paid at piece rates, they shall not receive wages less than the wages<br />

provided in clause (i) above.


53<br />

13. Lay Off: 1) The contractor may at any time in the event <strong>of</strong> fire catastrophe, break down <strong>of</strong><br />

machinery or storage <strong>of</strong> power supply epidermis civil connection o other causes beyond his control stop<br />

work for any period or periods without notice<br />

2) In the event <strong>of</strong> such stoppage during work hours, the workmen effected shall be notified by<br />

the notice put upon the notice board in a conspicuous place as soon as practicable, when the work will<br />

be resumed and whether they are remain on leave the place <strong>of</strong> workmen shall not ordinarily be required<br />

to remain for more than two hrs. After the commencement <strong>of</strong> stoppage, if the period <strong>of</strong> detention does<br />

not exceed one hour the workmen sustained shall be entitled to receive wages for the shale <strong>of</strong> the time<br />

during which they are detained as a result <strong>of</strong> the stoppage. In case <strong>of</strong> piece rate workers ,the average<br />

daily earning for the previous week shall be taken to be the daily wages.,<br />

3) Where workmen are laid <strong>of</strong>f short period ,on account <strong>of</strong> failure to plant or temporary<br />

curtailment <strong>of</strong> production the period <strong>of</strong> unemployment shall be treated as compulsory leave either with<br />

or without indefinitely long period or the contract work is completed their service may be terminated<br />

after giving their due notices or pay in lieu <strong>of</strong> notice.<br />

4) The may in the event <strong>of</strong> a strike effecting either wholly or partially any section or department <strong>of</strong> the<br />

contract work close down either wholly or partially such section <strong>of</strong> department and any other section or<br />

department effected by such closing down. The fact such closure shall be notified by notice put on the<br />

notice board in the section <strong>of</strong> the department as soon as practicable. The workmen concerned shall<br />

also not notified by a general notice prior to resumption <strong>of</strong> work will be resumed.<br />

14. PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION OF SERVICES:<br />

1) No contractor shall without a reasonable cause, terminate the service <strong>of</strong> a workman who has<br />

been in this employment continuously for a period for a period <strong>of</strong> thirty days or more without<br />

giving a workman at least 3 period <strong>of</strong> 3 days notice in writing or wages in the lieu <strong>of</strong> except for<br />

misconduct.<br />

2) The following acts and omission shall be treated as misconduct on the part <strong>of</strong> workmen.<br />

a) Will full in-sub-ordination or disobedience whether alone or in combination with other <strong>of</strong> any<br />

lawful and reasonable <strong>of</strong> supervisor.<br />

b) Striking work <strong>of</strong> inciting others to strike contravention <strong>of</strong> the provisions any law.<br />

c) Will full slowing down in performances, are abetment, or instigation there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

d) Theft, fraud or dishonesty in connection with contractor’s or principal employer’s.<br />

e) Habitual breach <strong>of</strong> any law applicable to the work place or any rule made there under.<br />

f) Drunkenness riotous <strong>of</strong> disorderly or indecent behavior at the workplace.<br />

g) Habitual neglect or work or habitual negligence.<br />

h) Willful damage to work in progress.<br />

i) Holding meeting with in premises with out prior permission <strong>of</strong> the employer.<br />

j) Gambling within the premises <strong>of</strong> work.<br />

k) Sleeping while on duty.<br />

l) Habitual late attendance.<br />

m) Threatening, abusing or assaulting any superior or co-worker.<br />

n) Habitual absence without leave or absence without leave for more than 5 consecutive days or<br />

over staying the sanctioned leave without sufficient grounds or proper or satisfactory<br />

explanation.<br />

3) A workman guilty <strong>of</strong> misconduct may be punished with warning, fine suspension for a period <strong>of</strong> 7<br />

days or dismissed.<br />

4) No order <strong>of</strong> punishment for misconduct shall be made expect after holding an enquiry Against<br />

the workman following the principles <strong>of</strong> natural justice while awarding punishment to the gravity <strong>of</strong><br />

misconduct and previous record <strong>of</strong> the workman shall be taken Into consideration.<br />

4) A workman who absents himself for more than 5 continuous working days without applying for<br />

the leave or making a representation to the contractor and without sufficient Cause, the <strong>services</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> the employees will be liable to be terminated without notice


54<br />

REAGIONAL OFFICE: ANDHRA PRADESH<br />

EMPLOYEES’STATE INSURANCE CORPORATION<br />

A GUIDE FOR THE EMPLOYEES<br />

This note or guide is intended to serve as a synopsis on the relevant aspects <strong>of</strong> the amended provisions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ESI Act and the General Regulations which are coming into force from 27.1.85 for which a<br />

notification has already been issued by the Government <strong>of</strong> India Ministry <strong>of</strong> Labour, This is not<br />

exhaustive and has to be supplemented b1 he actual amended provisions <strong>of</strong> the Act and Regulations.<br />

CHANGES IN ACT<br />

UPPER WAGE LIMIT FOR COVERAGE<br />

1. Upper wage limit for the purpose Qf coverage <strong>of</strong> employee” 2(9) has been to Rs.6,500/-per month<br />

from Rs. 3,000/-. All other conditions remain the same. The definition <strong>of</strong>: Wages” has not been<br />

changed.<br />

2. . For purpose <strong>of</strong> coverage, if an employee is covered at the beginning <strong>of</strong> the contribution period, he<br />

will continue to be covered till the end <strong>of</strong> the contribution period. If an employee’s wages fall below<br />

Rs.6,500/- in month, he will continue to be covered from that wage period till the end or the contribution<br />

period.<br />

3. The contributions due will be paid at 1.75% and 4.75% on the actual wages paid / payable, even<br />

when the same exceeds Rs.6,500/-.<br />

4. For purpose <strong>of</strong> section 2(9) i.e. coverage <strong>of</strong> an “employee”, the overtime wages are to be excluded<br />

as at present.<br />

LOWER WAGE LIMIT FOR EXEMPTION FROM PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEE’S CONTRIBUTION:<br />

1. According to the amended section 42 <strong>of</strong> the Act, the employee’s contribution is not require to be paid,<br />

if<br />

the average wages <strong>of</strong> an employee are below Rs.6/-per day during a wage period.<br />

2. The average daily wage during the wage period will be calculated on a national basic taking into<br />

account what the employees would have received if he had worked on all the days during the wage<br />

period.<br />

divided by 26, if monthly paid, by 13 if fortnightly paid; and by 6. if weekly paid, in case <strong>of</strong> piece rated<br />

workers, the average daily wages are to be calculated dividing the wages earned by him in<br />

the wage period by the number <strong>of</strong> days in full or part, for which he had worked for wages in that wage<br />

period.<br />

3. Working for a part a day will be reckoned as one full day.<br />

4. Though the employee need not pay the contribution, the employer has, nevertheless, to pay his<br />

share <strong>of</strong> contribution at 4.75% even if the wages are below Rs.6/- per day.<br />

CONTRIBUTIONS AS A PERCENTAGE OF WAGES:<br />

1. Contributions for a wage period shall be payable at 1 75% <strong>of</strong> the wages in respect <strong>of</strong> every covered<br />

employee.<br />

2. Similarly the employer’s contribution will be the rate <strong>of</strong> 4.75% og wahes payable in respect <strong>of</strong> all the<br />

covered employees<br />

3. The above ‘two calculations are to be rounded to next higher multiple <strong>of</strong> 5 paisa<br />

4. Though employee’s and employer’s share are delinked from each other, they are to be paid together<br />

as contributions (Ref.Section 39).<br />

5. The purpose <strong>of</strong> payment <strong>of</strong> contributions the unit <strong>of</strong> contributions payable will be a wage period<br />

instead <strong>of</strong> a week.<br />

IV. ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS FOR SICKNESS AND MATERNITY BENEFIT:<br />

1. Section 47 and Section 50 have been emended. In terms <strong>of</strong> the amended provisions, an insured<br />

person will be entitled for sickness or maternity benefit as the case may be, if the contributions in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> insured persons were paid/payable for not less than half the number <strong>of</strong> days in the<br />

corresponding contribution period.<br />

2. The standard contribution period from 1st April to 30th September will have 183 days and<br />

contribution period from 1st October to 31st March will have days (183 days in leap year).


55<br />

3. Thus, in respect <strong>of</strong> any insured person contrib.ons are to be paid /payable at least for 91 or 92 days<br />

in the corresponding contribution period to make him eligible for sickness benefit/ maternity benefit.<br />

4. For receiving benefit in the first benefit period the contributions should have been paid for half the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> days in the corresponding shorter contribution period. For purpose <strong>of</strong> reckoning the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> days for which wages are paid, the days for which the wages are payable alone are to be included.<br />

This means that paid holidays and leave with wages will also count. Generally, for monthly rated<br />

employees, weekly holidays have to be included as for monthly rated employees; it is presumed that<br />

they receive wages for the weekly holidays also. For daily rated employees. If wages are not paid for<br />

holidays such holidays will not be included.<br />

V. CHANGES IN THE REGULATIONS<br />

1. NEW BENEFIT PERIOD & CONTRIBUTION PERIOD<br />

1. The fixed contribution period and benefit period are given in Regulation 4.<br />

2. The first benefit period for all newly appointed employees will commence only after the expiry <strong>of</strong> 9<br />

months from the date <strong>of</strong> employment, and the first benefit period will also end alone with the standard<br />

benefit period already fixed.<br />

The first contribution period will be contribution period current corresponding to the date <strong>of</strong> appointment<br />

and will begin from the date <strong>of</strong> employment<br />

4. For those persons, whose date <strong>of</strong> appointment is 28th or 29th or 30th or 31st May, in any year, the<br />

first benefit period will commence from 28th February <strong>of</strong> the year following (29th February in leap year if<br />

appointed after 29th may).<br />

2 TRANSISTORY PROVISIONS:<br />

1. All the existing contribution periods will end on 26th January, 1985.<br />

2. The following will be the contribution periods and benefit periods as per the old provisions, but now<br />

modified to fit in with the amended provisions.<br />

Set<br />

(1)<br />

(A)<br />

(B)<br />

(C)<br />

Last Contribution<br />

Period<br />

(2)<br />

29.07.84 to<br />

26.01.85<br />

30.09.84 to<br />

26.01.85<br />

25.11.84 to<br />

26.01.85<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> weeks<br />

(3)<br />

Minimum Number<br />

<strong>of</strong> weekly<br />

contributions<br />

necessary to<br />

SB/MB<br />

(4)<br />

Last benefit<br />

period<br />

corresponding to<br />

the contribution<br />

period given in<br />

column (2).<br />

(5)<br />

26 13 28.04.1985 to<br />

26.10.-1985<br />

17 9 30.06.85 to<br />

26.10.85<br />

9 5 01.09.1985 to<br />

26.10.1985<br />

3. Thus it can be seen that all benefit periods will also end along with the A-set benefit period on 26-10-<br />

1985.<br />

4. The first contribution period in the new system will be from 27-1-1986 to 3 1-3-1985, and the<br />

corresponding benefit period for this contribution period would be from 27-10-1985 to 31.12.1985. To<br />

qualify for sickness benefit and Maternity the insured person should first pay contributions for not less<br />

than 32 days.<br />

5. For purpose <strong>of</strong> reckoning 91 days for receipt <strong>of</strong> sickness benefit in two consecutive benefit periods,<br />

the shorter benefit period will also count as one benefit period.<br />

3 RE-ENTRY.<br />

1. All the re-entered employees i.e. who have become employees under the ES! Act by Virtue <strong>of</strong> their<br />

wages being less than Rs. 6,500/- and more than Rs. 3,000/- are entitled for Medical Benefit from


56<br />

27.01.1985. For this purpose, the employer will certify in the revised ESIC - 37 form almost their entry in<br />

to insurable employment.<br />

2.On production ESIC-37 and identity Card at the ESI dispensaries, the insured persons can avail<br />

medical Benefit.<br />

3. All those who are having old identity Card at the ES! Dispensaries, the insured persons can avail<br />

medical Benefit<br />

4. Those who has lost their cards will obtain duplicate cards by submitting ESIC-72 Forms certified by<br />

the employer<br />

For this purpose the employer will superscribe in ESlC -72 as “reentered insurable employment on 27-<br />

1-85 For such employees Duplicate identity Cards will be issued free <strong>of</strong> cost at Local <strong>of</strong>fices<br />

5.These duplicate identity Cards for the recovered employees will only be forwarded to 1cS who will<br />

issue the cards to insured persons, after forwarded to employers who will issue the cards o insured<br />

persons, after obtaining the acknowledgement for the cards<br />

6.Form 27.1-1985 A,B & C sets are abolished. Therefore the new entrants document declaration forms<br />

if any available forms will be accepted.<br />

7. As at present temporary identity cards will be issued immediately.<br />

8. Permanent Identity cards will be issued shortly.<br />

9. The employer is to deliver permanent identity cards only to such employees who have been in<br />

employment for more than 3 months and if any employee has left service before that the cards to be<br />

returned to local <strong>of</strong>fice.<br />

4.MAINTENANCE OF REGISTER IN FORM 7: (Registered under Reg.32)<br />

1. The register has to be maintained in form 7 in accordance with the provisions under regulation 32.<br />

The first 6 columns <strong>of</strong> the register are self-explanatory. In column No.7, the number <strong>of</strong> days, for which<br />

‘wages’ are paid/payable are to be included. For this purpose the wage period ending in the relevant<br />

calander month are only are to be taken.<br />

2. Likewise, the amount <strong>of</strong> wages paid, corresponding to the number <strong>of</strong> days shown in the column 7.<br />

Will be taken into account in the 8 th column all other allowances, which attract the definition <strong>of</strong> wages<br />

under section (22) will be included such as overtime. House rent allowances, shift allowances, washing<br />

allowances incentive bonus etc., the column 9 will give 1.75% <strong>of</strong> total wages paid/payable to an<br />

employee as given in column 8. The columns 7, 8 &9 will be filled in at the end <strong>of</strong> the respective month.<br />

Similarly the columns 10, 11, 12 and 13,14,15 and 16,17,18 and 19,20,21 and 22, 23, 24 will be filled in<br />

at the end <strong>of</strong> te respective months.<br />

3. The figures in Column 7 to 26 shall be in respect <strong>of</strong> wage periods ending in a particular calendar<br />

month.<br />

4. At the end <strong>of</strong> 6 months the relevant Columns will be totaled to get the total number <strong>of</strong> days in<br />

contribution period for which wages paid/payable and the same will be noted in the column 25 for each<br />

and every employee.<br />

5 Similar exercises will be done in respect <strong>of</strong> Column 26 and 27.<br />

6 Column 28 is Self-explanatory.<br />

5 SUBMISSION OF RETURNS IN FORM 6<br />

1. Return <strong>of</strong> contribution is to be submitted as per Form 6 in quadruplicate. the Form 6 contains the<br />

particulars <strong>of</strong> total contributions paid along with the employees’ and employers share separately.<br />

2. It is easier to furnish the information in Form 6 Form 7 as columns 25 in Form 7 correspond to<br />

column 4 in Form 6, Column 26 <strong>of</strong> Form 7 Corresponds to Columns 5 <strong>of</strong> Form 6. Column26 <strong>of</strong> Form 7<br />

corresponds to column 6 and Column against the employee concerned in form 6<br />

3. The date <strong>of</strong> appointment if appointed during the contributions period has to be invariable mentioned<br />

in the remarks column against the employee concerned in form 6.


57<br />

4. All other conditions regarding the made <strong>of</strong> submissions <strong>of</strong> this return is uncharged except the due<br />

date.<br />

5, With regard to payment <strong>of</strong> employers share <strong>of</strong> contribution, the amended provision is Schedule - I <strong>of</strong><br />

the principal Act may give an impression that the employer has to work out contributions at the rate <strong>of</strong><br />

4.75% in respect <strong>of</strong> each and every covered employee. But it will be sufficient for the employer to total<br />

up column 8,11, 14, 17, 20 and 23 <strong>of</strong> Form 7 (Register under Reg.32) and to pay 4.75 percent on the<br />

total there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

6. DUE DATES FOR PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND SUBMISSION OF RETURNS:<br />

1. The contributions will fail due on the last day <strong>of</strong> the wage period.<br />

2. The contributions shall be paid within 21 days <strong>of</strong> the last day <strong>of</strong> the calendar month the contributions<br />

fall due. Thus, in effect the contributions will have to be paid within 21 days <strong>of</strong> the following month, in<br />

which the wage period has ended.<br />

3. For submission <strong>of</strong> Return <strong>of</strong> Contributions, 30 days time is allowed from the expiry <strong>of</strong> contribution<br />

period. Thus, normally, the due dates are 30th April and 30th October every year.<br />

4. In case <strong>of</strong> closure <strong>of</strong> a factory <strong>of</strong> establishment 30 days time will count from the date <strong>of</strong> closure.<br />

7. FORMS:<br />

1. In all forms, wherever the amount <strong>of</strong> Rs.3,000/- is occurring this is changed to Rs. 6,500/-<br />

2. Set-wise classification is abolished in respect <strong>of</strong> all forms.<br />

CONCLUSION: As all the present sets <strong>of</strong> contribution periods & on 26-1-1985, during the transition<br />

period, it may cause some hardship to the bi employer for submission <strong>of</strong> returns for all sets. As the<br />

benefit periods in respect <strong>of</strong> the set B and Set C are to start much later, it is under consideration <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>corporation</strong> to give some extra time for them to submit the returns <strong>of</strong> the contributions in respect <strong>of</strong> set<br />

.B and set C. To that effect, the formal order <strong>of</strong> Director General are awaited.<br />

2. With the beginning <strong>of</strong> the new system, the employers have to work contributions at 2,1/4% and 5% <strong>of</strong><br />

wages payable from 27-1-1985. For the 5 days in the month <strong>of</strong> January 5/31 will be the proportion in<br />

which the wages paid/payable for 5 days will be reckoned. The employer has to pay contributions for<br />

the 5 days also as specified in the amended regulation 31 read with section 39 & first schedule <strong>of</strong> the<br />

principal Act.<br />

3. Here again, as the benefit period is to commence, from October 1985, the relaxation <strong>of</strong> Regulation 26<br />

is under consideration. The director General’s orders are awaited.<br />

“Daily rate <strong>of</strong> benefit (herein after referred to as the “standard benefit rate”) in respect <strong>of</strong> group <strong>of</strong><br />

employees specified in the first column <strong>of</strong> the the Table below shall be the amount respectively<br />

specified in the corresponding entry in the second column there<strong>of</strong>.<br />

TABLE<br />

Group <strong>of</strong> employees whose average daily Corresponding daily standard benefit rate<br />

wages are<br />

01. Rs. Below Rs.6/- Rs. Ps<br />

2.50<br />

02. Rs. 6 and above but below Rs.8/- 3.50<br />

03. Rs. 8 and above but below Rs 12/- 5.00<br />

04. Rs. 12 and above but below Rs.16 7.00<br />

05. Rs.l6andabovebutbelowRs.24 10.00<br />

06. Rs. 24 and above but below Rs.36 15.00


58<br />

07. Rs. 36 and above but below Rs.48 20.00<br />

08. Rs. 48 and above but below Rs.64 28.00<br />

09. Rs. 64 and above but below Rs.80 36.00<br />

10. Rs. 80 and above but below Rs.96. 44.00<br />

11. Rs.96and above 53.00


59<br />

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORK<br />

Materials: (For Civil works other than R.C.C work and Structural work)<br />

WATER<br />

1. Water shall be delivered at one point from main <strong>of</strong> ECIL or from employers’ own source. The<br />

contractor shall provide sufficient storage accommodation for the water as and when directed by<br />

The Engineer-In-charge. Wastage <strong>of</strong> water shall not be permitted.<br />

2. Sand shall conform to I.S. 1542-1960 SAND<br />

Sand shall be from river or from any other source approved by the Engineer -Incharge, and shall be<br />

clean, sharp, course and free from salt, earth, vegetable matter and other impurities. It shall be<br />

washed with clean water if required by the Engineer Incharge. The soluble contents shall not<br />

exceed 0.5 %. For the concrete work, the sand shall be coarser than that for masonary work.<br />

BRICK<br />

3. Brick shall be <strong>of</strong> uniform size 9”x4 1/2” x3” I.S. Class ‘C’ quality approved by the Engineer- Incharge,<br />

table molded and free from grit. They shall be well burnt, sound and with sharp edges and corners<br />

and shall give a ringing sound when struck with trowel. It shall be free from impurities such as lime,<br />

iron and deleterious salts. No brick with 24 hours <strong>of</strong> immersion in water shall absorb more than 15%<br />

<strong>of</strong> its weights.<br />

AGGREGATES<br />

4. This shall be broken to required size from hard stone and shall consist <strong>of</strong> hard sharp, angular<br />

pieces, strong and durable and shall be free from clay fine sand other adherent coatings. It shall be<br />

washed with clean water if required by the Engineer-in-Charge. This shall be well graded. Flat stone<br />

chips are not allowed. The aggregates shall conform to I.S.383-1963.<br />

STONE<br />

5. Stone for rubble masonry shall be the best <strong>of</strong> its kind, sharp and angular, free from flakes and <strong>of</strong><br />

quality approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. No earthy or discolored, weather or water-worn stone<br />

shall be used. No stone shall be less than one cubic foot. All stones for cut stone work shall be the<br />

best <strong>of</strong> its kind, sound durable, free from flaws, cracks, crystals, mineral, salts, cavities or other<br />

defects and <strong>of</strong> uniform texture and colour. All stone shall be laid on their naturals beds and properly<br />

bonded in the work.<br />

CEMENT<br />

6. Cement means ordinary Portland cement conforming to I.S. 296-1958 and shall be <strong>of</strong> Indian make<br />

brand to be approved by Engineer-In Charge. Cement shall be kept in a perfectly water tight or<br />

otherwise suitable store and wooden floor <strong>of</strong> which is raised at least 6” above ground. The<br />

Contractor shall keep sufficient quantity <strong>of</strong> cement to ensure continuity <strong>of</strong> work and each<br />

consignment shall be stocked separately as to permit <strong>of</strong> each access for inspection. Cement which<br />

shows sign <strong>of</strong> setting or which is affected by moisture shall be rejected and material shall be<br />

removed within 24 hours from the site.<br />

TIMBER<br />

7. Timber shall be the best teakwood available approved by Engineer-In charge perfectly dry, well<br />

seasoned and shall be free from sapwood, knots, shakes, cracks, any other defects and<br />

appearance <strong>of</strong> rot. All timber that is to be cut from legs shall be brought on site and stacked a month<br />

before using. No timber shall be painted or oiled without the permission <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-In-Charge.<br />

8. Steel shall be <strong>of</strong> sections shown on the drawings and shall conform IS-226-1955 (Revised from time<br />

to time) specification for structural steel. It could be either <strong>of</strong> approved Indian or foreign manufacture<br />

subject to conditions and test indicated in above referred Indian Standard.<br />

STEEL WORK<br />

The various items shall be fabricated according to Indian Standard specification and shall be<br />

reverted, bolted or welded. All concealed steel work (i.e. not exposed to view) shall be painted<br />

with two coats <strong>of</strong> genuine red lead.


60<br />

CAST IRON WORK<br />

9. Cast iron shall be from best quality tough grey pig iron. The casing shall be sound, stap and <strong>of</strong><br />

exact form required and shaped to fit the parts properly and holding full dimensions and entirely free<br />

from air holes, cracks, flaws and defects <strong>of</strong> any kind and be painted with one coat <strong>of</strong> anticorrosive<br />

paint before it leaves the foundry. Holes for bolts shall be drilled or cast as directed. All necessary<br />

pattern and moulds shall be first got approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. The foundry in which the<br />

castings are prepared shall be first approved by the Engineer-In-Charge before starting the work.<br />

Wherever necessary the various parts shall be fitted together at work as directed by Engineer-In-<br />

Charge.<br />

After fixing on site the cast iron work shall receive 3 coats <strong>of</strong> oil paint in selected tints or aluminum<br />

paint as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.<br />

WITHOUT IRON WORK<br />

10. All wrought iron work shall be from the best iron <strong>of</strong> size and shape shown on the drawings or<br />

ordered. The iron work shall be free from burns, blisters, cracks and shall be coated with one coat <strong>of</strong><br />

anticorrosive paint. All screws, bolts, straps, small articles and fittings <strong>of</strong> wrought iron shall be<br />

dipped in or coated with linseed oil. No iron work <strong>of</strong> inferior workmanship shall be allowed to be<br />

used.<br />

All wrought iron work shall be made by a firm or persons to be approved by the Engineer-In-<br />

Charge, before starting the work. After fixing on site the Wrought iron work shall be covered with<br />

3 coats <strong>of</strong> oil paint in selected tints, or coats <strong>of</strong> aluminum paint.<br />

W.I. work shall be measured in square meter or as specified.<br />

11. Unless otherwise specified, the glazing shall be patent, flattened sheet glass <strong>of</strong> best quality, plain or<br />

ground and shall be free from flaws, specks or bubble. It shall weight 24 ozs per square foot upto a<br />

size <strong>of</strong> 2”x24” and above that size use <strong>of</strong> 26 ozs per square foot. Thicker or special glazing or wired<br />

glass where specified shall be <strong>of</strong> a quality approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.<br />

12. It consists <strong>of</strong> (1) A base (2) A vehicle or carrier (3) A Drier (4) A coloring pigment and (5) A solvent.<br />

PAINT<br />

Base: This shall be white lead, red lead, zinc, oxide or iron <strong>of</strong> best quality approved by the Engineer-In-<br />

Charge.<br />

Vehicle: The double boiled linseed oil shall be used <strong>of</strong> approved quality.<br />

Quality:<br />

Driers:<br />

In dry weather it must harden and set in 24 to 35 hrs.<br />

Sulphate if zinc or red lead shall be used as driers.<br />

Coloring pigment: This shall be <strong>of</strong> approved metallic slat to give the required shade.<br />

Solvents: Spirits and turpentine shall be used as solvent. The proportion shall be 2lbs. <strong>of</strong> white wint<br />

1 lb <strong>of</strong> turpentine and ½ lb. <strong>of</strong> linseed oil to give flat surface.<br />

ITEMS OF WORK<br />

(Other than R.C.C. work and structural steel work)<br />

SETTING OUT<br />

1. The Contractor shall set out the building and structure according to the drawings and or instructions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Engineer-In-Charge. The contractor shall prepare a requisite number <strong>of</strong> sight rails level<br />

boards and long stacks and mark out all foundations to plan and sections. He shall built all pegs and<br />

level marks with permanent cement masonry marks. The contractor shall commence the excavation<br />

only after the general setting out all lines and levels are approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.<br />

EXCAVATION


61<br />

2. The excavation for foundation shall be carried out to the depth at which in the opinion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Engineer-In-Charge strata <strong>of</strong> good hard soil is met with. The excavation shall be carefully, got out to<br />

the shape and dimensions as shown or figured on the drawings or as required by the Engineer-In-<br />

Charge. If any <strong>of</strong> the excavation is taken down below the specified depth, the contractor shall fill in<br />

such excavation at his own expenses with 1:4:8 cement concrete well rammed in position until it is<br />

brought to specified level, filling it with excavated material will not be allowed for this purpose.<br />

If the trenches are made broader or longer than directed, the breadth and length shall be filled in<br />

after the foundations are build with earth rammed hard. The contractor shall at his own expenses<br />

and without any extra charge make provisions for all shoring shuttering, pumping dreading or bailing<br />

out <strong>of</strong> water and trenches shall be kept free from water while concreting or masonry work is in<br />

progress. The contractor shall also at his own expense remove portion <strong>of</strong> boulders or roots, old<br />

foundations etc., which are not with in the excavation work, the bottom <strong>of</strong> the trench shall be<br />

rammed and leveled up or stopped or dunged as may be directed by the Engineer-In-charge before<br />

filling work is started.<br />

The selected excavated earth shall be used for filling up sides <strong>of</strong> foundations in layers not<br />

exceeding 9” properly rammed and watered. The surplus materials shall be either spread to fill in<br />

the plinth including watering, ramming and thoroughly consolidating the same to the required level<br />

or deposited as directed on the site by the Engineer-In-charge or shall be carted away. The<br />

contractor shall not be paid for re-handling or double handling <strong>of</strong> the excavated material for the<br />

purpose <strong>of</strong> filling or disposal as specified above.<br />

Rock excavation shall include removal <strong>of</strong> ledge rock, concrete or masonry structures which required<br />

drilling or blasting and boulders larger than ½ cubic yard in volume. The measurements <strong>of</strong> the<br />

excavation shall be the net cubic contents.<br />

For footing the area <strong>of</strong> the pit excavated shall be the area <strong>of</strong> the blinding layer as given in the<br />

drawing. The quantity <strong>of</strong> excavation will be the product <strong>of</strong> this area and mean depth <strong>of</strong> excavation<br />

from the existing ground level.<br />

The additional excavation required for providing a work space for fixing shuttering and providing<br />

special treatments for the side <strong>of</strong> machinery foundations, underground tunnels, walls, basement walls<br />

etc., shall be paid for. Such working space shall however be not more than 2’-0” beyond the outer face<br />

<strong>of</strong> the structure and such extra excavation should be done with due permission <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-Incharge.<br />

3. DRY RUBBLE: Dry rubble packing shall be 9” in depth unless otherwise specified hand packed with<br />

large stones from quarry approved by the Engineer-In-charge. The stones shall be perfectly sound,<br />

as regular in shape as possible and their length about equal to the required thickness and shall be<br />

laid closely in position and firmly bedded, the length being perpendicular to the surface. The<br />

interstices shall be filled with stone chips <strong>of</strong> proper size and well driven in with crow bars and no<br />

earth shall be used for this purpose. The rubble packing shall be well rammed, watered and<br />

thoroughly consolidated to correct level or slope as directed to receive concrete bedding. The<br />

consolidation shall be carried out by mechanical means viz. power roller if required by Engineer-Incharge.<br />

4. All mass cement concrete shall be machine mixed in the proportion <strong>of</strong> 6 parts <strong>of</strong> metal, 3 parts <strong>of</strong><br />

sand and 1 part <strong>of</strong> cement unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer-In-charge. Water<br />

shall be added only gradually and no more shall be used than necessary to sufficiently wet the<br />

materials it shall be deposited generally in the trenches in horizontal layers <strong>of</strong> not more than 12”<br />

thick and vibrated. No more concrete shall be mixed than can be used within half an hour.


62<br />

The measurements <strong>of</strong> the work done shall be exact length, breadth and depth ordered by the<br />

Engineer-In-Charge or shown in figures on the drawings and after the concrete is consolidated. Any<br />

extra depth dug up shall be filled by the contractor with concrete at his own expense as mentioned<br />

in specification No.2.<br />

5. COURSED RUBBLE MASONARY: It shall be <strong>of</strong> best description <strong>of</strong> stone from approved quarry and<br />

mortar, to be constructed in courses not exceeding 9” in height. The stone to be large, carefully laid<br />

so as to break joints, flat bedded and laid flush in mortar. No dry work or hollow spaces shall be<br />

allowed in the masonry anywhere, smaller stones being carefully selected to fit roughly the<br />

interstices between the larger ones and bedded in mortar.<br />

Face stones shall be laid as far as possible without pinning in front. Fifty percent <strong>of</strong> these face<br />

stones shall be cubic foot or more in content shall tail back or blind into the work and twenty five<br />

percent shall be provided for every square yard <strong>of</strong> the facing.<br />

Quoin stones shall be selected stones neatly dressed with hammer or chiseled to from the required<br />

angle and laid header and stretcher alternatively. No quoin stone shall be less than one cubic foot in<br />

contents. Work to be well watered till it becomes hard and solid and to be well covered if fresh<br />

during thee rains. The masonry shall be kept well watered for three weeks.<br />

Measurement shall be actual cubical contents <strong>of</strong> the masonry work after deducting all openings. No<br />

deduction will be made in cubical contents for khandki facing, if any. Stone masonry to be left<br />

exposed shall be flush pointed as work proceeds.<br />

6. BRICK WORK: Every brick shall be thoroughly soaked in water before use till the bubbles cease<br />

to come up. No broken brick (bats) shall be used, except as closures. The courses shall be truly<br />

horizontal and work strictly in plumb. Joints shall be broken vertically and they shall not exceed ½”<br />

in thickness. The brick work shall not be raised by more than 12 single course per day. Tables shall<br />

be formed at every thirteenth course and kept full <strong>of</strong> water. The bricks shall be laid in English bond.<br />

The bricks shall be thoroughly bedded and flushed with mortar and shall be grouted full at every<br />

fourth course.<br />

String courses, cornices and moldings shall be set straight and true protecting brick work with<br />

properly cut and shaped bricks wherever necessary with as fine joints as possible.<br />

The walls shall be carried up regular in all cases when the nature <strong>of</strong> work will admit <strong>of</strong> it not leaving<br />

any part 2 (feet) lower than another. When circumstances render if necessary to carry on the safe<br />

section <strong>of</strong> a building in uneven courses, the bricks shall be raked back, so as to maintain a uniform<br />

and effectual bond.<br />

In brick arches and other circular work, the brick shall be shaped to slope, joints radiating correctly<br />

to the centre from front to back <strong>of</strong> walls and not more than 3/8” thick. The face bricks shall be <strong>of</strong><br />

uniform color and with sharp arises.<br />

The work shall be well watered three times a day for 10 days and afterward twice a day for a month.<br />

The work shall be protected during rains with all is or as otherwise directed.<br />

Scaffolding shall be on both sides <strong>of</strong> wall and work carried on by employing masons on both the<br />

sides <strong>of</strong> wall, <strong>of</strong> 9” and greater thickness. Half brick and brick on edge partitions may be constructed<br />

the employing mason on one side. For all brick work in cement mortar, the joints <strong>of</strong> all surfaces<br />

which are to be finished in plaster shall be raked out with a hooked tool to a depth <strong>of</strong> ¾” as the work<br />

progresses and before the cement mortar has set.<br />

The measurements <strong>of</strong> the work shall be product <strong>of</strong> the length, height and thickness being taken as<br />

2’4”, 2’0”, 1’6”, 1’2”, 9”, 4 ½” and 3” for walls 3, 2 ½, 2, 1 ½, 1 and ½ brick thick and brick on edge


63<br />

walls ½ brick and brick on edge walls also shall be measured in cubic meter. Deductions shall be<br />

made for all openings and lintels and columns occupying the whole thickness <strong>of</strong> the walls.<br />

CEMENT PLASTERING<br />

7. Portland cement shall be thoroughly mixed dry with the fine sand in the specified proportion. Water<br />

shall be added gradually to make the mixture homogenous. No more cement mortar shall be mixed<br />

than cannot be used with in half an hour.<br />

The joints shall be raked out to a depth <strong>of</strong> ¾” and the mixtures <strong>of</strong> sand and cement shall be applied<br />

evenly to the surface <strong>of</strong> the wall. The surface shall be finished <strong>of</strong>f at once by being rubber over with<br />

a trowel till the cement appears on the surface. The surface thus rendered shall then be finished<br />

smooth with good quality lime-neero.<br />

Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure a perfectly even surface. All corners and angles<br />

shall be perfectly plumb and true s<strong>of</strong>fits <strong>of</strong> arches shall be true arcs and circles. All exposed angles<br />

with door and window frames to be carefully finished. Internal angles shall be rounded if so ordered<br />

and arises shall be rounded splayed or bedded as ordered without extra.<br />

The measurements shall be in net square meter, openings shall be deducted and no jambs or s<strong>of</strong>fits<br />

shall be allowed.<br />

SAND FACED PLASTER (DUBARA FINISH)<br />

8. Cement mortar shall consist <strong>of</strong> 1 part <strong>of</strong> cement to 4 parts <strong>of</strong> screened and washed sand. It shall be<br />

applied to a thickness <strong>of</strong> 5/8” for the undercoat and floated with wooden floats to even surface. The<br />

surface <strong>of</strong> the undercoat shall be scratched by special wire tools for forming the key for finishing<br />

coat before the mortar has set and hardened.<br />

The finishing coat shall be 1 part cement, 3 part <strong>of</strong> properly graded washed sand so as to gibe a<br />

grained texture. The finishing coat shall be 1/8” thick uniformly applied and surface finished with a<br />

damp rubber sponge, worked with circular motion to receive coloured cement paint. When finished<br />

the surface shall be even and shall have grained texture.<br />

Adequate time interval shall be allowed between the application <strong>of</strong> successive coats for hardening.<br />

The coats shall be kept moist by watering and shall not be allowed to dry out.<br />

NEERO FINISH<br />

9. Neero shall be made <strong>of</strong> the best description <strong>of</strong> hydraulic lime slaked with fresh water and shifted.<br />

The lime shall be reduced to lime powder by grinding in a mortar mill with 160 turns. This shall be<br />

kept moist until used and mo more than be consumed in 15 days shall be prepared at a time. The<br />

application <strong>of</strong> Neero and finishing shall be as described under the specification for lime plaster. It<br />

shall be applied no lime mortar as may be specified.<br />

PAINTING AND COLOUR WASHING<br />

10. All types <strong>of</strong> paintings shall conform to IS-2395-1966. all plaster surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned<br />

and shall receive three coats <strong>of</strong> colour wash in choice tints, as specified by the Engineer In-Charge.<br />

The first coat shall be <strong>of</strong> white lime evenly applied, to be rubbed down with sand paper.<br />

The second and third coat shall be <strong>of</strong> approved colouring powder mixed with water.<br />

OIL PAINTING<br />

Surfaces to be painted shall be dry, free from dust and rubbed SMOOTH by means <strong>of</strong> sand paper or<br />

purmice stone to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer In-Charge.


64<br />

The paints shall be mixed in the proportion <strong>of</strong> 2 lbs <strong>of</strong> zinc or lead white as required to 2 ½ lbs <strong>of</strong><br />

linseed oil and driers pigments added as required.<br />

The primary coat shall be <strong>of</strong> white zinc and double oil shall be applied evenly. After the primary coat<br />

is applied and perfectly dry all holes, cracks etc., shall be stopped with putty (made <strong>of</strong> linseed oil<br />

and whiting) and all knots properly kneaded. Then a second coat <strong>of</strong> paint with the addition <strong>of</strong> the<br />

pigment shall be evenly applied and allowed to dry. The third coat shall be carefully applied when<br />

directed.<br />

CARPENTARY WORK<br />

11. The timber shall be properly planed and wrought in a workman-like manner. Joints shall be true and<br />

fit properly and <strong>of</strong> the kind directed by the Engineer In-Charge. All timber when embedded in<br />

masonry shall be coated with two coats tar. In timber wrought on both sides a bare 1/8” less than<br />

the specified thickness will be allowed. The rate <strong>of</strong> wood work shall include the cost <strong>of</strong> all sawing,<br />

planning, jointing, framing, labour and materials for raising, fixing and all work-man ship and also the<br />

fitting, fixing and supply <strong>of</strong> all starps, bolts, nails, trehais and spikes, keys, wedges, pins, screws<br />

etc., necessary for the framing and fixing and 3 coats <strong>of</strong> paint. Joints and partitions inserted in the<br />

masonry shall be allowed for in the measurements. All carpentry work shall be measured in cubic<br />

meter.<br />

All teakwood work in curved pieces shall be measured as a piece out <strong>of</strong> which the work may be cut<br />

the visible edges <strong>of</strong> the beams, joints, posts etc., shall be beaded, rounded or chamfered as<br />

directed without extra charge.<br />

GLAZING<br />

12. Glazing in building shall conform to IS 3548-1966. such parts as are directed shall be glazed with<br />

plain or ground sheet glass <strong>of</strong> specified thickness. For steel frames glass panes shall be fixed by<br />

means <strong>of</strong> aluminum beading as specified in the drawings. The corners <strong>of</strong> beading shall be welded at<br />

45 0 have photo frame finish. In case <strong>of</strong> wooden glazed shutters, styles and rails shall be ½” to<br />

receive the glass. Such bars shall be molded and metered and related on one side to receive the<br />

glass. Glass panes shall be fixed by means <strong>of</strong> teak heads and double putty i.e., putty first applied in<br />

the rebate and then over the glass panes.<br />

13. (a) GLAZIERS PUTTY<br />

Ordinary glaziers putty must not be used, as this will not set hard on metal. Glazing should be<br />

done by using special metal putty conforming to Indian Standard Specification No.420-1953. the<br />

frame must be completed cleaned and bedding putty and back putty should be applied in the<br />

rebate before glazing. Glass should then be cushioned into this bedding putty properly. Front<br />

putty thereafter should be applied. Beading shall then be fixed. The back putty which might have<br />

oozed out over the glazing rebate should then be cut <strong>of</strong>f square and smoothed down. This back<br />

putty is very essential as a part from preventing contact <strong>of</strong> glass with steel at point, it will also<br />

prevent glass rattle and the secretion <strong>of</strong> moisture between the steel and glass which might<br />

cause corrosion. It is advisable not to prepare putty long before fixing the windows as it is apt to<br />

become hard if left un used for some time. The amount <strong>of</strong> putty to be used for glazing should not<br />

be less than 0.1kg/meter <strong>of</strong> glass.<br />

FALSE PANELLED SHUTTERS<br />

14. These shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> teakwood boards 1” thick with only one joint in breadth. The joint shall<br />

be rebated 1/” thick and molded as per design and <strong>of</strong> width shall be fixed with iron screws. Fittings<br />

and finishing <strong>of</strong> the false paneled shutters shall be similar to that specified for the paneled shutters<br />

shall be similar to that specified for the paneled shutter.<br />

Measurements shall be taken in the manner as that for glazed shutters.


65<br />

FLUSH DOORS<br />

15. Flush doors shall be ‘solid cored’ conforming to IS-2202 and shall be <strong>of</strong> specified thickness. The<br />

door shall be dipped and edged with seism or teak wood strips on the sides. The flush doors shall<br />

be <strong>of</strong> quality and manufacture approved by the Engineer In-Charge.<br />

STEEL DOORS & WINDOWS<br />

16. Mild steel doors and windows shall be <strong>of</strong> design and manufacture approved by the Engineer In-<br />

Charge with glazing and fittings as directed. Samples <strong>of</strong> typical metal work shall be submitted for<br />

Engineer In-Charge’s approval. Sections <strong>of</strong> the frames are to conform to IS-1038.<br />

ROOLING STEEL SHUTTERS<br />

17. These shall be constructed with curved slats from steel metal <strong>of</strong> approved gauge with dimensions <strong>of</strong><br />

21” to 3” between centers <strong>of</strong> interlock and bridge depth <strong>of</strong> 5/8”. These curved slats shall slide into<br />

one another forming a continuous hinge throughout their length and shall be fitted with alternating<br />

end lock. They shall coil at the head <strong>of</strong> the opening with the weight <strong>of</strong> the shutter at all positions<br />

counter balanced by springs. Guides shall be 2 ½”. The springs shall be <strong>of</strong> best quality tempered<br />

sheet metal. They shall be opened from the outside and locking arrangement shall be provided at<br />

the bottom <strong>of</strong> the shutter on both ends. It shall be painted with one coat <strong>of</strong> red lead and two coats <strong>of</strong><br />

aluminium paint.<br />

The price shall be inclusive <strong>of</strong> guides, locking arrangements metal box at top <strong>of</strong> opening for housing<br />

coiled shutter and paint.<br />

SHAHABAD STONE FLOORING<br />

18. Flooring shall consist <strong>of</strong> slabs <strong>of</strong> Shahabad stone <strong>of</strong> specified thickness <strong>of</strong> approved quality free<br />

from cracks and flankes and having even surface. The edges shall be straight. The stone shall be<br />

1’0”x1’0” unless otherwise specified and properly dressed squared and laid level or to slope as<br />

required with fine joints not exceeding 1/8”. They shall be firmly bedded flush in line nortar 1” thick<br />

floated with cement with no hollows between. The payment shall be well washed and pointed with<br />

cement and sand (1:1) flush with the surface <strong>of</strong> the stone and the pointing shall be kept wet for<br />

seven days.<br />

POLISHED SHAHABAD FLOORING<br />

19. The flooring shall consist <strong>of</strong> slabs <strong>of</strong> hand machine polished Shahabad stone as may be specified<br />

thickness <strong>of</strong> approved quality free from cracks and flakes, <strong>of</strong> uniform colour and having an even<br />

surface and texture. The edges shall be straight. The stone shall be 1’0”x1’0” or 2’0”x2’0” unless<br />

otherwise ordered and properly dressed square and laid level or to slope as directed with fine joints<br />

not exceeding 1/16”. They shall be firmly bedded flush in lime mortar 20mm thick floated with<br />

cement with no hallows between. The flooring shall be well washed and pointed with cement and<br />

lime several (21:1) flush with the surface <strong>of</strong> the stones and shall be kept wet for seven days. After<br />

laying the flooring shall be rubbed and all unevenness removed.<br />

INDIAN PATENT STONE FLOORING<br />

20. This shall <strong>of</strong> cement concrete made up <strong>of</strong> broken stone course aggregate <strong>of</strong> nominal maximum size<br />

<strong>of</strong> 0”, sand and cement in the proportion <strong>of</strong> 4:2:1 respectively. These shall be mixed as for cement<br />

concrete and laid 1 ½” thick.<br />

The surface on which the cement concrete floor pavement is to be laid shall be first cleaned all dust<br />

removed, washed and well watered before laying paving.<br />

The concrete shall be laid 1 ½” thick and compacted properly. The concrete should be placed in<br />

alternate panels. The surface shall be leveled with a float and properly compacted with screening<br />

board or by other efficient means, finishing surfaces shall be carried out with the float end the trowel<br />

in successive stages. Lines shall be cut on surface, if required. It shall be cured by keeping it<br />

flooded with water for 10 days.<br />

COLOURED CEMENT CONCRETE FLOOR PAVEMENT


66<br />

21. Where coloured flooring is required, the work shall be carried out in two layers. The bottom layer<br />

shall be 1” to 1 ¼” <strong>of</strong> normal 1:2:4 concrete, as dry as possible, thoroughly compacted by temping<br />

or rolling. The second layer shall be 3/8” to ½” thick in which colouring pigment (oxide or iron for red<br />

colour) has been mixed with dry cement before making concrete, shall then be placed while the<br />

bottom layer is plastic, leveled with a float and thoroughly compacted with a screening board or by<br />

other efficient means.<br />

It shall be finished and cured in the same manner as the ordinary cement concrete flooring to<br />

the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer In-Charge.<br />

MARBLE MOSAIC TERRAZO FLOORING<br />

22. Marble mosaic or terrazzo tile flooring shall be laid to required slope over a bedding <strong>of</strong> lime mortar<br />

1:2 20mm thick and cement floating. The later being laid over lime mortar. The tiles shall be laid as<br />

directed and shall be <strong>of</strong> approved make and colour. All rooms shall have a skirting 10” high and<br />

shall be get in cement mortar 1:3 and pointed in neat cement, mixed with pigment to match colour <strong>of</strong><br />

tiles and the rate shall include this. All points in tiles shall be level and full flush with cement so as to<br />

be water tight. The work in each room shall be carried out in one operation.<br />

The rate shall include complete laying with required bedding and floating, laying <strong>of</strong> tiles and<br />

machine polishing complete in every manner to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-In charge. The final<br />

coat <strong>of</strong> polishing shall be done using oxalic acid to obtain highly smooth polished surface. The<br />

measurement shall be square meter. Basic rate <strong>of</strong> Rs………/SqM is to be assumed while quoting<br />

rates in the tender for finished work. If an approval <strong>of</strong> colour and make <strong>of</strong> the tiles, there is<br />

difference in basic cost, the same will be paid separately. Similarly for less rates rebate will be<br />

worked out.<br />

23. MARBLE MOSAIC CRAZY PAVING: This shall be laid to slope in the same manner as Marble<br />

Mosaic or Terrazo tiles, but instead <strong>of</strong> full tiles, broken tiles shall be used. The joints in this flooring<br />

shall not exceed ¾” to 1” average thickness and shall be leveled flush with the top. The<br />

measurements shall be in square meter and shall be paid for same in flooring only.<br />

24. WHITE GLAZEC TILES PAVING : White glazing tiles used shall be <strong>of</strong> best approved Indian<br />

make in size specified by Engineer-In-Charge. The thickness <strong>of</strong> tiles shall not be less than ¼<br />

corners, outer and inner and channels shall be <strong>of</strong> the diameter and quality approved by the<br />

Engineer-In-Charge. Dado tiles shall also be set in cement and neero gibing a clean surface without<br />

uneven joints, and shall be cleaned and washed with acid immediately before handing over the<br />

building. The tiles around the sanitary fittings shall be made to flush with the edges <strong>of</strong> the same. The<br />

rate shall include all work mentioned herein and no extra shall be charged for any <strong>of</strong> the various<br />

items mentioned the measurement shall be in square meter.<br />

25. BRICK BAT COBA: Brick bat coba shall be composed <strong>of</strong> 2 parts <strong>of</strong> bricks broken to regular<br />

pieces not more than 1” thick and 1 part <strong>of</strong> lime mortar 1:2 well mixed together and rammed hard till<br />

consolidated. Two labourers shall be employed for one day to ram 100Sft <strong>of</strong> coba.<br />

26. All waterpro<strong>of</strong>ing materials such as asphalt felt, waterpro<strong>of</strong>ing paper etc., shall be approved make,<br />

used after the quality and samples are approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.<br />

WATERPROOFING MATERIAL: Waterpro<strong>of</strong>ing material for waterpro<strong>of</strong> plaster shall be <strong>of</strong> approved<br />

manufacture and shall be mixed in cement mortar 1:3 as specified by the manufacturers.<br />

27. Polythene film for waterpro<strong>of</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> ro<strong>of</strong>s shall be laid as per specifications below:<br />

POLYTHERNE FILM AS WATERPROOFING


67<br />

1. The top surface <strong>of</strong> RCC slab shall be made smooth by either scrubbing with a wire brush or by the<br />

application <strong>of</strong> a thin coat <strong>of</strong> cement slurry to remove surface protections so as to avoid punctures in<br />

the film.<br />

2. Over the smooth surface as referred to above one coat <strong>of</strong> cold bitumen in water emulsion shall be<br />

applied\<br />

3. Then black polyethylene film <strong>of</strong> 400 to 500 gauge (i.e. 0.004 to 0.005”) shall be unrolled over the<br />

tacky surface <strong>of</strong> bitumen. Adjacent strips <strong>of</strong> films shall be preferably heat sealed or over lapped by<br />

75mm to 100mm and stock together by the same cold bitumen in water emulsion.<br />

4. Then a protective layer <strong>of</strong> atleast 10mm thickness <strong>of</strong> bituminous motar consisting <strong>of</strong> mixture <strong>of</strong> brick<br />

powder and bitumen in water emulsion in the proportion as stated below shall be spread over the<br />

film.<br />

Proportion: 8 liters <strong>of</strong> Janta emulsion are diluted with 20 liters <strong>of</strong> water, 2 ¾ cf. <strong>of</strong> fine brick powder<br />

(passing 8 mesh) shall then be added and then whole shall be well mixed.<br />

His film shall be taken to height <strong>of</strong> atleast 6’ from the RCC slab on brick parapet wall and tucked into<br />

chase made in the parapet wall, so as to avoid any leakage between the horizontal slab <strong>of</strong> the ro<strong>of</strong><br />

and parapet wall (Note: The payment shall be made for actual area <strong>of</strong> the film laid on RCC slab and<br />

along the height <strong>of</strong> the parapet).<br />

28. Tar felt for waterpro<strong>of</strong>ing shall be laid as per detailed specification below and shall conform to<br />

IS:1322-1965 & IS 1346-1966. Before laying the waterpro<strong>of</strong>ing, the top surface <strong>of</strong> RCC slab shall be<br />

made smooth by either scrubbing with a wire brush or by application <strong>of</strong> cement slurry to remove<br />

surface projections so as to avoid punctures in the tar felt.<br />

TARFELT AS WATERPROOFING<br />

The sequence <strong>of</strong> laying tarfelt shall be as follows:<br />

i. One coat <strong>of</strong> bitumen primer at the rate <strong>of</strong> 2 to 3 gallons per 100 sft, shall be applied<br />

to the surface <strong>of</strong> concrete.<br />

ii. Hot bitumen blow on straight grade 10 to 12 kgs/100sft shall be applied after primer<br />

is dried.<br />

iii. Levy <strong>of</strong> tarfelt to be pressed into the hot bitumen<br />

iv. Moping out <strong>of</strong> hot bitumen shall be applied as per item no.2<br />

v. Dress top surface with pea sized gravel at the rate <strong>of</strong> 2cft/100sft<br />

29. Polythelene film for damp pro<strong>of</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> walls shall be laid as follows: -<br />

POLYTHELENE FOR DAMP PROOFING<br />

I. The top surface <strong>of</strong> the brick wall shall be cleaned to remove surface protections so as to avoid<br />

punctures in the film.<br />

II. Over the smooth surface as referred to above, one coat <strong>of</strong> cold bitumen in water emulsions<br />

shall be applied.<br />

III. The black polythelene film <strong>of</strong> 700 to 1000 gauge cut into the width as shown in the plans so as<br />

to project at least 75mm beyond the faces <strong>of</strong> the walls, shall then be unrolled over the tacky<br />

surface <strong>of</strong> the bitumen.<br />

IV. Brick work on top <strong>of</strong> polythelene film shall then be continued.


68<br />

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS OF STEEL WORK<br />

All structural steel work shall conform to code <strong>of</strong> practice for use <strong>of</strong> structural steel in General<br />

Building construction I. S. 800-1962.<br />

1) Contractor: Unless the contractor satisfies the Engineer-in-charge that he has a complete<br />

workshop, equipment and facility for carrying out the steel work himself, the steel work shall be<br />

carried out by an approved sub-contractor to be selected by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

2) The contractor is to satisfy himself that site plans supplied to him are correct, or to correct them<br />

by measurements taken at site and is to be responsible for correct setting out <strong>of</strong> all steel work as<br />

the work progresses.<br />

3) Weights: The payments shall be made on weights, which shall be calculated in accordance with<br />

the nominal weights <strong>of</strong> the sections and no allowance will be made for rolling margins. If it is<br />

found on actual weighbridge weighing that any steel weighs less by more than 2, the weight<br />

calculated in accordance with the nominal weights <strong>of</strong> the sections, such materials will be<br />

rejected and the contractor shall replace them with materials satisfactory sections complying<br />

with the nominal weights.<br />

Material: -<br />

4) Steel work: All structural steel shall be <strong>of</strong> tested quality and shall conform to IS:226 1955<br />

(revised from time to time) “specification for structural steel’. It could be either <strong>of</strong> approved<br />

Indian Foreign manufacture subject to conditions and test indicated in above referred Indian<br />

Standard.<br />

Work Manship:<br />

5) General: All parts forming a structure shall be in accordance with approved drawings. The<br />

workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best practice in modern bridge works and shall<br />

conform to IS-800-1256.<br />

6) Strengthening Material : All bars, plates or rolled sections shall before any other work is done<br />

upon them, be straightened, freed from twist, or otherwise trued.<br />

7) Finish: Shearing shall be neatly and accurately done and all portions <strong>of</strong> the work exposed to<br />

view neatly finish.<br />

8) Rivets: The size <strong>of</strong> the rivets, called for on plans shall be understood to mean the actual size <strong>of</strong><br />

the cold rivet before heating.<br />

9) Assembling: Rivetted members shall have all parts well pinned up and firmly drawn together<br />

with bolts before rivetting is commenced. Contact surfaces to be painted.<br />

10) Placing Bars : Placing bars shall be neatly rounded end sunless otherwise called for.<br />

11) Splice Plates and Fillers: Web splic3 plates and fillers under stiffeners shall be cut to fit within<br />

1/8” <strong>of</strong> flange angles.


69<br />

12) Web Plates: Web plates <strong>of</strong> girders, which have no cover plates shall be flush with back <strong>of</strong><br />

angles are to be not more than 1/4” slant, unless otherwise called for. When web plates are<br />

spliced, not more than 1/4” clearance between ends <strong>of</strong> plates will be allowed.<br />

13) Riveting: Riveting shall be driven by pressure tools wherever possible. Pneumatic hammers<br />

shall be used in preference to hand driving. Rivets shall completely fill the holes.<br />

14) Turned Bolts: Whenever bolts are used in places <strong>of</strong> rivets which transit shear, the holes<br />

shall be reamed parallel and the bolts turned to a driving fit.<br />

15) Members to be straight: The several pieces forming one built member shall be straight and<br />

fit closely together and finished members shall be free from twist, bends or open joints.<br />

16) Finish <strong>of</strong> Joints: Abutting joints shall be cut or dressed true and straight and fitted close<br />

together, especially, where open to view. In compression joints depending on contact bearing the<br />

surface shall be truly faced, so as to have even bearing after they are riveted up complete and when<br />

aligned.<br />

17) Field Connection: All holes for field rivets in splices in tension members carrying moving<br />

loads shall be accurately drilled to an iron template or reamed while the connecting parts are<br />

temporarily put together.<br />

18) Screw Threads: Screw threads shall make tight fits in the nuts and shall be (with worth)<br />

standard, except above the diameter <strong>of</strong> 3/8” when they shall be made with six threads per inch.<br />

19) Annealing: Steel except in minor details, which has been partially heated shall be properly<br />

annealed.<br />

20) Steel Casting: All steel castings shall be annealed.<br />

21) Bed Plates: Expansion bed plates shall be planned, true and smooth. Cast wall plates shall<br />

be planned top and bottom. The cut <strong>of</strong> the plating tool shall correspond with the direction <strong>of</strong> expansion.<br />

22) Shipping Details: Pins, Nuts, Bolts, rivets and other small details shall be boxed or crated.<br />

Painting Shop:<br />

23) Painting: All steel work before leaving the shop shall be thoroughly cleaned from all loose<br />

scale and rust, and be given one good coating <strong>of</strong> red lead paint conforming to IS-102-1 952, or as<br />

specified well worked into all joints and open spaces.<br />

24) In riveted work, the surface coming in contact shall each be painted (with paint) before being<br />

riveted together.<br />

25) Pieces and parts which are not accessible for painting after erection shall have two coats <strong>of</strong><br />

paint.<br />

26) The paint shall be a good quality <strong>of</strong> red lead or graphite paint ground with pure linseed oil, or<br />

such paint as may be specified in the contract.<br />

27) Machine finished surface shall be coated with white lead and yellow before shipment or<br />

before being put into the open air.<br />

28) The manufacturer shall furnish all facilities for inspecting and testing weight and quality <strong>of</strong><br />

workmanship at the mill or shop where material is fabricated. He shall furnish a suitable testing machine<br />

for testing <strong>of</strong> full sized members if required.


70<br />

29) Shop Plans: The Engineer-in-charge shall be furnished with approved complete shop plans<br />

and must be notified well in advance <strong>of</strong> the start <strong>of</strong> the work in shop in order that they may have an<br />

inspector on hand to inspect the material and workmanship.<br />

30) The Engineer-in-charge arid the employer shall have access at all times, to all parts <strong>of</strong> the<br />

mill or shop where material under their inspection is being fabricated.<br />

31) The Engineer-in-charge shall stamp each piece accepted with a pirate mark. Any piece not<br />

so marked may be rejected at any time and at any stage <strong>of</strong> the work. If the Inspector through an<br />

oversight or otherwise has accepted material or work which is defective or contrary to the specifications,<br />

this material no matter in what stage <strong>of</strong> completion may be rejected by the Engineer- in-charge.<br />

32) Full Size Tests: Full size, tests <strong>of</strong> any member shall be tested if required at the<br />

manufacturer’s expense. If the tests are not satisfactory, the material will not be paid for and the<br />

members represented by the tested member may be rejected.<br />

33) Erection:<br />

Tools The contractor shall furnish at his own expense all necessary tools, stating and<br />

equipment <strong>of</strong> every description required for the erection <strong>of</strong> the work and shall remove the same<br />

when the work is completed.<br />

All field connections in the trusses and frame work shall be welded or riveted as directed by the<br />

Engineer-in-charge. Connections <strong>of</strong> purlins and trusses may be bolted.<br />

The contractor shall put in position all bolts and anchors for attaching steel work to the masonry.<br />

He shall drill all the necessary holes in the masonry and set all bolts with neat Portland cement.<br />

34) Field rivets shall be driven by pneumatic riveters <strong>of</strong> approved make. A pneumatic bucker<br />

wherever possible shall be used with a pneumatic riveter. Splices and field connections shall have 50%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the holes filled with bolts and drift pins (<strong>of</strong> which one fifth shall be drift pins) before rivetting. Rivets in<br />

splices <strong>of</strong> compression choris shall not be driven until the abutting surfaces have been brought into<br />

contact throughout and submitted to full dead load stress. Field riveting shall be done to the satisfaction<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

35) The erection shall also include all necessary hauling from the rail road station, the unloading<br />

<strong>of</strong> the materials and their proper care until the erection is completed.<br />

36) The contractor will conduct his work as not to interfere with traffic, Interfere with the work <strong>of</strong><br />

the other contractors or to close any thoroughfare.<br />

37) The contractor shall assume all risks <strong>of</strong> accidents and damages to persons and properties<br />

prior to the acceptance <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

38) The contractor must remove all false work, pilling and other obstructions or unsightly<br />

material produced by his operations.<br />

39) The contractor shall comply with all ordinances or regulations appertaining to the work.<br />

40) The erection shall be carried forward with diligence and shall be completed promptly as per<br />

time schedule.


71<br />

41) Setting Out: The centre lines <strong>of</strong> all columns and stanchion bases and girder bearings etc.<br />

must be defined by the contractor with all the care necessary to ensure the whole work coming together<br />

in proper position. All bearing levels must be determined or checked by him to bench marks previously<br />

agreed upon with the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

42) Cantilever Beams: Care must be taken what the tail <strong>of</strong> any cantilever beam is suitably<br />

counter weighed at all stages <strong>of</strong> erection having regard to the load, which may be carried at the<br />

projecting and at any time. A stability margin <strong>of</strong> not less than 50 per cent will be insisted upon.<br />

43) Holding Down Bolts: All holding down bolts must be supplied sufficiently in advance <strong>of</strong><br />

erection to enable them to put in place or arrangements made for their insertion Templates must be<br />

furnished by the contractors where required.<br />

44) Columns and Stanchions without Bedplates: Columns and stanchions must be placed in<br />

true position and strictly vertical. In case where there will be no later disturbances or adjustment,<br />

columns and stanchions may be bedded on cement mortar when first raised, but where this is not so,<br />

they shall beset up on packings or wedges and not grouted till the first tier <strong>of</strong> beams is in place nor must<br />

upper lengths be added till girders attaching to lower lengths be added till girders attaching to lower<br />

lengths have been fixed.<br />

45) Joints, Beams and Girders: All joints, beams and girders having end connections must be<br />

put in place without any erection clearances if that is possible, reasonable springing <strong>of</strong> other member<br />

being permitted to avoid the use <strong>of</strong> liners otherwise necessary, but care must be taken to ensure that in<br />

doing this columns or stanch ions are not titled out <strong>of</strong> the vertical. Where expansion clearanced is<br />

required these must be assured.<br />

46) Floors: Whether the floor slab is put in but the contract or not, care must be taken to avoid<br />

disturbance or loading <strong>of</strong> the floors till properly matured and in no case are they to be loaded in such a<br />

manner as to involve risk or damage.<br />

47) Ro<strong>of</strong> Work : All ro<strong>of</strong> trusses shall be set up under favourable conditions with respect to wind<br />

and shall be effectually stayed during the progress <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

48) Lifting : The responsibility for lifting rests with contractor. He must not use any lifting<br />

appliance whether his own or the property <strong>of</strong> another which is not suitable for the purposes. The<br />

aligning <strong>of</strong> steel work previous to lifting must be under the control <strong>of</strong> a man <strong>of</strong> experience. Where<br />

bundles <strong>of</strong> materials are to be lifted, care is to be exercised to ensure by proper lashings that the pieces<br />

will not separate, splay apart or slip out when raised. If required by the Engineer-in-charge, separate<br />

lifts must be practiced.<br />

49) Electrical Appliance : In case where electrical plant is used for lighting or for other<br />

purposes, all leads shall be properly insulated throughout their length, unless permitted otherwise, in<br />

which case loads must be suitably guarded to avoid any risk <strong>of</strong> short circuiting or <strong>of</strong> giving shock to<br />

these engaged upon the site.<br />

50) Motor Spirit: If for the use <strong>of</strong> power unit, motor spirit is needed this must be stored an<br />

<strong>limited</strong> quantities, in conformity with police rules.<br />

51) Painting after erection: After the building is erected, the metal work shall be thoroughly<br />

cleaned <strong>of</strong> mud, grease or other material then thoroughly and evenly painted with two coats <strong>of</strong> paint <strong>of</strong><br />

the kind specified by the Engineer-in-charge mixed with linseed oil. All recesses which may retain water<br />

or through which water can enter, must be filled with thick paint or some waterpro<strong>of</strong> cement before final<br />

painting. The different shades or colours and one coat must be allowed to dry thoroughly before the 2nd<br />

coat is applied. All painting shall be done with brushes <strong>of</strong> the best quality obtainable in the market. The<br />

paint shall be delivered on the work in the manufacturer’s original packages and be subject to


72<br />

inspection. If tests made by the inspector show that the paint is adulterated, the paint will be rejected<br />

and the contractor shall pay the cost <strong>of</strong> the analysis and shall scrape <strong>of</strong>f and thoroughly clean and<br />

repaint all material that has been painted with condemned paint. The paint shall not be thinned with any<br />

thing whatsoever in cold weather the paint may be thinned by heating under the direction <strong>of</strong> the<br />

inspector. No turpentine or benzing shall be allowed on the work, except by the permission <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Engineer-in-charge and in such quantity as he will allow. The Engineer-in-charge shall be notified when<br />

ay painting is to be done by the contractor and no painting shall be done until he has approved the<br />

surface to which the paint is to be applied. Painting shall not be applied out <strong>of</strong> the door in freezing, rainy<br />

or misty weather and surfaces to which paint is to be applied shall be dry, clean and warm.<br />

52) Welding:<br />

The welding shall be according to the following Indian Standards:<br />

IS... 812-1957<br />

IS... 813-1956<br />

IS... 814-1957<br />

IS... 816-1956<br />

The contractor shall submit evidence <strong>of</strong> having sufficient number <strong>of</strong> trained welding operators<br />

and who have ability to make flat, vertical overhead welds <strong>of</strong> uniform quality conforming to requirements<br />

laid in above referred Indian Standards. The Indian code <strong>of</strong> practice lS-818-1957 and IS -1179- 1957<br />

regarding safety and health requirement, equipment for eye and face protection during welding to be<br />

followed.<br />

53) The unit rate for structural steel work shall include the cost <strong>of</strong> welding complete and no extra<br />

will be allowed for the weight <strong>of</strong> welding.<br />

54) No member in two pieces to be welded or riveted.<br />

Sheeting:<br />

55) All asbestos cement, plain, trafford or big six sheets, pipes, gutters, ridge pieces, Louvers,<br />

etc. and other fittings, clamps bolts etc. shall be <strong>of</strong> approved manufacture.<br />

Mode <strong>of</strong> measurement and scope <strong>of</strong> item rates for structural steel work, mild steel,<br />

structural steel work:<br />

a) The unit <strong>of</strong> measurement shall be one metric ton <strong>of</strong> 1000 Kgs.<br />

b) The weights <strong>of</strong> steel entered in the bills <strong>of</strong> quantities are to be the calculated rates based on<br />

standard unit weights as per ISS Standards which is also the basis for issue <strong>of</strong> structural<br />

steel. Tolerance for rolling margin and other permissible deviation from standard rates are to<br />

be ignored.<br />

c) The weights <strong>of</strong> the bolts and nuts and the heads <strong>of</strong> rivets shall be included in the quantity <strong>of</strong><br />

steel work and shall be paid for at the item rate to steel work.<br />

d) The item rate shall include the cost <strong>of</strong> welding complete and no extra will be allowed for the<br />

weight <strong>of</strong> welding.<br />

e) The item rate shall include the cost <strong>of</strong> painting work as described in the specifications<br />

f) The item rate shall include supplying and fixing <strong>of</strong> steel wedge required to be provided for<br />

leveling purposes. Such steel wedges shall not form a part <strong>of</strong> the bill <strong>of</strong> quantities and shall<br />

not be paid separately.<br />

g) The structural steel work shall be in all types <strong>of</strong> works such as anchor bolts, base plates,<br />

stanchions, joints, girders, ro<strong>of</strong> trusses, trussed girders, purlins, bracings, framings, ladders


73<br />

and cat walls, fire escape stairs, excluding chequered plate all types <strong>of</strong> connections, rivets,<br />

bolts, nuts etc.<br />

h) Payment will be calculated for only the actual quantity <strong>of</strong> material as finally erected, without<br />

any deduction <strong>of</strong> holes, notches, skew cuts, etc. Plate work such as gussets <strong>of</strong> on shape<br />

except triangular ones shall be measured to their minimum rectangular dimensions. The<br />

triangular plates will be paid for the actual areas <strong>of</strong> the plates.<br />

Chequered Plate Flooring:<br />

a) The unit measurement shall be one square metre for the specified thickness.<br />

b) The item rate shall include the cost <strong>of</strong> painting work as per specifications or as directed on<br />

site.<br />

c) Payment shall made for the actual net area <strong>of</strong> material as finally erected. Holes <strong>of</strong> size 6”<br />

square or 6” square or 6” dia or below shall not be deducted.


74<br />

SPECIFICATIONS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK<br />

1. The work shall be in conformity with the requirements <strong>of</strong> Indian Standard code <strong>of</strong> practice for<br />

plain and reinforced concrete i.e. lS-456-1 964.<br />

All materials for reinforced cement concrete work i.e. cement, sand aggregates water and steel<br />

reinforcement shall conform to the latest IS--specifications.<br />

Plain concrete in foundations or site concrete shall be placed in direct contact with the bottom <strong>of</strong><br />

the excavation, the concrete being deposited in such manner as not to be mixed with earth.<br />

The bottom <strong>of</strong> excavation for reinforced concrete shall be covered with “Blinding” layer as shown<br />

in plan or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The required cover <strong>of</strong> concrete under the<br />

reinforcement shall entirely above the blinding layer.<br />

For R. C. C. work, the contractor shall design mixes as per approved practice and specified<br />

standards for selecting proportion for concrete giving the stipulated minimum strength and<br />

approval by Engineer-in-charge. Strength <strong>of</strong> concrete required for various situations have been<br />

clearly stipulated in relevant items <strong>of</strong> schedule <strong>of</strong> quantities. Once approved, the design mix<br />

shall be strictly adhered to.<br />

Samples <strong>of</strong> concrete shall be taken and tested as recommended in IS Standards No: 456- 1964<br />

and IS-51 6-1 959 for quality control. Concrete cubes shall be furnished by the contractor and<br />

the testing will be arranged by the department. All materials and labour for making necessary<br />

tests will be at the cost <strong>of</strong> the contractor. The results <strong>of</strong> the tests conducted by the department or<br />

arranged by department in any <strong>of</strong> the recognized laboratories shall be taken as final and binding<br />

on the contractor.<br />

In case the compressive strength obtained from the test samples <strong>of</strong> concrete does not satisfy<br />

the strength requirements as stipulated in IS Code, the work is liable to be rejected.<br />

FIXING OF REINFORCEMENT<br />

2. Reinforcement shall be accurately fixed and by approved means maintained in the position<br />

described on the drawings or elsewhere. Bars intended to be in contact at passing points shall<br />

be securely wired together at all such positions with No. 16 gauge annealed s<strong>of</strong>t iron tying wire.<br />

Binders and the like shall tightly embrace the bars with which they are intended to be in contact<br />

and shall be securely wired or if approved welded thereto.<br />

Immediately before placing the concrete, the reinforcement shall be examined for accuracy <strong>of</strong><br />

placing and cleanliness and corrected if necessary.<br />

Reinforcement projecting form work being concreted or already concreted shall not be bent out<br />

<strong>of</strong> its correct position for any reason unless approved and shall be protected from deformation or<br />

other damage.<br />

The cover <strong>of</strong> concrete to the reinforcement shall be as described on the drawings and shall be<br />

provided and maintained within a tolerance 1/8” under the cover by means <strong>of</strong> distance pieces <strong>of</strong><br />

cement mortar or other approved material.


75<br />

The vertical distance required between successive layers <strong>of</strong> bars <strong>of</strong> similar members shall be<br />

maintained by the provision <strong>of</strong> mild steel spacer bars inserted at such intervals that the main<br />

bars do not perceptibly sag between spacer bars.<br />

SHUTTERING OF FORM WORK<br />

3. The contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency <strong>of</strong> the formwork. If so instructed<br />

calculations and designs for the shuttering shall be submitted for approved before construction.<br />

Steel shuttering shall normally be used for all R.C.C. works.<br />

Shuttering for concrete shall be rigidly constructed <strong>of</strong> approved material and shall be true to the<br />

shape and dimensions described on the working drawings. Timber shuttering if allowed shall be<br />

well seasoned, free from loose knots and wrought on all facts. Faces in contact shall be free<br />

from adhering, grout, projecting nails, splits or other defects. Joints shall be sufficiently right to<br />

prevent leakage <strong>of</strong> cement grout and to avoid the formation <strong>of</strong> fins or other blemishes. Faulty<br />

joints shall be caulked where described on the working drawings or elsewhere, the position and<br />

direction <strong>of</strong> the joints shall be as so described. Openings for inspection <strong>of</strong> the inside <strong>of</strong> the<br />

shuttering and for the escape <strong>of</strong> water used for washing out shall be formed, so that they can be<br />

conveniently closed before placing the concrete.<br />

Connection shall be constructed to permit easy removal <strong>of</strong> the shuttering and shall be either<br />

nailed, screwed, bolted, clamped wired or otherwise secured so as to be strong enough to retain<br />

the correct shape during consolidation <strong>of</strong> the concrete. Bolt holes in concrete shall be made<br />

good after removal <strong>of</strong> the bolts. Wire nails passing through concrete shall be used only where<br />

approved and the ends <strong>of</strong> the wires shall be concealed and measures taken to prevent rust<br />

stains on the concrete.<br />

Shuttering shall be provided for the top faces <strong>of</strong> sloping work, and anchored to prevent flotation<br />

where the slope exceeds 1 in 2 1/2.<br />

Shuttering shall be true to line and braced and strutted to prevent deformation under the weight<br />

and pressure <strong>of</strong> the wet concrete, constructional loads, wind and other forces. The deflection<br />

shall not exceed 1/8”. Bottoms <strong>of</strong> beam boxes shall be erected with an upward camber <strong>of</strong> “for<br />

each 10 ft. <strong>of</strong> span.<br />

The shuttering for beams and slabs shall be erected so that the shuttering on the sides <strong>of</strong> the<br />

beam and <strong>of</strong> the s<strong>of</strong>fits <strong>of</strong> slabs can be removed without disturbing the beam bottoms. Repropping<br />

<strong>of</strong> beams shall not be done except when with the approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge,<br />

props be reinstated in anticipation <strong>of</strong> loads in excess <strong>of</strong> the design load. Vertical props shall be<br />

supported on wedges or other measures shall be taken whereby the props can be gently<br />

lowered vertically when commencing to remove the shuttering. Props for an upper storey shall<br />

be placed directly over those in the storey immediately below and the lowest prop shall bear<br />

upon work sufficiently strong to carry the load.<br />

If the shuttering for a column is extended to the full height <strong>of</strong> the column, one side shall be left<br />

open and shall be built up in sections as placing <strong>of</strong> the concrete proceeds.<br />

Before placing the concrete, bolts, and fixings shall be in position and coves and other devices<br />

used for forming openings, holes, pockets, chases, recesses and other cavities shall be fixed to<br />

the shuttering. No holes shall be cut in any concrete unless approved.<br />

The props used for shuttering shall be <strong>of</strong> full length, joined props shall not be allowed. Where<br />

shuttering at high altitude is to be done the contractor shall provide special props and beams to<br />

the approval <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-charge.


DISTRIBUTION OF CONCRETE<br />

76<br />

4. Concrete shall be distributed from the mixer to the position <strong>of</strong> placing in the works by approved<br />

means which do not cause separation or otherwise impair the quality <strong>of</strong> the concrete.<br />

Mixing and distributing equipment shall be cleaned before commencing mixing and distribution<br />

<strong>of</strong> the concrete and such equipment shall be dept free from set concrete.<br />

PACKING OF CONCRETE<br />

5. Placing <strong>of</strong> concrete shall not commence before the shuttering and the reinforcement fixed in<br />

position in the shuttering has been inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The<br />

contractor shall maintain a record <strong>of</strong> such inspection and approvals and shall obtain all<br />

approvals to proceed with the placing <strong>of</strong> concrete in writing.<br />

Before proceeding to place the concrete, the shuttering shall be realigned if necessary and<br />

water and rubbish therein shall be removed by approved means. Immediately prior to placing<br />

the concrete, the shuttering shall be wetted except in frostily weather and inspection openings<br />

shall be closed.<br />

The interval between adding the water to the dry materials and the completion <strong>of</strong> the placing <strong>of</strong><br />

the concrete shall not exceed 20 minutes.<br />

Except where otherwise approved, concrete shall be placed in the shuttering by shovesly or<br />

other approved implements and shall not be dropped from a height or handles in a manner<br />

which will cause separation. Accumulations <strong>of</strong> set concrete on the reinforcement shall be<br />

avoided. Concrete shall be placed directly in its permanent position and shall not be worked<br />

along the shuttering to that position.<br />

Each layer <strong>of</strong> concrete while being placed shall be consolidated either by ramming tam- ping or<br />

by mechanical vibration as required to form a dense material with all surfaces free from honeycombing<br />

and free from water and air holes or other blemishes. Any water accumulating on the<br />

surface <strong>of</strong> newly placed concrete shall be removed by approved means and no further concrete<br />

shall be placed thereon until such water be removed.<br />

No unset concrete shall be brought into contact with unset concrete containing cement <strong>of</strong> a<br />

different type.<br />

Unless otherwise approved, concrete shall be placed in a single operation to the full thickness <strong>of</strong><br />

slabs, beams and similar members and shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 3 ft.<br />

deep in walls, columns, and similar members. Concrete shall be placed continuously until<br />

completion <strong>of</strong> the part <strong>of</strong> the work between construction joints as specified hereinafter or <strong>of</strong> a<br />

part approved extent. At the completion <strong>of</strong> a specified or approved part a construction joint shall<br />

be made when the work is stopped.<br />

6. No concrete shall be mixed or placed while the temperature is below 35 degree F. on arising<br />

thermometer or below 36 degree F. on a falling thermometer. The contractor shall supply an<br />

accurate maximum and minimum thermometer and hang it in an approved position on the<br />

works. Aggregates that have been exposed to frost shall not be used until completely thawed.<br />

Concrete shall be maintained by approved means at a temperature <strong>of</strong> not less than 40 degrees<br />

F. during placing and for a period <strong>of</strong> three days thereafter. All concrete placed during cold<br />

weather or when a frost is predicted or is likely to occur or occurs contrary to expectation, shall<br />

be protected from freezing by approved means.


77<br />

CONSOLIDATION BY MECHANICAL VIBRATION<br />

7. All concrete shall be consolidated by internal vibrators. The frequency <strong>of</strong> vibration shall not be<br />

less than 3000 complete cycles (on vibrations) per minute. The amount <strong>of</strong> water for mixing<br />

concrete shall be reduced for all concrete that is required to be compacted by vibration (about<br />

20%less than the water used for concrete to be compacted by ramming and tamping). Water<br />

required for mixing concrete to be consolidated by mechanical vibration shall be determined by<br />

slump test. As a general rule vibration should be stopped when air bubbles cease or practically<br />

ceased coming up the surface and the surface is itself continuous.<br />

Vibrators shall be inserted and Withdrawn at many points from 18” to 30” apart for short intervals<br />

(usually from 5 to 15 second is sufficient) in preference to insertion for longer periods at wider<br />

intervals. Systematic spacing <strong>of</strong> insertions <strong>of</strong> the vibrator should be established to ensure that<br />

no concrete remains Un-vibrated.<br />

CONSTRUCTION JOINTS<br />

8. Construction joints shall be rebated and <strong>of</strong> an approved shape and shall be vertical or horizontal<br />

as required except that in an inclined or curved member the joint shall be at right angles to the<br />

axis <strong>of</strong> the member.<br />

Construction joints shall be provided in the positions described on the drawings or elsewhere<br />

and where not so described shall be in accordance with the following.<br />

Joint shall be formed horizontally at the top <strong>of</strong> a foundation and 3 inches below the lowest s<strong>of</strong>fit<br />

<strong>of</strong> the beams meeting at the head <strong>of</strong> a column. A joint shall be formed in the rib or a large tee<br />

beam and all beam 1 inch below the s<strong>of</strong>fit <strong>of</strong> the slab. Concrete in a haunch or a splay on a<br />

beam or a brace, and in the head <strong>of</strong> a column where one or more beams meet, shall be placed<br />

without a joint at the same time as that in the beam or beams or brace. Concrete in the splay at<br />

the junction <strong>of</strong> a wall and slab shall be placed without a joint at the same time that in the slab.<br />

Concrete in a beam shall be placed throughout without a joint, but if the provision <strong>of</strong> a joint is<br />

unavoidable the joint shall be vertical and at the middle <strong>of</strong> a span. A joint in a slab shall be<br />

vertical and parallel to the principal reinforcement, where it is unavoidably at right angles to the<br />

principal reinforcement the joint shall be vertical and at the middle <strong>of</strong> the span.<br />

Before placing new concrete against concrete that has already hardened, the face <strong>of</strong> the old<br />

concrete shall be cleaned and roughened and the scum and loose aggregate removed there<br />

from and immediately before placing the new concrete the face shall be thoroughly wetted and a<br />

coating <strong>of</strong> neat cement grout applied there to.<br />

The new concrete shall be well rammed against the prepared face before the grout sets.<br />

STRUCTURE JOINTS<br />

9. Expansion joints, construction joints hinges or other permanent structure joints shall be provided<br />

in the positions and <strong>of</strong> the form described in the drawings or elsewhere.<br />

PROTECTION AND CURING CONCRETE<br />

10. Newly placed concrete shall be protected by approved means from frost, rain, sun and drying<br />

winds. Exposed faces <strong>of</strong> concrete shall be kept moist by approved means for twenty one days<br />

after placing except if there is a likelihood <strong>of</strong> curing water or damp the coverings freezing when<br />

the period shall be as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

Concrete placed below the ground shall be protected from falling earth during and after placing.<br />

Concrete placed in ground containing deleterious substances shall be kept free there from<br />

during placing and for a period <strong>of</strong> seven days or as otherwise instructed thereafter. The ground<br />

water around a structure below the ground shall be kept to an approved level by pumping, or the<br />

works shall be flooded or other approved means taken to prevent flotation. Approved means


78<br />

shall be taken to protect immature concrete from damage by debris, excessive loadings,<br />

vibration, abrasion, deleterious ground water, mixing with earth or other materials flotation and<br />

other influences that may impair the strength and durability <strong>of</strong> the concrete.<br />

Shuttering shall be struck for various parts <strong>of</strong> structure as per clause 20-2-3-2 <strong>of</strong> I.S code 456-<br />

1964.<br />

REMOVAL OF SHUTTERING<br />

11. Shuttering shall be removed by a gradual easing without jarring. Before removal <strong>of</strong> the<br />

shuttering the concrete shall be examined and removal shall proceed only in the presence <strong>of</strong> a<br />

competent supervisor and if the concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own<br />

weight and any load likely, to be imposed upon it. It the imposition <strong>of</strong> a load exceeding the<br />

design load is anticipated, props shall be provided in an approved manner after removal <strong>of</strong> the<br />

shuttering and before the imposition <strong>of</strong> the load. The contractor shall record on the drawings or<br />

elsewhere the date upon which the concrete is placed in each part <strong>of</strong> the work and the date<br />

upon which the shuttering is removed there from. The assessment <strong>of</strong> the period elapsing<br />

between placing the concrete and removing the shuttering and consequences arising there from<br />

shall be the contractor’s entire responsibility.<br />

The shuttering for a part <strong>of</strong> a structure suspended from concrete placed subsequently to that in<br />

or in the shuttering concerned shall not be removed until the supporting concrete has matured<br />

and such shuttering shall be prominently marked as a warning against premature removal.<br />

FINISH<br />

12. Honeycombed surfaces shall be made good immediately upon removal <strong>of</strong> the shuttering and<br />

superficial water and air holes shall be filled in. Unless instructed to the contrary the face <strong>of</strong> the<br />

exposed concrete placed against shuttering shall be rubbed down immediately upon removal <strong>of</strong><br />

the shuttering to remove fins or other irregularities. The face <strong>of</strong> concrete for which shuttering is<br />

not provided other than slabs shall be smoothed with a wooden float to give a finish equal to that<br />

<strong>of</strong> the rubbed down face where shuttering is provided. The top face <strong>of</strong> slabs which is not<br />

intended to be covered with other materials shall be levelled and floated while unset to a smooth<br />

finish at the levels as falls shown on the drawings or elsewhere. The floating shall be done so as<br />

to bring as excess <strong>of</strong> mortar to the surface <strong>of</strong> the concrete. Concrete shall be so finished that no<br />

plaster work should be necessary.<br />

Surface which are to be finished with plaster shall have indentations formed on them by<br />

approved implements to the depths and patterns required so as to provide key for the plaster<br />

finishes. After removal <strong>of</strong> steel shuttering, the surface should invariably hacked to the<br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-charge before plaster is started.<br />

FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES<br />

13. Holes for bolts or for any other purposes shall be moulded during the work <strong>of</strong> concrete in the<br />

positions shown on the drawings. Openings ready to receive pipes, wires and other fittings, shall<br />

be formed where shown or otherwise detailed.<br />

Bolts, pipe hooks, hangers and other connections and fittings shown on the drawings or as<br />

directed by the Engineer-in-charge shall so far as practicable be built in as the work proceeds.<br />

Pipes for the conveyance <strong>of</strong> steam, water and gas etc. shall be carried along the exterior <strong>of</strong> the<br />

concrete work and shall not be embedded in the concrete work, except where special ducts for<br />

laying these pipes have been provided or otherwise as shown in the drawings. Conduit pipes for


79<br />

carrying electric cables, if so required shall be embedded in concrete work or as directed by the<br />

Engineer-in-charge.<br />

STRUCTURE TESTS<br />

14. The Engineer-in-charge shall instruct the contractor to make a loading test on the works or any<br />

part there<strong>of</strong>, if iii the Engineer-in-charge’s opinion such a test is necessary.<br />

The Engineer-in-charge shall instruct the contractor to make the test for the reason that the work<br />

cube tests shown strength below the specified strength and/or because <strong>of</strong> one more<br />

circumstances attributable to alleged negligence on the part <strong>of</strong> the contractor and/or for the<br />

purpose <strong>of</strong> testing the finished completed structure. The contractor shall include and allow for<br />

cost <strong>of</strong> test or tests in his prices and shall carry out then without additional payment. Testing<br />

shall be done as per clause 21.4 to 21.4.3 <strong>of</strong> IS code No: 456-1964.<br />

If the result <strong>of</strong> the test is not satisfactory, the Engineer-in-charge shall instruct that the part <strong>of</strong> the<br />

works concerned shall be taken down or cut out and reconstructed to comply with this<br />

specification. or that other measures shall be taken to make the works secure. The contractor is<br />

liable to conduct the test at his own cost if directed and he shall also at his own cost take down<br />

or cut out and reconstruct the defective work or shall execute remedial measures as instructed.<br />

MEASUREMENTS<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> items <strong>of</strong> reinforced concrete work shall be as stated below and shall<br />

be the net cubic foot or the net cubic meter as specified in the schedule <strong>of</strong> quantities or the net<br />

area <strong>of</strong> specified thickness <strong>of</strong> cast concrete. The thickness <strong>of</strong> plaster finishing shall not be taken<br />

into account in measuring the work even though the price may be inclusive <strong>of</strong> such<br />

finish. In case <strong>of</strong> encasing <strong>of</strong> structural members in concrete, the measurement <strong>of</strong> encasing<br />

concrete shall be net cubic meter or cubic feet as specified without any deduction <strong>of</strong> structural<br />

members.<br />

A. CONCRETE<br />

Concrete for<br />

1) Footing shall be measured in cubic feet or cubic meter.<br />

2) Columns shall be measured in cubic feet or cubic meter being <strong>of</strong> the product the area <strong>of</strong><br />

the cross section multiplied by the height measured in between the top <strong>of</strong> footings or slab<br />

to the underside <strong>of</strong> slab immediately above as per drawings. In case <strong>of</strong> slabs <strong>of</strong> different<br />

thickness, the underside <strong>of</strong> the thicker slab will be the guiding factor.<br />

3) Rectangular beams and lintels shall be measured in cubic feet or cubic meter being the<br />

product <strong>of</strong> the cross sectional area and the length between supporting columns or<br />

beams. Where such beams or lintels rest on masonry work, the length is equal to the<br />

clear distance between the faces <strong>of</strong> masonry plus the length for bearings, as shown on<br />

drawings.<br />

4) T & L Beams (i. e. beams cast with floor on ro<strong>of</strong> slabs) shall be measured in cubic feet or<br />

cubic meter. The length shall be the distance between the faces <strong>of</strong> the supporting<br />

columns or the faces <strong>of</strong> supporting beams or girder, the breadth shall be the breadth <strong>of</strong><br />

the stem projecting below the slab and the depth shall be the portion projecting below<br />

the underside <strong>of</strong> the slab (thicker one in case <strong>of</strong> slabs <strong>of</strong> different thickness). It shall be<br />

the net cubic contents <strong>of</strong> the portion projecting below the underside <strong>of</strong> the thickest slab<br />

and between the faces <strong>of</strong> supporting beams or columns.


80<br />

5) Slabs cornices, projections, stairs, waist slab and the triangular concrete portion <strong>of</strong> steps<br />

shall be measured in cubic feet or cubic meter. In case <strong>of</strong> slabs <strong>of</strong> different thickness,<br />

thicker slab will be measured upto the face <strong>of</strong> the beam on the side <strong>of</strong> the thinner slab.<br />

6) Chajjas shall be measured in cubic feet or cubic meter being the product <strong>of</strong> the<br />

projection beyond the face <strong>of</strong> supporting beam, the length and the average thickness as<br />

per drawing.<br />

7) Pardi walls, partition walls, drop walls, railing walls, fins <strong>of</strong> specified thickness, coping<br />

etc. shall be measured in cubic feet or cubic meter.<br />

8) The concrete briquettes required for providing proper cover as per l.S. standards over<br />

reinforcement shall not be measured. The item rate shall include the same.<br />

9) The rate <strong>of</strong> concrete for R.C. works should include providing, pockets, holes and joints<br />

as directed by Engineer-in-charge and also fixing pipes, pipe sleeves, anchor bolts etc.<br />

which will be supplied by the ECIL at all depths and heights.<br />

15. B. SHUTTERING AND FORMWORK:<br />

1) Shuttering is to be measured as the area in Sq. ft. or Sq. meter <strong>of</strong> the finished structure<br />

which requires to be supported during the deposition <strong>of</strong> concrete.<br />

2) The shuttering required to form the construction joints, skew backs, strunt, ends,<br />

stepping, the bending chases and the like, which may be necessary to uphold the<br />

concrete during the operations <strong>of</strong> deposition and setting shall not be measured and<br />

hence the cost <strong>of</strong> this is to be covered by the rate <strong>of</strong> concrete.<br />

MILD STEEL REINFORCEMENT:<br />

1) The unit <strong>of</strong> weight shall be 1MT <strong>of</strong> 1000 Kgs.<br />

2) Reinforcement bars will be measured iii lengths in position, to be laid as specified in the<br />

drawings and bar bending schedule and will include hooks, bends and cranks etc.<br />

Authorised overlaps as per ISI 456-1964 shall be measured. Weight shall be calculated<br />

in Kgs based on standard weights and no allowance will be made for waste or rolling<br />

margin.<br />

16. ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

1) All the concrete for the machinery or special foundations shall be cast in the operation shall<br />

be vibrated.<br />

2) No extras will be paid for provision <strong>of</strong> pockets and holes upto 6” x 6” area but concrete will<br />

be paid without deduction for such holes. In pockets and holes larger than 6” x 6’, the<br />

volume <strong>of</strong> pockets will be deducted from the concrete quantities.<br />

3) In all concrete work the shuttering must be executed in such a manner that the resulting<br />

work shall only receive cement wash, the concrete cover shall be made by means <strong>of</strong> small<br />

concrete blocks tied to the reinforcement. All concrete shall be compacted by vibrators. The<br />

contractor must submit, free <strong>of</strong> charge, a test report on the grading <strong>of</strong> sand and aggregate<br />

when required. If the grading is not proper as per specifications the mix is liable to change.<br />

The contractor must submit while tendering his basic analysis far basic rates <strong>of</strong> concrete.<br />

This analysis will be taken as the basic for rates <strong>of</strong> any revised mixes.


81<br />

4) If due to some fault or mistake <strong>of</strong> the contractor the sizes cast are more than those shown on<br />

the drawing, the contractor shall be paid only as per the sizes shown on the drawings. In<br />

case the sizes are cast smaller than those shown on the drawing the contractor shall rectify<br />

the same or if smaller size approved by the Engineer-in-charge, it may be allowed, but the<br />

actual size cast will be paid to the contractor.<br />

5) No extra will be paid for placing cable and other pipes, anchor bars or bolts, anchor rails, etc.<br />

which will be supplied by the Electronic Corporation <strong>of</strong> India Limited.<br />

6) All exposed concrete work shall be rubbed down smooth and not plastered but finished<br />

smooth and given one coat <strong>of</strong> cement wash without any extra charge when directed.<br />

7) Labour for reinforcement bars shall be paid for the critical weight as actually placed and<br />

measured in concrete work. The unit price quoted shall include wastage, laps, binding wire<br />

etc.<br />

8) All concrete slabs, where directed shall be finished smooth and leveled with neat cement<br />

grout immediately after concreting without any extra charge.<br />

9) Specifications for cement concrete paving:The surface on which the paving is to be<br />

provided shall be first cleaned <strong>of</strong> all dust and other materials, washed and well watered<br />

before paving.<br />

The concrete paving will be laid to slope as directed and the average thickness shall be as<br />

per schedules. The concrete shall be properly laid and rammed till the cream appears at top.<br />

The surface when wet shall be finished smooth with neat cement floating and the top shall<br />

be treated as directed, so as to make it non-slippery such as roller patterned. If required the<br />

paving shall be cast in alternate bays <strong>of</strong> suitable sizes as directed. The form work required at<br />

the edges and for construction joints shall not be paid separately but the cost <strong>of</strong> paving shall<br />

include the Cost <strong>of</strong> the same. The paving shall be cured by keeping the top flooded with<br />

water for at least 15 days. The measurements shall be in Sq. ft. or Sq. meter


1. GENERAL<br />

82<br />

SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING WORK<br />

1-1 All the works including testing for plumbing, water supply, sanitary and drainage works shall be<br />

carried out as per Indian Standard Specifications IS. 1172-1963, IS. 1742-1960.<br />

1-2 All pipes, cisterns, brackets which are visible shall be properly cleaned and coated with one coat<br />

<strong>of</strong> red lead oil paint and two coats <strong>of</strong> aluminium paint to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-incharge<br />

and the cost shall be included in the rates <strong>of</strong> the respective items. Pipes in chases and<br />

laid below ground level shall be painted with 3 coats <strong>of</strong> anti corrosive black paint.<br />

1-3 All manhole covers shall be given two coats <strong>of</strong> tar or paint as directed by the Engineer-incharge.<br />

1-4 The contractor shall arrange an exhibition <strong>of</strong> the samples <strong>of</strong> the materials and sanitary<br />

equipments to be used in the works for approval, such as W.C. sets, Urinals, Lavatory basins,<br />

sinks, showers, samples <strong>of</strong> pipes, cocks mirrors, towel holders, bottle traps, liquid soap<br />

containers, etc. and whatever required by the Engineer-in-charge. The installed equipment have<br />

to conform strictly with the equipments, exhibited in the said exhibition.<br />

1-5 Excavation in rocks for pipe lines and chambers are will be paid separately, but the amount for<br />

the equal quantity <strong>of</strong> earth wor4k shall be deducted from the respective items.<br />

1-6 The contractor shall arrange for holes in brick wall work or RC concrete to be left during the<br />

construction <strong>of</strong> the respective structures. In no case, the cutting <strong>of</strong> the holes in concrete work <strong>of</strong><br />

any kind will be permitted. Where passing the pipes through reinforced concrete or structural<br />

encasing concrete is unavoidable such holes are definitely to be provided for beforehand in<br />

consulting with the Engineer-in-charge. Such provision <strong>of</strong> holes and making them good after<br />

completing the pipe line work shall be free <strong>of</strong> cost and shall be included in the rates.<br />

2. Sanitary fixtures – General<br />

All sanitary fixtures shall be <strong>of</strong> white glazed vitreous china, approved quality <strong>of</strong> sizes and make<br />

as specified in the scheduled and shall generally conform to the applicable I.S specification. The<br />

rate <strong>of</strong> these fixtures shall include cost <strong>of</strong> all components specified in the schedule fixing<br />

charges and other accessories such as teak wood blocks plugs clamps wherever required<br />

screws, making necessary chases, holes in walls, floors, ceilings <strong>of</strong> any material and making<br />

good the same. All sanitary fittings and fixtures shall be tested and commissioned and handed<br />

over to the Engineer-in-charge in sound working at no extra cost.<br />

2-1 Indian type water closet: - The cost for this item shall include.<br />

(i) Indian type water closet size as specified in schedule with back or front in let as required.<br />

(ii)<br />

(iii)<br />

(iv)<br />

A pair <strong>of</strong> foot treads.<br />

15 litres/3gallons capacity C.I. flushing cistern waste water preventing type Quito pro<strong>of</strong>,<br />

approved make with all internal fittings, supported on a pair <strong>of</strong> M.S angle /CI bracket as<br />

required and 32 mm GI flush pipe upto closet inlet.<br />

15 mm C.P flexible feed pipe connection.<br />

(v) 15 mm C.P heavy brass stop cock with knob <strong>of</strong> approved pattern.


83<br />

(vi) 15 mm over flow pipe from cistern to discharged about 150 mm above finished floor level<br />

and terminated with C.P brass perforated cap. The rate for fixing <strong>of</strong> I.W.C in brick enclosure in<br />

C.M 1:6 and bedded in lime concrete shall be deemed to have been included in this rate.<br />

2-2 European water closet: - The rate for this item shall include.<br />

(i) European type water closet pan with integral P/s trap with/ without vent as specified in<br />

schedule.<br />

(ii) Low level flushing cistern with all internal fittings fixed against wall, with necessary<br />

supports.<br />

(iii) Sold plastic commodes seat with necessary hinges etc., as specified.<br />

(iv) 15 mm C.P flexible pipe connection.<br />

(v) 15 mm C.P stop cock heavy quality with knob <strong>of</strong> approved pattern.<br />

(vi) Necessary over flow out let.<br />

2-3 a) Urinals: - (A range <strong>of</strong> 2 urinals with one 2 gallons Auto cistern) Rate for this item shall<br />

include:-<br />

(i) Urinal <strong>of</strong> make and material as specified.<br />

(ii) Two gallons capacity automatic C.I. flushing cistern as specified for a range <strong>of</strong> two<br />

urinals. (Proportional cost per urinals shall be included).<br />

(iii) Proportional cost <strong>of</strong> G.I. flush pipes. C.P. flexible feed pipe C.P. stop cock for cistern<br />

inlet and 15 mm C.I. overflow pipe from cistern upto 150 mm above floor level and<br />

terminated with C.P. perforated brass cap.<br />

2-3 b) One urinal with one gallons auto cistern.<br />

(i) Urinal <strong>of</strong> make and material as specified.<br />

(ii) One gallons capacity <strong>of</strong> C.I. act <strong>of</strong> flushing cistern for a range <strong>of</strong> one urinal.<br />

(iii) Cost <strong>of</strong> G.I. flush pipe, C.P. flexible feed pipe, 15 mm C.P. stop cock for cistern inlet<br />

and 15 mm G.I. over flow pipe from cistern upto 150 mm above floor level and<br />

terminated with C.P. perforated brass cap.<br />

2-4 Wash hand basins<br />

The rate for this item shall include: -<br />

(i) One wash hand basin <strong>of</strong> size and make as specified.<br />

(ii) One No. C.P. Pillar tap heavy quality.<br />

(iii) Pair <strong>of</strong> M.S. angle brackets.<br />

(iv) 32 mm C.P. brass heavy water with C.P. chain and rubber plug.<br />

(v) 32 mm C.P. brass bottle trap with C.P. wall flange and extension piece.<br />

(vi) 15 mm C.P. flexible feed pipe and 15 mm C.P. brass stop cock <strong>of</strong> heavy quality.<br />

(vii) Painting <strong>of</strong> brackets etc., as specified.


84<br />

2-5 Nahani Trap<br />

The Nahani trap shall be <strong>of</strong> C.I. with the outlet <strong>of</strong> size 75 mm. the rate shall include for fixing the<br />

trap in cement concrete 1:2:4 prop / brick work as required. A.C.P. brass hinged heavy type grating<br />

should be fixed on top <strong>of</strong> trap if the trap inlet is flush with the floor, or. If no case the trap is fixed at a<br />

lower level, the inlet is formed in cement concrete over the trap and the grating shall be flush with the<br />

floor.<br />

2-6 Urinal Division Plate: -<br />

The rate shall include the cost <strong>of</strong> one urinal <strong>division</strong> plate with necessary teak wood blocks and<br />

screws fixed to wall as shown in the drawing.<br />

2-7 Mirrors: -<br />

The rate shall include:<br />

(i) One mirror <strong>of</strong> size and make as specified.<br />

(ii) 6 mm thick ply board <strong>of</strong> approved quality as backing.<br />

(iii) Fixing to wall with necessary clips C.P. screws etc.<br />

2-8 Liquid Soap Containers: -<br />

The soap solution container shall be <strong>of</strong> glass with C.P. brass cap fixed on to C.P. brass holder<br />

brackets. The rate shall include for fixing to wall with C.P. brass screws.<br />

2-9 Sinks: - The rate shall be included: -<br />

(i) Sink <strong>of</strong> size and make as specified.<br />

(ii) 10 mm M.S. bar frame work for sink support as approved by the Engineer-In-charge.<br />

(iii) C.P. Brass waste and C.P. brass chain and rubber plug.<br />

(iv) G.I. waste pipe to Nahani traps.<br />

3. CHAMBER<br />

3.1 Man hole shall be <strong>of</strong> shape and depths as required. They shall be built with brick and cement<br />

mortar in the proportion <strong>of</strong> 1:6 with 150 mm cement concrete 1:5:10 proportions below. and<br />

projecting 100 mm more than the outside wall <strong>of</strong> the chamber at the bottom.<br />

The internal sides <strong>of</strong> the chamber shall be plastered over with 20 mm thick cement plaster<br />

(proportion 1:3) and concrete benching shall be provided in 1:2:4 cement concrete and the inlets<br />

from the various vertical fittings shall be made to discharge in the channel by gentle slopes.<br />

The top <strong>of</strong> the chamber shall be provided with a cast iron cover and frame as specified. The<br />

chamber or shall be measured and paid for dry for by number.<br />

The rate <strong>of</strong> the manhole shall be inclusive <strong>of</strong> all excavation, cement concrete, brickwork and<br />

cement plaster and C.I. manhole cover. C.I. steps if necessary and all cost <strong>of</strong> making the<br />

various connections and benching including fixing necessary S.W. half ground channel.<br />

3-2 Chamber ‘B’<br />

The rate shall include the following: - (i) Construction <strong>of</strong> 230 mm brick masonry chamber as specified<br />

with 150 mm C.C. 1:5:10 foundation only for walls with 100 mm projection beyond face <strong>of</strong> the wall<br />

on either side with necessary excavation.


85<br />

(ii) C.I. grating <strong>of</strong> specified size as per drawing shall be fixed.<br />

4. C.I. Soil waste vent and autisyphonage pipes:<br />

The soil, waste vent and autisyphonage pipes and specials shall be <strong>of</strong> approved quality and make. The<br />

rate includes for providing all C.I. specials with access doors wherever necessary jointing the bitumatic<br />

compound, spun yarn and finished with cement mortar caulking and testing and removal <strong>of</strong> leakages.<br />

The rate also includes for making holes in walls, floors etc. If the pipes are to be laid in touches the cost<br />

<strong>of</strong> all soils except rock shall be included. All measurements shall be taken along the longitudinal axis <strong>of</strong><br />

the pipe line.<br />

The pipes in exposed position shall be fixed to walls <strong>of</strong> buildings by necessary T.W. parting pieces and<br />

screws so that the pipes shall be away from face <strong>of</strong> the wall.<br />

G.I. Pipe work.<br />

The galvanized iron pipes shall be <strong>of</strong> light quality (Class ‘A’) confirming to ISS No. 1239/58. The rate<br />

includes for cutting for required lengths and threading, joining with necessary specials <strong>of</strong> heavy quality<br />

with yarn and white lead and fixing and testing and removal <strong>of</strong> all leakages. When fixed to wall exposed,<br />

the pipes shall be fixed on wooden packing with clamps and screws, such that they are away from the<br />

wall wherever required. The rate includes for making necessary chases holes excavation etc. wherever<br />

required and painting the pipes specified hydraulically.<br />

The pipe shall hydraulically test and leakages if any shall be rectified.<br />

The measurements for the finished work shall be taken along the longitudinal axis <strong>of</strong> the pipe line.


1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

86<br />

LAYING WATER SUPPLY PIPE LINES<br />

The contractor in carrying out the construction work shall take effective measures to carefully<br />

open out all existing channels, culverts, bridges, pipe lines conduits, water courses, sewers,<br />

drains, electrical cables, transmission lines and their supports and au other works buries or<br />

otherwise where such have to be interfered with for the purpose <strong>of</strong> the construction <strong>of</strong> the works.<br />

He Shall provide and arrange all necessary temporary supports and diversions if necessary<br />

there for across under over through and along side <strong>of</strong> the trenches and all other parts <strong>of</strong><br />

construction work and shall leave all such existing channels, culverts, bridges, lines, conduits,<br />

water courses sewers, electric cables transmission lines, telegraph and telephone lines and all<br />

other works in their original condition to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> their owners and <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-incharge.<br />

The full cost <strong>of</strong> all works, which shall be carried out in the above connection shall be at the<br />

contractors own cost and charges and are included in the rates for various items <strong>of</strong> completed<br />

work as laid down in the schedule and no other payment shall be made to him in respect<br />

there<strong>of</strong>, except that if any dismantling or reconstruction <strong>of</strong> any brick work, concrete or masonry<br />

structure is necessary in the opinion <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge for the purpose <strong>of</strong> the works the<br />

contractor shall be paid for the same in accordance with the requirements <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-incharge<br />

at the relevant rates laid down in the schedule.<br />

The contractor shall arrange to carry out all works with the least interference practicable with<br />

public foot and vehicular traffic and with existing waste water or storm water drainage<br />

arrangements and shall provide all necessary road bariers fences, notices, lights, and gangway.<br />

access crossings, diversions for traffic, temporary drains, dewatering channels, chutes pumping<br />

or water lifting arrangements and all other facilities for the proper execution <strong>of</strong> the works to the<br />

approval and satisfaction in all respects <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge. Any works carried out by the<br />

contractor in these connections shall be deemed as temporary work incidental to the<br />

construction work. The full costs, there<strong>of</strong>, are included in the rates for various items<br />

contemplated work laid down in the schedule and no other payment therefore shall be made to<br />

the contractor who shall carryout the same at his sole costs and charges. The length <strong>of</strong><br />

excavation work to be left open at any one time in any place shall be subject to the approval <strong>of</strong><br />

the Engineer-in-charge <strong>of</strong> the works who shall have power to required the contractor to reduce<br />

the length <strong>of</strong> open work at any time.<br />

All the fixtures shall he got approved from Engineer-in-charge before incorporating the same in<br />

the work and the approved samples will be maintained at the sites till the completion.<br />

The fillings and fixtures will be handed over to the Engineer-in-charge complete in all respects<br />

on the completion <strong>of</strong> the work and incomplete items will not be taken over. Any loss or damage<br />

<strong>of</strong> these due to any reason whatsoever before the handing over will be at the contractor’s cost<br />

and changes.<br />

Supplying, Laying. Jointing, Testing and Commissioning <strong>of</strong> A.C. Pressure Pipes & CI.<br />

Specials etc. Including Excavation.<br />

PART ‘A - A. C. Pressure Mains.<br />

I) Excavation and earthwork including cutting existing rods:a) All excavation shall be<br />

done to specified widths, lines level and grade as shown in drawing or such greater or<br />

lesser widths lines and levels as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The bottom and


87<br />

sides <strong>of</strong> excavation shall be trimmed to required pr<strong>of</strong>ile. The bottom shall be watered and<br />

thoroughly rammed.<br />

b) Should any excavation be taken below the specified levels, the contractor shall at his own<br />

cost, fill up such excavation with cement concrete (1:4:8) to required levels. Filling in such<br />

excavation with excavated material is prohibited.<br />

c) All water which may get accumulated in the excavation during the progress <strong>of</strong> work, from<br />

whatever cause, shall be bailed or pumped out.<br />

d) Timbering to excavation shall be provided, where necessary all as directed by the Engineerin-charge.<br />

e) The depths <strong>of</strong> all excavation shall be measured NET and the contractor should make<br />

allowance for bulking etc. while quoting his rate.<br />

f) The process for excavation shall also include for the following.<br />

i) Excavation in soil murrum (s<strong>of</strong>t or hard sand, soil, soil mixed with boulders, kankar<br />

disintegrated rock and excavation <strong>of</strong> such other materials with are not classified as hard<br />

rock upto depth as specified (Excavation in hard rock will be measured and paid for<br />

separately)<br />

ii) Excavating trenches dressing sides and bottom.<br />

iii) Bailing, pumping out or otherwise removing, clear <strong>of</strong> site, all water which may<br />

accumulate in the excavations during the progress <strong>of</strong> work. Clearing away all shrubs<br />

roots etc.<br />

iv) Setting out the work, pr<strong>of</strong>ile etc.<br />

v) Timbering to excavations where required.<br />

vi) Removing surplus excavated material to store not exceeding 10 M and disposing <strong>of</strong>f<br />

as directed.<br />

vii) Refilling around foundations with approved excavated material in layers not<br />

exceeding 23 cm. thick watering if necessary and consolidating properly, wherever<br />

necessary. If soil is not available from stacks <strong>of</strong> excavation for refilling it shall have to be<br />

obtained from the excavation carried out for the pipes in other reaches.<br />

g) In setting out the pipe lines, sight rails made <strong>of</strong> well seasoned timber <strong>of</strong> ample size and<br />

strength shall be used at intervals not exceeding 15M and at all changes in levels and grade. At<br />

least 4 separate sight rails shall always be maintained at approved level and along the<br />

alignment. The depth <strong>of</strong> excavation and level <strong>of</strong> the pipe invert shall be checked by means <strong>of</strong><br />

boning rods and sight rails.<br />

h) Excavation shall always be in open cutting, even if tunneling is possible at certain portion,<br />

unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. In any case, not more than 15M shall be<br />

kept open in advance and where applicable about 5M more than the minimum length <strong>of</strong> pipe line<br />

permitted to be laid shall be excavated to the full depth.


88<br />

i) Wherever, cutting is done across public paths, roads etc. the order <strong>of</strong> materials<br />

excavated shall be preserved and reinstatement shall be done in the same order and the<br />

work brought to original condition.<br />

ii) Asbestos cement pressure pipes: The A. C. pressure pipes shall conform to ISS No.<br />

1592 <strong>of</strong> 1960, Class-Ill, subjected to a test pressure <strong>of</strong> 1 5 KgCm2. Each standard length and<br />

each random and short length <strong>of</strong> pipe shall be marked with the manufacturer’s trade name,<br />

nominal size and class.<br />

Manufacturer’s certificate <strong>of</strong> test shall be produced by the contractor, if required by<br />

Engineer-in-charge <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

iii) Trenching: The bottom and sides <strong>of</strong> the excavated trench shall be carefully trimmed to<br />

the required pr<strong>of</strong>ile. Prominent pieces <strong>of</strong> rock and other hard substances shall be<br />

removed. In the case <strong>of</strong> rocky strata and bottom surface <strong>of</strong> the trench shall be covered<br />

and leveled with carefully selected excavated material to the thickness specified by<br />

Engineer-in-charge.<br />

iv) Laying: The pipes, before being laid, shall be carefully examined for any visible<br />

damages to the pipes during transit and handling, especially the ends. Pipes in sound<br />

condition shall only be lowered into the trenches carefully and safely. The pipes shall be<br />

carefully laid to the<br />

alignment levels and gradients shown on the plan and sections or as directed and great<br />

care shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or other matter from extering the pipe<br />

during laying. The ends <strong>of</strong> the pipes shall be properly cleared before jointing.<br />

v) Jointing: The A. C. Pressure pipes shall be joined by C. I. detachable joints provided<br />

by the manufacturers. Different components <strong>of</strong> the C.l. joint such as centre collar, two<br />

flanges, two rubber rings and wrought Iron bolts shall be assembled carefully and joined<br />

as per manufacturers’ instructions.<br />

vi) Anchorage for pipe line: Whenever pipes are laid in steep gradient anchorage blows<br />

in 1: 2:4 plain cement concrete are to be provided at location indicated by the Engineerin-<br />

charge. Concrete thrust blocks shall also be provided for bends, tees, dead ends and<br />

other locations to the valves required shape and dimensions decided by Engineer-incharge.<br />

vii) Testing : Before the testing operation for the A.C. pressure main commences initial<br />

back filling to hold the pipe line firmly against the applied test pressure shall be carried<br />

out. The back fill materials used for initial back filling shall be free <strong>of</strong> stone and other hard<br />

substances. Back filling shall be done carefully by hand under around and above the<br />

pipes leaving the joints for a hight <strong>of</strong> about 30 Cms. above the crown <strong>of</strong> the pipe in layers<br />

<strong>of</strong> 15 cms. and shall be consolidated with water and hand rammers carefully in such a<br />

way as not to cause any damage to the pipes already laid.<br />

The pipes after being laid, jointed and initially back filled as specified shall be tested by<br />

the contractor at his own expense under the supervisions <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-charge in length<br />

as seems to him desirable.<br />

The contractor shall supply all the apparatus required and provide all water and<br />

necessary labour for filling the pipes to be tested, fixing all apparatus and for carrying out<br />

the testing <strong>of</strong> the A. C. pipes laid.


89<br />

The length to be tested shall be provided with two blank flanges fastened water tight in<br />

the usual manner by collar bonds and bolts to the pipes. If the length to be tested shall<br />

h&ve a sluice valve at each end, such blank flanges may be dispensed.<br />

The length <strong>of</strong> pipes to be tested shall first be filled in with water from a higher section <strong>of</strong><br />

pipes already laid or with clear water obtained from a service connection as the<br />

contractor may arrange before the actual treating to be tested shall be got rid <strong>of</strong>f. The<br />

test pressure shall then be applied in stages until the decided test pressure as specified<br />

in schedule is reached. The test pressure shall be maintain without any drop during<br />

specified testing time determined by Engineer-in- charge. Any defects noticed during<br />

testing in the pipe line anchorages etc. shall be rectified and testing repeated till a<br />

satisfactory result is obtained.<br />

viii) Final Refilling : After testing <strong>of</strong> the line has been completed and pipe line approved<br />

by Engineer-in-charge has having passed the test the remaining portion <strong>of</strong> the trench<br />

shall be refilled in layers not exceeding 23 cms. watered and consolidated as directed.<br />

Any surplus earth shall be disposed <strong>of</strong>f with in an initial lead <strong>of</strong> 10 meters.<br />

The rates for A.C. pipes shall include the cost <strong>of</strong> all pipes, specials such as bends, tees.<br />

hydrant tee crosses, reducers and caps flanged adopters C.l. detachable joints,<br />

excavation to the required depth, refilling. laying, jointing, testing the pipe lines.<br />

Measurements shall be taken along the longitudinal axis <strong>of</strong> the pipe line including all<br />

specials. Cement concrete anchorage and thrust block shall be measured and paid for<br />

separately.<br />

3. Sluice Valves: The sluice valve shall be <strong>of</strong> best quality confirming to IS! : 780 <strong>of</strong> 1956 gun field<br />

Burn make or equivalent. Valve shall be fitted with necessary C. I. flanged adopter so that they<br />

can be introduced in the A.C. pressure main and jointed with C. I. detachable joints. The valve<br />

shall be tested along with the pipe line for the required pressure. The rate shall include the cost<br />

sluice valves, adapters, detachable joints making necessary flanged joints with bolts, testing and<br />

rectifications <strong>of</strong> defects <strong>of</strong> any.<br />

4. Air Valve: They shall be <strong>of</strong> best quality C. I. conforming to Standard specifications. The Air<br />

valve shall be fixed over the A.C. main with necessary saddle piece with necessary drilling,<br />

40MM G.l. pipe with specials and 40MM G.M. gate (foot) valve for isolating the Air valve. The Air<br />

valve shall be subjected to the same pressure as the pipe line and any defects noticed during<br />

testing shall be rectified by the contractor. The cost for this item includes all the aspects<br />

described above.<br />

5. Construction <strong>of</strong> Chambers: The contractor shall construct the chambers for sluice valves, air<br />

valves etc. in the position marked in the drawing or as directed. The rate for this item shall<br />

include the following<br />

i) Foundation bed concrete in P. C. C. 1:4:8; with 75mm projection alround the brick work<br />

and 150mm thick.<br />

ii) Brick work in cement mortar 1:5, 230mm thick <strong>of</strong> side wall.<br />

iii) Plastering with cement mortar 1:4: 13mm. thick inside and 300mm from the top<br />

outside walls top.


90<br />

v) C.l. covers and frame <strong>of</strong> size 600X600 mm light weight including fixing the same with<br />

locking arrangement.<br />

Fire Hydrants: Fire hydrants shall be <strong>of</strong> stand post type, approved make and design. It shall<br />

have a standard notice pattern instantaneous out let 65mm dia.The hydrant shall be provided<br />

with necessary & Omm Cast iron duck foot bend 80mm. sluice valve with a false cap suitable for<br />

key operation. The sluice valve shall be housed in a chamber <strong>of</strong> size as specified in schedule<br />

and provided with C. I. heavy surface box. The cost <strong>of</strong> chamber is also included in this item.<br />

Part (B) Vertical (M. S. /G. I.) Piping for R. C. water tank:<br />

1. Scope <strong>of</strong> work : The work covered by this specification comprises providing 150mm dia<br />

outlet water connection from the overhead water tank up to A. C. pressure main, 80 mm size<br />

over Flow and scour connections for water tank as shown in the drawing IS: 1239 <strong>of</strong> 1958. The<br />

pipe lines can be generally fixed with screwed joints where Practicable with screwed specials<br />

such as tees, elbows, bends flanges etc. However, in restricted positions the specials are to be<br />

fabricated and welded to the pipelines as per standard practice to site conditions<br />

2. Cutting and handling <strong>of</strong> pipes:<br />

i) Pipes shall be accurately cut to the required dimensions with suitable allowance made<br />

for edge preparation.<br />

ii) Flakes shall be removed from cut pipe by reaming.<br />

iii) As piping is installed open ends shall be covered as necessary to prevent the<br />

entrance <strong>of</strong> foreign material and to maintain the required cleanliness.<br />

iv) Pipe cut to size or shape by dame cutting shall have all accumulation <strong>of</strong> slag and<br />

oxide removed from out surfaces.<br />

3. Pipe connections: In general pipe joints shall be <strong>of</strong> screwed type with necessary standard<br />

threads, however, flanged joints are to be provided for Cl. sluice valves and if required at places<br />

where connections are made to the inserts embedded in tank structure. The pipes shall have to<br />

be jointed with welded joints in certain restricted locations where screwed joints may not be<br />

feasible. The welding shall conform to latest relevant lSl specification. The final connection to<br />

the A. C. main has to be made by a flanged joint. All pip lines shall be firmly supported by<br />

suitable brackets, clamps, hangars etc.<br />

All pipes shall be tested to the required hydraulic pressure as decided by Engineer-in- charge<br />

and any defects noticed shall be rectified by the contractor to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the Engineer- incharge.<br />

The pipe lines shall be externally painted with 3 coats <strong>of</strong> approved oil paint <strong>of</strong> required shade.<br />

4. Sluice valves shall be <strong>of</strong> best approved quality, conforming to ISI: 780 <strong>of</strong> 1956, Glenfield Burn<br />

make or equivalent. They shall be incorporated in the pipe line with necessary<br />

Flanged points. The valves shall be tested and any defects noticed shall be rectified.


91<br />

1.0 General:<br />

SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING WORK<br />

The rates called for are for finished work and shall include materials, labour tools and scaffolding<br />

to complete the work as specified.<br />

2.0 Painting Work:<br />

2.1 Materials:<br />

The painting and finishing material for use in the work shall conform to relevant Indian standard<br />

specifications and shall be <strong>of</strong> best (superior) brand and approved make produced for each kind <strong>of</strong><br />

work. The contractor shall submit samples <strong>of</strong> each material for engineer-In-charge’s approval.<br />

Approval <strong>of</strong> samples shall not be construed as acceptance <strong>of</strong> materials as these materials shall be<br />

tested from time to time during the progress <strong>of</strong> work. The materials for primer and succeeding coats<br />

on any one surface shall be products <strong>of</strong> the same manufacturers. The primers and paints shall be<br />

brought to site in manufacturers original sealed containers and shall be subject to inspection and<br />

tests. If tests made show that the paint is adulterated, the paint will be rejected. And the contractor<br />

shall scrape <strong>of</strong>f thoroughly clean the surface painted with rejected paint and repaint the surface with<br />

good quality approved paint at no extra cost. All the charges for test analysis shall be borne by the<br />

contractor<br />

The paint shall be not be thinned with any thinner whatsoever . In cold weather the paint may be<br />

thinned by heating under the directions. The paint when applied shall spread evenly in thin coat and<br />

flow on smoothly with out runs or sags and shall dry forming a tough, durable film with out showing<br />

any brush marks or cracks.<br />

Pigments:<br />

All colours shall be <strong>of</strong> non-fading pigments and colours shall be approved by the Engineer–in<br />

charge Prior to use on the work.<br />

Brushes:<br />

Paint shall be applied by the brushes. Brushes required for painting shall be <strong>of</strong> type and size<br />

suitable for the work, approved by the Engineer-in charge and conform to relevant Indian standard<br />

specifications.<br />

2.2 Workmanship:<br />

2.3<br />

Preparation <strong>of</strong> surface:<br />

The surface <strong>of</strong> iron and steel work to be painted shall be cleaned free <strong>of</strong> dirt, oil rust, Mill scale and be<br />

thoroughly dry before painting. Cleaning degreasing, de-rusting and de-scaling where ever necessary<br />

shall be carried out as specified in IS :1477 (part-1) and the method adopted for surface preparation<br />

shall have prior approval <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in charge. All recesses which may be retain water or through<br />

which water can enter must be filled with thick paint pro<strong>of</strong> putty at approved quality before final painting<br />

is applied.<br />

The surface <strong>of</strong> the wood work to be painted shall be cleaned and rendered dry free <strong>of</strong> dirt, grit and<br />

grease and shall be rubbed smooth with the appropriate <strong>of</strong> sand Paper to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> Engineerin<br />

charge. No painting shall be done until the engineer-in charge has approved the surface to which the<br />

paint is to be applied. Painting shall not be applied out <strong>of</strong> door in freezing or rusty weather and surfaces<br />

to which painting is to be applied shall be dry and warm.


92<br />

Painting <strong>of</strong> iron and steel work:<br />

Painting <strong>of</strong> iron and steel work shall generally be carried out as per I.S 1477(Part 1). The number <strong>of</strong><br />

coats including primer shall not be applied as specified in the bill <strong>of</strong> quantities. Each coat shall be<br />

allowed to dry sufficiently before the succeeding coat is supplied. The intermediate and final coats for<br />

structural steel worksheet metal<br />

Work and cast iron work shall be applied as specified in IS 1477 (Part 1).<br />

Painting to surfaces <strong>of</strong> structural steel exposed outside the building:<br />

The sufaces <strong>of</strong> structural steel exposed outside the building shall be first cleared <strong>of</strong> the existing coat <strong>of</strong><br />

shop paint by applying paint remover agent (non-caustic)and then ‘rust remover’ shall be applied and<br />

the surface thoroughly rubbed down with a<br />

Coarse steel wool and the rust removed completely and the surface has been approved by the<br />

engineer-in charge,painting to the surface shall be carried out as said below:<br />

a) One coat primer shall be painted with‘Castle Brand’or approved equivalent red<br />

lead:<br />

b) After the surface is touch dried, two coats <strong>of</strong> ready mixed superior brand synthetic enamel <strong>of</strong><br />

approved quality colour and make shall be provided allowing 8 hours drying time between each coat.<br />

Painting Of Wood Work:<br />

After the primer coat has dried,all nail holes cracks and the like shall be filled up with approved wood<br />

putty and the surface finished smooth to the satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the engineer-in charge. The type <strong>of</strong><br />

intermediate and finished coats including primer coat shall be as specified in the bill <strong>of</strong> quantities.<br />

3.0 Measurements:<br />

Measurements for painting and polishing work shall be in square meter. The quantity Shall be the area<br />

covered adopting the painting co-efficient for various surfaces as specified I.S. code -1200.<br />

A three years performance guarantee shall be furnished by the contractor and if the painting is found to<br />

have faded or rusted during this period it shall re done immediately after intimation free <strong>of</strong> cost, failing<br />

which it will be done departmentally at the firm’s risk and cost and cost recovered from the contractor<br />

EXTRACT OF I.S. 1200 CLAUSE<br />

17.2 Painting <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> work shall be kept separate and the surfaces to be Shall be described for<br />

example glazed, joinery, weather boarding, ro<strong>of</strong> battens etc. It shall be stated whether the<br />

measurements flat or girthed. Alternatively, different surfaces may be grouped into one general item,<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> uneven surfaces being converted into equipment plain area in accordance with table-2.


93<br />

TABLE-2 EQUIVALENT PLAIN AREAS IF UNEVEN SURFACES<br />

S.No Description <strong>of</strong> work How to measure Multiplying<br />

factor<br />

I. Panelled or frames and<br />

braced joinery.<br />

II. Leged and battened or<br />

legged batten and braced .<br />

Measured flat(not girthed)including chowkat<br />

or frame. Edges chocks, cleats, etc. shall be<br />

deemed to be included in the item.<br />

Measured flat(not girthed)including chowkat<br />

or frame. Edges chocks, cleats, etc. shall be<br />

deemed to be included in the item.<br />

1 1/2, (for<br />

each side)<br />

1 1/2,(for<br />

each side)<br />

III. Flush Measured flat(not girthed)including chowkat<br />

or frame. Edges chocks, cleats, etc. shall be<br />

deemed to be included in the item.<br />

IV. Fully glazed or gauzed. Measured flat(not girthed)including chowkat<br />

or frame. Edges chocks, cleats, etc. shall be<br />

deemed to be included in the item.<br />

1 (for each<br />

side)<br />

1/2, (for<br />

each side)<br />

Part paneled or part glazed or<br />

glazed<br />

Measured flat(not girthed)including chowkat<br />

or frame. Edges chocks, cleats, etc. shall be<br />

deemed to be included in the item.<br />

1 (for each<br />

side)<br />

V. Fully venetioned <strong>of</strong> louvred Measured flat(not girthed)including chowkat<br />

or frame. Edges chocks, cleats, etc. shall be<br />

deemed to be included in the item.<br />

VI. Weather boarding Measured flat (not girthed) supporting frame<br />

work shall not be measured separately.<br />

1 1/2,(for<br />

each side)<br />

1 1/2,(for<br />

each side)<br />

VII. Wood shingle ro<strong>of</strong>ing Measured flat (not girthed) 11/8(for<br />

each side)<br />

VIII.<br />

Boarding with covered fillets<br />

&match boarding<br />

Measured flat (not girthed)<br />

1 1/20(for<br />

each side)<br />

IX. Tile and slate battening Measurement flat over all no deduction shall<br />

be made for open spaces.<br />

3/4 (for<br />

painting all<br />

over)<br />

X. Trellis (or jaffari) work one<br />

way or two day.<br />

Measurement flat over all no deduction shall<br />

be made for open spaces (supporting<br />

members shall not be measured separately)<br />

2 (for<br />

painting all<br />

over)<br />

XI.<br />

Guard bars, balustrades, gratings Measurement flat over all no deduction shall<br />

and railings.<br />

be made for open spaces (supporting<br />

members shall not be measured separately)<br />

1 (for<br />

painting all<br />

over)<br />

XII. Gates and open palisade Measured flat 1 (for


fencing including standards bracing, (see note)<br />

rails, stays etc.<br />

94<br />

painting all<br />

over)<br />

XIII. Carved or enriched work. Measured flat 2(for each<br />

side)<br />

XIV. Steel rolling shutters. Measure flat overall jamb guices, bottom<br />

rails and locking arrangement etc. shall be<br />

included in the item.<br />

1 1/4(for<br />

each side)<br />

NOTE: The highest shall be taken from the bottom <strong>of</strong> the lowest rate if the palisades do not go below it<br />

(or from the lower end <strong>of</strong> palisades, if the project below the lowest rail) upto the top <strong>of</strong> palisades, but not<br />

upto the top <strong>of</strong> standards, they are higher than the palisades.


95<br />

SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALUMINIUM DOORS / WINDOWS / LOUVER JAMBS<br />

1. The material shall be specially designed aluminum extruded sections <strong>of</strong> proper alloy having<br />

maximum corrosion resistance and best mechanical properties. It shall conform to IS : SHE 9<br />

WP. All sections shall be anodized in natural matt finish. All fasteners such as nuts, bolts,<br />

screws and washers shall be <strong>of</strong> aluminum.<br />

No welding shall be allowed and all corner joints shall be mechanically bolted to neat hair line<br />

joints or shall be patented interlocking ones.<br />

Doors:<br />

The door leaves shall be prepared to receive “ thick glass. Neoprene dry set glazing gaskets<br />

with snap in leveled metal glazing stops inside and out or any other equivalent glazing<br />

arrangement shall be provided to the frames to hold the glass firmly in position. No glazing<br />

arrangement which requires visible screws shall be accepted as visible screws are likely to<br />

loose their plating and rust and will impair the appearance <strong>of</strong> the aluminium door.<br />

All shutters shall be provided with double action automatic floor closures’ single action open out<br />

on <strong>of</strong>fset pivots with automatic overhead spring closures which shall be fixed to the frame such<br />

that they will be flush with floor level.<br />

The shutters shall be provided with security lock two bolts and handles <strong>of</strong> approved make and<br />

design. Butt hinges or pivots shall be provided as desired,<br />

Windows:<br />

All windows shall be provided with weather stripping in order to make them completely water<br />

and air tight. The frames shall be so designed to receive glazing either inside or outside.<br />

The louvered windows shall be adjustable, ensure desired ventilation and stay open in any<br />

required position. They shall have symmetrical roto-operators geared to lock in any position.<br />

Provision should be there for locking in closed position and the window shall not be operable<br />

from outside.<br />

Jambs and Mullions will have suitable wall thickness. There shall be two actuator bars one on<br />

each jamb. Actuator bars, links, rivets, screws etc., shall be <strong>of</strong> aluminum.<br />

Jambs shall require a flat installation contact surface. Jambs shall be singly screwed, plumb and<br />

to line to the sides <strong>of</strong> the openings. Mullions for double or multiple units shall consist <strong>of</strong> two<br />

alluminiurn jambs fastened together and anchored at the top and bottom <strong>of</strong> the construction<br />

opening.<br />

Each blade clip shall be <strong>of</strong> one-piece aluminum alloy and riveted to jamb at required spacing<br />

centers. It shall be well balanced and <strong>of</strong> design where louver blades <strong>of</strong> specified thickness can<br />

be inserted from inside without the use <strong>of</strong> special blades.<br />

Additional Conditions:<br />

These additional conditions shall be read in conjunction with general conditions, special<br />

conditions<br />

1) The drawings enclosed indicate the sizes and designs <strong>of</strong> alluminiurn frames. The contractor<br />

shall submit complete shop drawings indicating overall dimensions <strong>of</strong> frames, frame sections,<br />

fixing details and details <strong>of</strong> intermediate and coiner mullions for approval within one week from<br />

the date <strong>of</strong> work order—Fabrication shall commence only after approval is given to shop<br />

drawings.<br />

2) One specirnen sample should be submitted along with the tender for appreciation <strong>of</strong><br />

workmanship, finish etc , specimen <strong>of</strong> the successful tenderer will be retained as sample and<br />

those <strong>of</strong> unsuccessful tenderers will be returned. Submission <strong>of</strong> samples and taking back <strong>of</strong>


96<br />

rejected samples shall be the responsibility and at the cost <strong>of</strong> respective tenderers. Tenders not<br />

accompanied with specimen samples are liable for rejection.<br />

3) The quality <strong>of</strong> workmanship and finishing <strong>of</strong> the frames shall be <strong>of</strong> the highest order. The entire<br />

work shall conform to the workmanship, finish and quality <strong>of</strong> approved samples and frames<br />

which do not tally, with approved sample in all respects will be rejected even after these are<br />

brought to site.<br />

4) The rates should be quoted for the units specified in Schedule ‘A’ arid should be inclusive <strong>of</strong> all<br />

taxes, excise duty, freight charges for delivery at site etc. complete. Necessary ‘C or ‘D’ form will<br />

be issued by Corporation if required on application.<br />

5) Payment will be made only after the doors and windows are delivered at site, inspected and<br />

accepted by the Corporation and no other condition is acceptable.<br />

6) Each tender must be accompanied by sketches showing the sections proposed for various<br />

members and their unit weights.


97<br />

SPECIFICATIONS AND CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY OF STEEL DOORS WINDOWS AND<br />

PARTITIONS:<br />

1. These additional conditions and specifications shall be read in connection with general<br />

conditions, and special conditions.<br />

2. Steel windows should be <strong>of</strong> the designs as per drawings enclosed. All sections should conform<br />

to IS-1038 latest.<br />

3. The fabrication <strong>of</strong> windows should be done with flash butt welding.<br />

4. One specimen sample <strong>of</strong> a steel window should be submitted along with the tenders for<br />

appreciation <strong>of</strong> workmanship, finish etc. Specimen <strong>of</strong> the successful tenderer will be retained as<br />

sample and those <strong>of</strong> the unsuccessful tenderer will be returned. Submission <strong>of</strong> the samples and<br />

taking back <strong>of</strong> rejected samples shall be at the cost <strong>of</strong> respective tenderers. Tenders not<br />

accompanied with specimen samples are liable for rejection.<br />

5. Shop drawings showing all the details is such as overall dimensions <strong>of</strong> the frame, standard<br />

sections and fittings (size and made) proposed location <strong>of</strong> hold fast or holes for fixing beadings<br />

for all categories should be submitted for approval within one week from the date <strong>of</strong> work order.<br />

Fabrication should commence only after approval is given to shop drawings.<br />

6. Fittings and hinges as per specifications below should be provided for doors and windows.<br />

For Doors: Individual or in Partitions<br />

a. Each shutter shall be fitted with 4 Nos 4” long steel butt hinges welded to the frame.<br />

b. Standard hold fasts rawl plugs shall be provided to the frames for fixing in masonry, floor, and<br />

beams etc.<br />

c. i. For single shutter opening in doors and partitions, mortice lock o Harrison or approved<br />

equivalent<br />

make with 4 levers shall be provided in the metal band portion but without handles.<br />

ii. For double shutter opening tower bolts <strong>of</strong> approved make and size at top and bottom to one<br />

shutter and mortice lock <strong>of</strong> Harrison or approved equivalent make with 4 levers in metal band<br />

to the others shutter shall be provided.<br />

iii. Where PULBOLOK is specified on drawing, it shall be <strong>of</strong> approved quality and make<br />

For side Hung Windows (Independent an in combination with Doors)<br />

a. Each shutters is hung on three butt hinges with brass and steel washer and pins.<br />

b. The shutters for open able portions <strong>of</strong> windows shall be provided with pressed aluminium<br />

handles mounted on machined mild steel plates welded to the opening frames. Handles shall be<br />

<strong>of</strong> two point type which engage the taper plates provided on fixed position, and shall have spring<br />

and nylon washers.<br />

c. The windows are provided with peg stays in pressed aluminium <strong>of</strong> approved make. Pegs and<br />

brackets are rivetted to frames The peg stays are provided with three holes to keep the shutters<br />

open in three different positions upto 90 degrees. A locking bracket is provided, fixed on the<br />

steel fixed frame to hold the peg stay arm when the shutter is closed.<br />

d. All window shutters shall have concealed lower bolts as shown in drawing.


For top hung windows (Independent or in combination with doors)<br />

a. Each shutter shall be hung on 2 No. steel hinges with brass and steel washer and pins.<br />

b. Suitable peg stays <strong>of</strong> approved material to regulate opening <strong>of</strong> the shutters and adequate<br />

locking arrangement shall be provided to the frame.<br />

98<br />

Centrally hung horizontally pivoted panels.<br />

Shall be provided with adjustable friction cup pivots and spring catch at top <strong>of</strong> panel for hand<br />

operation.<br />

7. The quality workmanship and finishing <strong>of</strong> the frames should be <strong>of</strong> the highest order as specified<br />

in the latest Indian Standards. The entire work shall conform to the workmanship finish and<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> the approved sample and frames which do not tally with the approved sample in all<br />

respects will be rejected even after these are brought to site for handing over<br />

8. The rates should be quoted for the units specified in the schedule ‘A’ and should be inclusive <strong>of</strong><br />

all taxes, excise duty, freight charges for delivery at site etc. Complete and rectifications before<br />

and after erection ensuring faultless fitting and operation after erection. Necessary ‘C’ or ‘D’ form<br />

will be issued by the <strong>corporation</strong> if required on application.<br />

9. Payment will be made only after the windows are delivered at site, inspected and accepted by<br />

the Corporation and no other condition is acceptable.


99<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL<br />

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

1. Scope <strong>of</strong> work: This specification provides for the manufacture, assembly, testing before dispatch,<br />

supply and delivery at site, erection and commissioning <strong>of</strong> the installations, cables and sub<br />

distribution boards and wiring for all equipments and lighting fixture.<br />

1.1 The entire work is required to be carried out as per phased programme enclosed from the date <strong>of</strong><br />

awarding contract. The date <strong>of</strong> commissioning is subject to the liquidated damage as specified in<br />

the general conditions <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

1.2 Location: The project is located at Moula Ali, Hyderabad-5000 62.<br />

1.3 Handling and transport facilities at site: The contractor should be responsible for and pay for<br />

the handling and transport <strong>of</strong> all parts and materials covered by this contract from the maker’s work<br />

to the actual site <strong>of</strong> erection, including loading and unloading <strong>of</strong> materials as required. He should be<br />

prepared to make his own arrangements for temporary storage <strong>of</strong> his material and equipments<br />

before and during erection. No facility <strong>of</strong> crane etc. shall be available for the installation and the<br />

contractor should make his own arrangement for this purpose.<br />

1.4 General Conditions: All works covered by this specification should be carried out in accordance<br />

with the “General Conditions <strong>of</strong> the Contract”, attached hereto.<br />

1.5 Standards and specifications: For all materials and equipment in general, ISI specifications and<br />

standards should apply. Where ISI specifications and standards do not exist, the relevant BSS or<br />

ASA etc. should apply. All specifications, standards, Publication etc. specified mean the latest.<br />

Electrical installation should conform to the following wherever applicable:<br />

a) The regulations for electrical equipments in buildings by the I.E.E, London.<br />

b) The Indian Electricity Act. 1960 with latest modifications.<br />

c) The Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 with latest amendments.<br />

d) The regulations for Electrical equipments in buildings issued by the Regional Council <strong>of</strong><br />

Insurance.<br />

e) The Factory Act, 1948.<br />

1.6 Completeness <strong>of</strong> the contract: Any work fittings, accessories or apparatus which may not have<br />

been specifically mentioned in the specification but which are necessary in the equipment for the<br />

efficient working <strong>of</strong> the plant, should be deemed to be included in the contract and should be<br />

executed and provided by the contractor. All plant and apparatus should be complete in all details,<br />

whether such details are mentioned in the specification or not.<br />

1.7 Drawings: Two sets <strong>of</strong> fully informative drawings for general layout foundations <strong>of</strong> the equipment,<br />

assembly, sub-assembly and other detailed drawings <strong>of</strong> all the equipment should be submitted for<br />

our approval. The manufacture <strong>of</strong> any equipment should commence only after obtaining the<br />

approval <strong>of</strong> the Executive Engineer in writing to the correspondence contract drawings.<br />

Six prints and one permanent negative <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> the finally approved drawings incorporating all the<br />

modifications proposed by the Executive Engineer should be submitted. No modifications should be<br />

made in a drawing already approved by the purchaser without his prior consent.<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

Approval <strong>of</strong> the contractor’s drawings should not relieve the contract <strong>of</strong> any part <strong>of</strong> his obligation to<br />

meet all the requirements <strong>of</strong> the contract.<br />

1.8 Instruction Books: The contractor should supply on completion <strong>of</strong> the contract four copies <strong>of</strong> :<br />

a) Full instructions for the working <strong>of</strong> all plant with illustrated literatures.<br />

b) Complete price lists <strong>of</strong> spare parts and tools.<br />

1.9 Testing:<br />

a) The contractor should carry out the tests on different equipments as specified in the subsequent<br />

section with the conditions there<strong>of</strong> in order to unable the Executive Engineer to determine<br />

whether the plants and works comply with the specifications test, conditions in normal working.<br />

The contract should arrange his own equipment required for tests to be carried out in the site on<br />

any <strong>of</strong> equipment.


100<br />

b) Additional Tests: Executive Engineer reserves to himself the right <strong>of</strong> having at his own expense<br />

any inspection or test <strong>of</strong> a reasonable nature carried out in addition to those specified in the<br />

specifications for different equipment at the contractor’s premises or at site to satisfy himself<br />

that the plant and materials comply with the requirements <strong>of</strong> contract. All equipment must be<br />

tested as per relevant IS/BS specification and IS/IEE regulation in the presence <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Executive Engineer or his duly authorized representative.<br />

1.10 Guarantee: The performance <strong>of</strong> all the equipment and the installation should be guaranteed<br />

at least for a minimum period <strong>of</strong> one year for defective material or workmanship. All equipments<br />

must comply with IS/BS specification.<br />

1.11 Interchangeability: All corresponding parts <strong>of</strong> similar plant and equipment should be<br />

interchangeable in every way.<br />

1.12 Foundation Bolts: All plants and equipment should be supplied with a complete set <strong>of</strong><br />

foundation bolts and all other materials required for the installation <strong>of</strong> the plant and equipment in<br />

position.<br />

1.13 Storage space: Adequate open space will be allotted to the contractor at the site and he should<br />

make his own arrangements for his enclosed storage and be responsible for the custody <strong>of</strong> his<br />

material before and during the erection.<br />

1.14 Power Supply: Power Supply is available at the site at present.<br />

1.15 Finish: The finish <strong>of</strong> all the equipment should be such that they can withstand the weather <strong>of</strong><br />

Hyderabad. All the equipment should be furnished with T A grey colour.<br />

1.16 Spares: The tenderer shall quote separately for spares recommended by this specification.<br />

Detailed list <strong>of</strong> spare parts for the equipment shall be submitted.<br />

1.17 Tools: All special tools required for dismantling and assembly <strong>of</strong> the equipment covered by the<br />

contractor shall be supplied and included in the contract. A list <strong>of</strong> items that will be supplied by the<br />

contractor should be submitted along with the tender.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCH BOARDS<br />

1.0 General: This specification covers the manufacture, testing and supply <strong>of</strong> indoor type, medium voltage<br />

switchboards.<br />

1.1 The switch boards shall be air break, free standing combination fuse type suitable for use on 440 volts<br />

3phase 4wire 50cycles per second system.<br />

1.2 Standards & Quantity:<br />

1.2.1 The complete equipment, materials and accessories <strong>of</strong>fered shall conform to the requirements laid<br />

out in the latest relevant Indian standards or British Standards.<br />

1.2.2 The equipment <strong>of</strong>fered shall be factory assembled and tested at every stage <strong>of</strong> manufacture and the<br />

workmanship should be <strong>of</strong> the high order.<br />

1.3 The switch boards shall be industrial type, dust and vermin pro<strong>of</strong> and designed to facilitate easy<br />

inspection, cleaning and repairs and for use where continuity <strong>of</strong> operation is the first and foremost<br />

consideration.<br />

1.4 The Board shall be floor mounting or wall mounting wherever specified suitable for erection on<br />

prepared foundation without much skilled supervision. Also, it should be capable <strong>of</strong> being easily<br />

extended at both ends and should have a pleasing appearance.<br />

2.0 Technical:<br />

2.1 Bus bars: The bus bars shall be <strong>of</strong> hard drawn high conductivity copper/aluminium complying with the<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> BS/IS and shall be capable <strong>of</strong> carrying continuously not less than full load current<br />

specified and shall be uniform cross section throughout the length. The bus bars shall be supported on<br />

suitable insulating material such as Permali or Hylam at sufficiently close intervals to prevent busbar<br />

sag and to effectively withstand the electromagnetic stresses in the event <strong>of</strong> a short circuit. All the<br />

busbars and the risers should be fully insulated by means <strong>of</strong> PVS sleeving.<br />

2.2 Fuse switch units: These should comply with IS: 157, BS; 861/1939 and BS: 2510/1954 wherever<br />

applicable, it should be suitable to accommodate high rupturing capacity cartridge fuse links complying<br />

with BS: 88 or IS: 2208 having a certified rupturing capacity <strong>of</strong> not less than 35MVA at 440 volts.


101<br />

2.3.1 The switches shall be <strong>of</strong> double break type and load break duty with quick make break action and<br />

shall be capable <strong>of</strong> making and breaking 300% <strong>of</strong> the rated current.<br />

2.3.2 The interior arrangement <strong>of</strong> the switch must be such that all the “live” metal is shorted. The contacts<br />

<strong>of</strong> the switch should be silver plated. The moving contacts should be mounted on their own operating<br />

shaft so that they can be removed as a complete sub-assembly to facilitate inspection and<br />

maintenance. The operating mechanism should be crisp and positive in action and it should be a quick<br />

make and quick break switch capable <strong>of</strong> controlling all types <strong>of</strong> loads, including capacitors.<br />

Switch Boards:<br />

2.4 Construction: the switch units shall be secured in a manner as to permit change in position or<br />

assembly without difficulty or structural alterations. The raiser connections from the unit to the busbars<br />

should be in solid copper which shall be suitably insulated at the point <strong>of</strong> entry into the busbar chamber<br />

as far as possible the raiser connections should be connected to the busbars by means <strong>of</strong> clamps, in<br />

order to obviate the drilling the busbars. An insulating barrier should to interposed between the unit and<br />

the busbar chamber and where the raiser connections pass through this barrier, rubber bushes should<br />

be provided. The busbars and the raiser connections should have sufficient mechanical strength to<br />

withstand the effects<br />

Of a 25MVA short circuit until it can be cleared by the appropriate protecting device. All the raisers and<br />

the busbars should be clearly marked with a appropriate colour code to enable immediate identification<br />

<strong>of</strong> the phases and neutral.<br />

The floorstands have sufficient mechanical strength to carry the weight <strong>of</strong> entire switchboard safely.<br />

The height <strong>of</strong> the floorstands shall be such as to allow the appropriate termination <strong>of</strong> cables in the<br />

switches mounted above or below the busbar chamber at convenient operational heights The top<br />

mounted S.F units should be at a convenient height, for some reason, this is not possible, then such<br />

units should be fitted with eyeleted operating handles and an operating pole is to be supplied with each<br />

such board.<br />

The switchboard should be complete with all necessary self-contained interconnections, small wiring<br />

for instruments and suitably engraved designation labels made out <strong>of</strong> white plastic with black<br />

inscriptions. The boards should also be extensible on both sides to allow for additional units to be<br />

added at a later date.<br />

DISTIBUTION USE BOARDS:<br />

2.5 The distribution board should comply with BS: 214 in all aspects.<br />

Construction:<br />

The distribution fuse board should comprise an all-welded fabricated sheet steel case and door or<br />

robust and rigid construction, designed to exclude dust. The boor should be secured by robust<br />

fasteners, enabling dust-protecting gasket to be compressed quickly and easily. The Distribution board<br />

should be provided with undrilled detachable and plates at the top and bottom and should be complete<br />

with suitable wall fixing arrangements.<br />

The fuse fittings should be <strong>of</strong> high grade phenolic mouldings and must be non-hygroscopic and noninflammable.<br />

They should be suitable to receive high rupturing capacity cartridge fuse links complying<br />

with BS: 88 or IS: 2208 and having rupturing capacity <strong>of</strong> not less than 35MVA at 440volts. There must<br />

be a viewing apperature on the fuse fittings to facilitate location <strong>of</strong> blown cartridge fuse-links. The fuse<br />

fittings should be mounted on a high grade rigid insulating support and connected by busbars. The<br />

cable sockets <strong>of</strong> each fuse-bank should be situated centrally and must be covered by an insulating<br />

shroud for safety. The interior <strong>of</strong> the fuse boards <strong>of</strong> rating above 15 Amps. Should be chasis-mounted<br />

and should be removable as a complete unit to facilitate the drawing in <strong>of</strong> cables. In addition, interior <strong>of</strong><br />

fuseboards <strong>of</strong> all ratings should be reversible to give adequate cabling space for either top or bottom<br />

entry <strong>of</strong> the incoming supply to the busbars. It should also be possible to detach individual fuse banks<br />

when desired.<br />

Phase separation barriers made out <strong>of</strong> are resistant material should be provided between the fusebanks.<br />

There should be racks for storing spares fuse-links inside the distribution boards and a label for<br />

indicating the designation <strong>of</strong> each circuit. An earthing socket should be fitted to casing <strong>of</strong> the<br />

distribution board.


102<br />

It should be possible to convert a Triple Pole distribution board to a Triple board and a neutral board<br />

by the simple addition <strong>of</strong> a neutral bar. For distribution boards upto 15 amp rating, the neutral bar<br />

should have sufficient terminals for full number <strong>of</strong> outgoing circuits, so that these can be used for<br />

lighting circuits.<br />

The cable sockets <strong>of</strong> the fuse banks and terminal bores <strong>of</strong> individual fuse fittings should be capable <strong>of</strong><br />

taking appropriate sizes <strong>of</strong> cables with aluminium conductors. In case <strong>of</strong> fuse fittings, special “grub<br />

screws” should be used to tighten cable connections so as to prevent damage to aluminium cables.<br />

2.6 Earthing: Adequate size <strong>of</strong> G.I strips shall be run along the entire length <strong>of</strong> the switchboard.<br />

2.7 Metal treatment: All the steel materials used in the construction <strong>of</strong> the board should have undergone<br />

rigorous rust-pro<strong>of</strong>ing process which must comprise alkaline degreasing, de-scaling in dilute sulphuric<br />

acid and a recognized phosphaping process. The steel work shall then receive two coats <strong>of</strong> filter oxide<br />

primer before final painting. Castings shall be scrupulously cleaned and fettled before receiving a<br />

similar oxide primary coat.<br />

3.0 GENERAL<br />

3.1 Drawings: The successful tenderer shall furnish 2sets <strong>of</strong> all drawings for the above boards supplied<br />

with foundation details and wiring and overall dimensions.<br />

3.2 Test Certificates: The successful tenderer shall furnish 2sets <strong>of</strong> test certificates for the switch boards<br />

supplied.<br />

3.3 Deviations: The successful tenderer shall clearly state the deviations in the tender even not quoted as<br />

per specification and requirements.<br />

3.4 The contractor shall provide at his own cost, enamelled danger boards and caution notices on each <strong>of</strong><br />

the panel board/distribution board as required by Engineer-in-charge.<br />

3.5 The contractor shall provide at his own cost, electric shock treatment chart duly mounted in frames in<br />

control/panel room and other important locations as per the instructions <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-charge.<br />

INSTALLATION OF POWER CABLES AND ACCESSORIES<br />

GENERAL SPECIFICATION<br />

1. Scope: The specification covers the supply and installation <strong>of</strong> power cables at the site and supply <strong>of</strong> all<br />

accessories for the same the work in general consists <strong>of</strong> supply and installation <strong>of</strong> PVC power cables.<br />

The tenderer shall include for all materials and accessories which are necessary for the work. Such parts<br />

<strong>of</strong> accessories shall be considered to be within the scope <strong>of</strong> this specification whether they have been<br />

specifically mentioned or not.<br />

2. Materials and workmanship:<br />

2.1 All materials used shall be new and best available for this purpose and shall be capable <strong>of</strong> withstanding<br />

the variation <strong>of</strong> working conditions at site without distortion or deterioration or the setting up <strong>of</strong> any<br />

undue stresses.<br />

2.2 All armoured PVC cables mentioned in the schedule should be PVC insulated, PVC jacketed and<br />

single galvanized steel wire armoured and PVC sheathed cable and must comply with the latest I.S/B.S<br />

specification.<br />

3. Supervisions: The contractor shall keep a competent qualified experienced and approved electrical<br />

engineer on the works who will be responsible for the carrying out <strong>of</strong> the work in accordance with<br />

drawings, specifications and instructions. All workmen employed shall be duly qualified and skilled.<br />

4. Particulars <strong>of</strong> works: The work comprises supply, laying, erecting, fixing, connecting, jointing, and<br />

other incidental works, including testing, energizing and maintenance <strong>of</strong> all power cables and supply <strong>of</strong><br />

cable joint boxes and accessories as listed in the annexed schedule.<br />

5. Compliance with regulations:<br />

5.1 All apparatus and materials supplied and all works carried out shall comply in all respects with existing<br />

rules and regulations either B.S or S.I.<br />

6. General rules for cable laying:<br />

6.1 The cables will be laid as specified by Executive Engineer.<br />

6.2 Where cables pass through humepipes, the contractor shall fix hard wood bushes around the cables at<br />

the end <strong>of</strong> the pipes, where the cables pass through the floors or chambers and in such other situations<br />

the contractor shall seal cables hole in a manner approved by the Executive Engineer. Wherever cables<br />

pass through roads nullahs etc. cables must be protected by class A hume /G.I pipe <strong>of</strong> suitable diameter.


103<br />

6.3 The cable route shall be the shortest and there shall be minimum interference with built up areas lawns<br />

etc.<br />

6.4 The trench shall be not less than ½ metre wide and 1metre deep, for laying one cable. If more cables<br />

are to be laid, the width should be suitably increased. An inter-axial clearance <strong>of</strong> at least 100mm shall be<br />

maintained between cables. Before the cables are laid, the surface where gradient is unavoidable, it<br />

should be gradual. A cushion <strong>of</strong> 75cms. below the cable should be provided with riddled earth or sand.<br />

Cables shall be mechanically protected by placing cement, stone <strong>of</strong> 23 X 11.5 X 3.8cm (approx). While<br />

refilling care should be taken that the surface is brought to the original finish.<br />

6.5 Care should be exercised for providing suitable props for supporting other service lines unearthed at<br />

the time <strong>of</strong> excavation where cutting <strong>of</strong> a lawn become unavoidable, it should be with the approval <strong>of</strong><br />

Engineer-in-charge.<br />

6.6 Proper care should be exercised in handling the cable to avoid formation on knicks etc. and where it<br />

becomes necessary, the cable shall be bent to a curve which is nit less than 20times the diameter <strong>of</strong> the<br />

cables.<br />

6.7 Where cables are laid in built up branches they shall be fixed with angle iron frame to be furnished by<br />

the contractor, unless specified otherwise. Distinguishing marks shall be made on the cable for<br />

identification.<br />

6.8 At termination points and joints, suitable loops shall be kept for emergency. At joints the extra length<br />

may be provided in the form <strong>of</strong> ‘S’ for future use in case <strong>of</strong> cable laid in ground cable makers at<br />

convenient intervals and crossing <strong>of</strong> roads etc. shall be fixed along the route <strong>of</strong> the cable.<br />

6.9 The end <strong>of</strong> the unused cables shall be immediately sealed by the contractor at his own cost.<br />

6.10 Megger insulation tests shall be carried out before connecting the cables to respective isolators.<br />

Hypstential test shall be carried out and every cable should withstand the voltages as specified in<br />

relevant standards.<br />

SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION IN BUILDINGS<br />

1. General:<br />

These specifications relate to the electrical installations in the buildings <strong>of</strong> the Electronics Corporation Of<br />

India Limited, Hyderabad. The specifications cover general requirements to be fulfilled. These general<br />

specifications are supplemented by the special specifications for the particular building, separately<br />

attached.<br />

1.1 Applicable rules and Regulations:<br />

The installation shall be carried out conformity with the regulations for the electrical equipments <strong>of</strong><br />

buildings, published by the Institute <strong>of</strong> electrical Engineers, London (13 th Edition 1955 and ad amended<br />

upto-date) hereinafter referred to as the I.E.E wiring regulations, where these specifications or the<br />

special specifications for the particular building attached hereto are at variance with the I.E.E<br />

regulations, those specifications or special specifications as the case may be shall be followed. The<br />

installation shall also comply with the requirements <strong>of</strong> the Indian-Electricity Act 1910 as amended uptodate<br />

and rules issued thereunder where not specified otherwise, the installation should generally follow<br />

the Indian Standard codes <strong>of</strong> practice and in their absence, the relevant British Standard Codes <strong>of</strong><br />

Practice. All the materials shall comply with the relevant Indian Standard or British Standard<br />

Specifications.<br />

1.2 Definitions:<br />

The definitions <strong>of</strong> Terms in the I.E.E. regulations shall apply in general, except the definition <strong>of</strong> point<br />

wiring which shall be clause 2.2.2<br />

1.3 Drawings:<br />

The tender drawings only indicate the general scheme <strong>of</strong> requirements. The exact position <strong>of</strong> all points,<br />

control switch boxes, runs <strong>of</strong> wiring and/or conduits, joint boxes and inspections boxes, main and subdistribution<br />

boards main and submains etc shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge, before the<br />

commencement <strong>of</strong> the work wherever required, detailed drawings shall be prepared and got approved<br />

by then Engineer-in-charge. All circuits shall be clearly numbered in wiring diagrams and buildings<br />

plans. The detailed design <strong>of</strong> a switch board, special fixture or any other part <strong>of</strong> the electrical<br />

installation as may be called for by then Engineer-in-charge shall also be supplied by then contractor<br />

and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge, 4sets <strong>of</strong> completion drawings and wiring diagrams


104<br />

showing installations as executed shall be supplied along with the completion certificate required under<br />

section 1.8.<br />

1.4 Materials:<br />

All materials shall be new and <strong>of</strong> the best quality conforming to the relevant I.S or B.S specifications.<br />

They must be the products <strong>of</strong> reliable manufacture <strong>of</strong> many years <strong>of</strong> standing all life parts <strong>of</strong> materials<br />

shall be interchangeable in case <strong>of</strong> equipment such as circuit breakers switch fuses etc. a descriptive<br />

and illustrated literature shall accompany the tender. The names <strong>of</strong> manufacturers <strong>of</strong> various materials<br />

shall be furnished in the pr<strong>of</strong>orma. Samples <strong>of</strong> materials wherever required, shall be got approved by<br />

the Engineer-in-charge before use in the installation. One set if such approved samples shall be<br />

deposited with the Engineer-in-charge. All materials shall be <strong>of</strong> rust-pro<strong>of</strong> materials or rendered rust<br />

pro<strong>of</strong> by application <strong>of</strong> suitable paints. The supply <strong>of</strong> all equipments, switch gears etc., shall be<br />

complete with all the accessories fittings and mounting as may be required for their due performance.<br />

1.5 Workmanship:<br />

Good workmanship and neat finished appearance are the prerequisites for complying with the clauses<br />

if these specifications. With a view to ensure fine workmanship, the tenderers shall employee licensed<br />

wireman with an experience <strong>of</strong> not less than 5years in the the type <strong>of</strong> they are engaged. The work<br />

should be under the supervisions <strong>of</strong> licensed electrical supervisors with good educational qualifications<br />

and considerable experience. Tenders shall furnish the names <strong>of</strong> the supervisors and their wireman<br />

who will be engaged on this work details <strong>of</strong> their experience in the pr<strong>of</strong>orma required.<br />

1.6 Co-operation with civil and other works:<br />

The tenderer after the award <strong>of</strong> the contract shall co-operate with the civil and other contractors and<br />

shall coordinate his work with the work <strong>of</strong> the other contractors with the least amount <strong>of</strong> dis-location<br />

and interference to the other works. Tenderers shall go through the drawings carefully and shall furnish<br />

the Engineer-in-charge with all the details <strong>of</strong> openings in the walls etc. that may be required for<br />

concealing any <strong>of</strong> the electrical equipments or accessories. Where the contractor fails to furnish such<br />

information as may be required for the purpose <strong>of</strong> concealing the equipments etc They shall be made<br />

at his cost and expense. Any alterations to parts <strong>of</strong> the buildings shall be carried out with prior<br />

permission <strong>of</strong> the competent authority. All chases, ducts holes etc. made in the walls or in any other<br />

civil or structural work shall be made good at the contractors expense and brought to the original<br />

shape, finish and colour.<br />

1.7 Painting:<br />

After the complete installation and testing, all the equipment conduits etc. shall be given two<br />

coats <strong>of</strong> plant <strong>of</strong> the approved make and colour all distribution boards, switches etc. shall be designed<br />

and labelled clearly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

1.8 Completion certificate and maintenance Guarantee:<br />

After the completion <strong>of</strong> the installation and testing the contractor should furnish a certificate in the<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>orma in Appendix 1 at the time <strong>of</strong> testing over the installation by the department. The installation<br />

shall be guaranteed for a period <strong>of</strong> 12 months from the date <strong>of</strong> taking over by the department .During<br />

the period <strong>of</strong> guarantee all defects in material or in workmanship, shall be rectified or replaced free <strong>of</strong><br />

cost to the department.<br />

1.9 General Conditions <strong>of</strong> contract:<br />

The specifications are governed by the general conditions <strong>of</strong> contract attached hereto.<br />

1.10 Tenders ability:<br />

Inorder to unable the department to assess the ability <strong>of</strong> the tenderer to execute the work<br />

the tenderer shall furnish evidence <strong>of</strong> his experience and capacity to carry out the work <strong>of</strong><br />

the magnitude and nature tendered.<br />

1.11 Rates:<br />

The rates <strong>of</strong> items shall include all taxes, transport loading, unloading charges and all such<br />

charges that may be required to be incurred for the supply and installation <strong>of</strong> the materials. The rate<br />

shall be fir and variations in the market ate not entertained. As far as possible good quality, indigenous<br />

materials only shall be included for supply. Where it is unavoidable imported items may be included<br />

and the tenderer should clearly indicate materials, quantity, rate and amount <strong>of</strong> these items.<br />

1.12 Power Supply:


105<br />

Metered single phase or 3phase power at once joint <strong>of</strong> supply will be made available by the ECIL.<br />

Further extension shall be carried out by the contractor. All such extension shall be done with the<br />

permission <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge and in conformity with I.E.E. regulations I.E. Act 1910 etc.<br />

1.13 Storage Space:<br />

The tenderer shall prime facie make his own storing arrangements on site. The ECIL may consider<br />

giving covered space as and when available.<br />

1.14 Departure from the specifications:<br />

The tenderer should clearly indicate departures, if any from the specifications, with reasons for the<br />

same.<br />

2. TECHNICAL:<br />

2.1 Supply System: The wiring installation shall be suitable for 3phase 400/440V 50cycles systems <strong>of</strong><br />

supply.<br />

2.2 Wiring for lights and fans:<br />

2.2.1 Looping system <strong>of</strong> wiring shall be adopted. No joints shall be made at intermediate runs <strong>of</strong> cables<br />

and where they are unavoidable such joints shall be through approved mechanical connections.<br />

2.2.2 Point Wiring:<br />

Point wiring shall consist if the branch wiring from the final sub-distribution board together with the<br />

controlling switch (or push) as far as and including the ceiling rose or any other approved connector or<br />

socket outlet. In case <strong>of</strong> more than one light being controlled by one switch, the wiring upto ceiling rose<br />

<strong>of</strong> the first light including the switch shall be considered as ‘Primary’ point. Loop wiring from light to light<br />

shall be considered as a ‘secondary’ point and rates shall be quoted separately.<br />

2.2.3 Conductors:<br />

No conductors for final circuit wiring for lights and fans and sockets outlets shall have a cross section<br />

less than 2.5 sq. mm aluminium.<br />

2.2.4 Loading:<br />

NO final sub-circuit radiating from the fuse board <strong>of</strong> a sub-distribution board and wired with 2.5 Sq.mm<br />

(AL) cable shall carry more than 6 lights, 4fans or outlets <strong>of</strong> a connected load <strong>of</strong> 1000watts. The<br />

following wattages may be assumed for estimating the load on each sub-circuit unless otherwise<br />

known or specified.<br />

Incandescent lamp : 100watts<br />

Ceiling Fans : 60watts<br />

5A socket outlets (Lighting) : 60watts<br />

4 ft. fluorescent tubes : 50watts<br />

5ft. fluorescent tubes : 100watts<br />

In such distribution board to least one way or preferably two ways shall be left spare for future<br />

requirements. A wiring diagram giving the details <strong>of</strong> the exact utilization <strong>of</strong> the ways shall be prepared<br />

and fixed in the sub-distribution board itself or any other easily accessible place. The ways <strong>of</strong> subdistribution<br />

boards shall accordingly be numbered.<br />

2.2.5 Local Control Switches: Local control switches for circuit carrying less than 5A shall be piano type<br />

<strong>of</strong> an approved make and shall conform to B.S 1299 or equilant I.S. All local control switches shall be<br />

connected in the phase or live conductor only and not in the neutral conductor. Switches shall be fixed<br />

in iron clad box and shall be also placed that the bottom <strong>of</strong> the switch box is 1250mm from the finished<br />

floor level unless otherwise state. All switch boxes shall be provided with 1/8” thick laminated sheet<br />

cover fixed to the switch box with chromium plated counter sunk screws.<br />

2.2.6 Ceiling Rose: No ceiling rose shall be used on circuits having a voltage, normally exceeding 250V.<br />

Only one flexible cord shall be attached to a ceiling rose. Only 2-pin 5A socket outlets shall be provided<br />

in lighting circuits. All sockets outlets shall be provided with a control switch and they shall be mounted<br />

in switch boxes as specified in section 2.2.5<br />

2.2.7 Fittings: These shall be <strong>of</strong> approved type as specified in the tender schedule. The sub-circuit leads<br />

should terminate in a ceiling rose or connector on the fitting and internal connections made there from.<br />

Wherever these fittings are suspended they shall be done so through the conduits and ball and socket<br />

joints unless specified otherwise.<br />

2.2.8 Flexible wiring: Flexible cords <strong>of</strong> less than 14/0076 size shall not be used. The weight <strong>of</strong> suspension<br />

shall be governed by the I.E.E. regulations.


106<br />

2.2.9 Ceiling Fans: All ceiling fans shall be wired to ceiling rose or special connector boxes and<br />

suspended from a hook shackle or clamp and insulated from the same. All joints in the suspension rod<br />

shall be screwed and secured by means <strong>of</strong> split pins.<br />

The fan clamp supplied by the contractor shall be suitable for the ceiling or ro<strong>of</strong> members as the case<br />

may be for concrete ro<strong>of</strong>s, fan hooks shall be buried in concrete during the construction in approved<br />

manner and securely bound to the reinforcement.<br />

2.3 POWER WIRING:<br />

2.3.1 All power wiring shall be carried out in heavy gauge conduit as specified in I.S specifications for<br />

gauge for different sizes <strong>of</strong> conduits, distinctly separate from wiring for light and fans. The minimum<br />

size <strong>of</strong> cable to be used in all power circuits is 4 Sq mm. (A1).<br />

2.3.2 Point wiring: Point wiring for power shall be as defined under section 2.2.2 and shall include the<br />

switches and sockets.<br />

2.3.3 Loading: all distribution boards for power wiring shall be not less than 15A per way loading per way<br />

shall not exceed normally 2000watts. The following loads may be assumed if exact figures are not<br />

known.<br />

3 Pin 15A outlets 2000watts.<br />

3 Pin 5A outlets 500watts.<br />

2.3.4 Socket outlets and control switches: All socket outlets shall be <strong>of</strong> 3pin type, the third pin<br />

connected to the earth stud <strong>of</strong> the nearest distribution board. The socket outlet shall conform to I.S.<br />

1293, 1958. each socket outlets shall be provided with the control switch <strong>of</strong> appropriate rating. The<br />

switch and socket shall be mounted inside the iron clad box provided with 1/8” laminated sheet cover<br />

<strong>of</strong> approved colour. All socket outlets for power shall be mounted at existing level unless otherwise<br />

specified or directed by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

2.3.5 Wiring for motors:<br />

2.3.5.1 Final sub-circuits feeding motors shall be connected to separate ways <strong>of</strong> the distribution board even<br />

if the current in the sub-circuit is less than 15A. No looping is permissible.<br />

2.3.5.2 All wiring shall be carried out in H.G. conduit as specified in I.S specification for gauge for different<br />

sizes <strong>of</strong> conduits. Where the motor is resiliently mounted flexible conduit with approved adopters shall<br />

be used for last few feet. Where cables are used sufficient loop shall be left.<br />

2.3.5.3 All switch fuse units controlling circuits feeding motors shall be provided with HRC fuses unless<br />

otherwise specified.<br />

2.3.5.4 The frame <strong>of</strong> every motor and its associated control gear shall be earthed by two separate and<br />

distinct connections to the earth & conductor shall be capable <strong>of</strong> carrying 3times the rating <strong>of</strong> fuse or<br />

11/2 times the setting <strong>of</strong> the circuit breakers, but in no case less than no.8 S.W.G <strong>of</strong> G.I wire. Where<br />

practicable, the earth connections shall be visible for periodical inspection Gas or water pipes shall not<br />

be used for earth connection.<br />

2.4 CONDUIT WIRING:<br />

2.4.1 Surface conduit wiring systems: Conduit shall be heavy gauge solid drawn or welded and samples<br />

should be got approved. Conduits shall be in accordance with BSS 31 Conduits less than ¾” nominal<br />

dia shall not be used. The number and size <strong>of</strong> wires drawn into a conduit should conform to the<br />

provisions <strong>of</strong> I.E.E. regulations.<br />

2.4.2 Bunching <strong>of</strong> cables: Cables carrying direct current way, if desired, be bunched whatever their<br />

polarity, but cables carrying alternating current if installed in metal conduit shall always be bunched so<br />

that the outgoing and return cables are drawn into the same conduit.<br />

2.4.3 Jointing <strong>of</strong> Conduit:<br />

2.4.4 Precaution against insects and damp: In order to minimize condensation or sweating inside, the<br />

conduit system shall be properly drained and ventilated and in such a manner<br />

As to prevent the entry <strong>of</strong> insects.<br />

2.4.5 Protection <strong>of</strong> conduit against rust: All concealed conduits shall be given two coats <strong>of</strong> exide paint<br />

before they are placed in position. All exposed conduits shall be painted after installation with the<br />

colour as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.


107<br />

2.4.6 Fixing <strong>of</strong> conduits: the conduit shall be fixed to the surface <strong>of</strong> the walls by hospital sladles secured<br />

by rawl plugs fitted in the wall with round headed screws at intervals <strong>of</strong> not more than 1M. All screws<br />

shall be <strong>of</strong> rust pro<strong>of</strong> materials.<br />

2.4.7 Bends in conduits: Bends in conduits run as far as possible shall be made with a conduit bending<br />

machine. Where unavoidable inspection type <strong>of</strong> bends and elbows shall be used, Angles on the face <strong>of</strong><br />

the wall shall arranged by means <strong>of</strong> cast iron inspection boxes, with suitable inlet and outlets sockets<br />

and screwed joints.<br />

2.4.8 Outlets: all outlets for fittings, switches etc. shallbe terminated in an approved outlet box.<br />

2.4.9 Conductors: all conductors used in circuit shall be stranded and PVC insulated. All cables shall be<br />

<strong>of</strong> approved make only.<br />

2.4.10 Erection and earthing conduit: the whole system <strong>of</strong> conduit shall be completely installed before<br />

the conductors are drawn in. the entire metal system <strong>of</strong> the conduit shall be electrically continues<br />

throughout and shall be permanently and efficiently connected to earth. Gas or water pipes must not<br />

be used to obtain on earth connection.<br />

2.5 Recessing <strong>of</strong> conduits:<br />

2.5.1 Making <strong>of</strong> chase: The chase in the walls shall be neatly made and should be <strong>of</strong> ample dimension to<br />

permit the conduit to be fixed in the manner desired. The contractor shall get chase filled up neatly<br />

after laying the conduit and brought to the finish <strong>of</strong> the wall. Conduits to be embedded in R.S structures<br />

shall be put in position and securely bound to the reinforcement before the concrete is poured.<br />

2.5.2 Fixing <strong>of</strong> conduit in chase: The conduit shall be fixed by means <strong>of</strong> stamples not more than 2feet<br />

apart. The conduit shall be protected from rust by two coats <strong>of</strong> suitable paint before erection.<br />

2.5.3 Inspection Boxes: Suitable inspection boxes with ventilating holes shall be provided to permit<br />

periodical inspection and facilitate removal <strong>of</strong> wire, if necessary. These shall be mounted flush with the<br />

wall.<br />

2.5.4 Types <strong>of</strong> accessories to be used: All accessories such as switches and socket outlets <strong>of</strong> approved<br />

type shall be flush and shall be mounted in suitable cast iron or M.S. sheet outlet boxes, recessed in<br />

wall or structure as the case may be.<br />

2.6 Distribution Boards and Panels:<br />

2.6.1 All distribution panels shall comply with the I.E.E rules 60-61. a clear distance <strong>of</strong> 3-0” in front <strong>of</strong> the<br />

switch board, shall be kept, were bare connections or attachments are provided at the back <strong>of</strong> switch<br />

board, the space behind the panel shall be less than 9” or more than 30” clear but corridor <strong>of</strong> 3’-0” wide<br />

and 6’-0” high may be preferably be provided at the back <strong>of</strong> self supporting boards. All wiring<br />

connections shall be made neatly and securely.<br />

2.6.2 For all circuits using all cable <strong>of</strong> 4 Sq. mm and above, cable sockets shall be used. Where sockets<br />

shall be used. Where cable size in less than 4Sq. mm all strands at the boxes <strong>of</strong> distribution boards<br />

shall be designed as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Opposed and <strong>of</strong> the cable should be soldered<br />

together. All connections shall be so made as to conform to their own diagram. Circuits shall be clearly<br />

numbered to correspond to wiring diagram, and switches on all panels shall be clearly designated in a<br />

manner approved by Engineer-in-charge. Names <strong>of</strong> the distribution boards shall be painted as directed<br />

by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

2.6.3 Skeleton type panels shall have a rigid frame work adequately braced and supported. The switch and<br />

distribution boards shall be neatly arranged on the frame. The details <strong>of</strong> the frame work and the<br />

arrangement <strong>of</strong> switches shall be get approved by the Engineer-in-charge before the panel is<br />

fabricated.<br />

2.6.4 All cubicle type panels shall have rigid supporting frames adequately braced over which sheet metal<br />

shall be neatly secured. All switches distribution boards etc. shall be neatly arranged on the panels and<br />

all connections made from the back <strong>of</strong> the switches. The panels shall be rendered dust and vermin<br />

pro<strong>of</strong>. The interior <strong>of</strong> the panels shall not be accessible to unauthorized persons.<br />

2.6.5 The recess type shall be embedded wall in a cupboard with a metal hinged door with locking<br />

arrangement. In all recessed conduit work all distribution boards shall be recessed. Where recessing is<br />

not possible free standing panels may be provide as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

2.7 Switchgear:


108<br />

2.7.1 All T.P. and N. Switch fuse units and distribution boards shall be rated for 500V and D.P. (required for<br />

single phase supply) and S.P. & N. switches and distribution boards for 250V. the HRC cartridge fuse<br />

shall conform to B.S. 88.1952. The distribution boards shall conform to B.S.:214 or the relevant I.S.<br />

2.7.2 The OCB’s shall be suitable for 400/440V 3phase 50cycles supply capable <strong>of</strong> interrupting a fault MVA<br />

<strong>of</strong> not less than 25. the circuit breaker shall conform to the B.S.S 936-1940 with such tripping<br />

arrangements as may be required under special specifications for the building efficient and fool pro<strong>of</strong><br />

mechanical interlocking shall be provided for the safe operation and maintenance. The rate shall be<br />

inclusive <strong>of</strong> the first filling oil.<br />

2.8 Meters:<br />

Meters shall be provided as required in the schedule. Meters shall be dead beat and flush type and be<br />

suitable for 400/440V 3pahse 4wire 50cycles (unbalanced load) supply.<br />

2.9 Testing:<br />

No earth shall be suited at less than 5’ from any part <strong>of</strong> a building. The earth resistance shall be as low<br />

as possible but not more than 0.5 Ohms.<br />

2.9.1 Before an installation or part there<strong>of</strong> is commissioned, insulation resistance should be measured in<br />

the manner prescribed under clause 503 (B) & (C) <strong>of</strong> the I.E.E. regulations.<br />

2.9.2 It is also necessary to conduct an insulation resistance test with lamps and apparatus disconnected<br />

to the neutral and those connected each other pole or phase in turn and the insulation resistance value<br />

should be less than one half the value specified in 2.9.1 above.<br />

2.9.3 The earth conductor including metal conduit cable armouring etc. should be tested for electrical<br />

continuity and the resistance <strong>of</strong> the earth continuity conductor should not exceed 1ohm.<br />

2.9.4 The polarity <strong>of</strong> all no linked single pole switches in two wire three wire or four wire installation shall be<br />

tested in accordance with the I.E.E rules to ensure that the switches are fixed to face conductor only.<br />

2.9.5 All cables shall be tacted after installation in the manner prescribed in IS code <strong>of</strong> practice.<br />

2.9.6 A test report shall be submitted at the time <strong>of</strong> handling over the installation furnishing to test results.<br />

2.9.7 Tenderer will arrange for electrical inspection <strong>of</strong> installations and approved by the Regional Electrical<br />

inspector C.W.P.C. the objections <strong>of</strong> the Electrical inspector should be complied with the contractor<br />

before the final bill is paid. The necessary inspection fee will be paid by ECIL.<br />

SPECIAL TECHNICAL CONDITIONS<br />

1. The entire installation work <strong>of</strong> power, lighting distribution, power distribution in explosive areas shall be<br />

in accordance with the following regulations:<br />

a) Regulations <strong>of</strong> Institute <strong>of</strong> Electrical Engineer, London latest edition for electrical installation <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment in buildings.<br />

b) IS-732-1963 code <strong>of</strong> practice for electrical wiring and fittings in buildings for low and medium<br />

voltages.<br />

c) IS-1946-1961.<br />

d) BS code <strong>of</strong> practice CP 1003 Part 1 1964.<br />

e) IS 2309-1963 lighting protection for buildings.<br />

f) Indian Electricity Rules.<br />

g) IS-1653-1963.<br />

h) IS-1944-1951.<br />

i) C.P. 1004 Part 1-1952 or Relevent I.S.<br />

2. All materials used in installation like switch fuse units, distribution fuse boards, busbars. PVC cables,<br />

power cables, conduits and accessories pull boxes, earthing materials, telephone cables, fixtures and<br />

other materials shall conform to relevant BS/IS specification regarding quality installation and<br />

workmanship. VIR cables will not be accepted for installation work.<br />

3. All heavy gauge conduits shall be <strong>of</strong> resistance welded type with different thickness for difference<br />

diameters as per IS/BS and should be supported on their horizontal or vertical runs at every 1meter<br />

either with hospital saddles or pursued steel saddles fixed to M.S. base plate with machine screws.<br />

The saddles shall be firmly fixed with suitable raw plugs and nettle fold screws. Horizontal or vertical<br />

run <strong>of</strong> conduit shall be provided with inspection coupler or pull boxes for every 70ft. <strong>of</strong> straight run<br />

conduits <strong>of</strong> less than ¾” dia willnot be accepted. Wherever conduits are embedded, they shall be<br />

provided proper earth continuity and shall have G.I pull wire during installation and before embedding<br />

to facilitate pulling wires in conduit M.S boxes if used shall not be made less than 16gauge sheet


109<br />

metal. All conduits shall be painted in a colour to be approved by the Engineer-in-charge after<br />

installation and before handing over. Wherever conduits installed are rusted they must be replaced if<br />

damaged due to rust or painted after removing rust. The installation <strong>of</strong> conduit shall be done in an<br />

approved manner as er drawing and also as per instructions <strong>of</strong> Engineer-in-charge during installation.<br />

4. Wherever conduits are terminated in switches, starters, DBs, busbar chambers, switch boxes pull boxes<br />

etc. they shall be rigidly fixed by heavy gauge look nuts and shall be provided with brass or bablite<br />

bushes. The edges <strong>of</strong> conduit after threading would be reamed pulling wires.<br />

5. The conduit installation for lighting conduit shall have continuous earth continuity which shall be testes<br />

by megger after installation. Wherever pull boxes are provided, the two ends <strong>of</strong> conduits shall be<br />

properly jumpered by No.10 or 12 gauge G.I wire with suitable clamps.<br />

6. All single pole toggle switches as well as plug receptacles <strong>of</strong> 5A or 15A 250V or 100V shall be sopher or<br />

khosla or other approved (approved by Engineer-incharge) make mounted in sheet metal box <strong>of</strong><br />

minimum 16gauge steel plate switches shall be mounted on M.S bracket welded in box. the front <strong>of</strong><br />

box shall have a laminated sheet cover <strong>of</strong> 1/8” thick with beveled edges. The cover should be screwed<br />

on to the box before energizing the wires. The switch knob shall have bake lite ring on front plate <strong>of</strong><br />

cover.<br />

7. All single phase plug receptacles shall have their earth terminal connected by separate<br />

insulated wire to body <strong>of</strong> sheet metal box and 3 phase plug receptacles shall have their earth terminal<br />

connected by independent earth wire ring main earth strips in the building, inside switch box ample<br />

space shall be available around switches for connecting wires to switches. In buildings wire explosion<br />

pro<strong>of</strong> fixtures are installed single phase plug receptacles as well as light points shall be connected to<br />

ring main ground bus installed in the building by separate earth wire <strong>of</strong> approved size.<br />

8. All lighting fixtures <strong>of</strong> whatever types stated in schedule shall be fixed firmly to ceiling either directly to<br />

slab by rigid split bolts <strong>of</strong> sieve 3” long and nut <strong>of</strong> ¼” or to the truss <strong>of</strong> the building by suitable M.S.<br />

brackets, bolts and nuts and down rods <strong>of</strong> minimum3/4” H.C conduit where fixtures have to be<br />

suspended from ceiling. The fixture must be hung with down rods screwed to dome covers <strong>of</strong> conduit<br />

box or by means <strong>of</strong> adjustable ball and socket type flanges as approved by the Engineer-in-charge as<br />

well as stated in drawing. For recess type fixtures steel brackets for 1” X 1/8” or ¼” (depending on type<br />

and weight <strong>of</strong> fixture) has to be fabricated to bolt fixtures sisidly to steel frame and this frame in turn to<br />

be bolted to the false ceiling frame members, unless specified otherwise in the schedule.<br />

Conduits:<br />

9.1 Except in such areas where specially mentioned, exposed conduit installation has to be executed.<br />

Maximum size <strong>of</strong> conduit allowed to be concealed in the slab 1” wherever bigger size <strong>of</strong> conduit is<br />

required a row <strong>of</strong> conduit may be used all terminating in the same box.<br />

9.2 For all installation <strong>of</strong> conduit exposed or embedded, continuity should be ensured for lighting circuits.<br />

For power conduits concealed in slab separate conduits to be laid exclusively for installing earth wire or<br />

strip from terminating points. For plug receptacles separate insulated earth wires should be run in the<br />

conduits.<br />

9.3 All civil works in connection with installation <strong>of</strong> conduits switch plug boxes, cables and its clamps etc,<br />

has to be executed by electrical contractor. The contractor should ensure that wherever wail, ro<strong>of</strong>,<br />

floor, cable trench are chipped for installation <strong>of</strong> electrical work, the surface is finished by civil<br />

contractors. Inside false ceiling he should ensure that frames for supporting recess fixtures are<br />

installed along with false ceiling supports being done by civil contractor, to avoid damage to false<br />

ceiling frame and finished asbestos/plaster <strong>of</strong> pairs sheet. Damage if any done to the above should be<br />

replaced by electrical contractor.<br />

9.4 Wherever conduits are installed to connect wires from non explosion to explosion pro<strong>of</strong> areas conduits<br />

shall be provided with ceiling conduit in non-explosion area and conduit shall be filled with noninflammable<br />

insulated compound after pulling wires in conduits and terminating them.<br />

10. Wherever conduits are installed from an air conditioned area to a non air conditioned area the conduits<br />

in non-air-conditioned shall be provided with pull boxes and they should be filled with non hygroscopic<br />

insulated compound after pulling wires and terminating them.<br />

11. All armoured PVC or PILCDSTA cables shall be rigidly supported on approved mild steel painted<br />

brackets and terminated with suitable size brass glands in case <strong>of</strong> PVC cables, and trifurcating boxes<br />

in case <strong>of</strong> PILCDSTA cables. The armour should be connected to ring main earth in build contractor.


110<br />

12. Iron clad switch fuse unit <strong>of</strong> 500 or 250 volts grade will comply with the specification II. Switches <strong>of</strong><br />

100A and above ratings shall be provided with HRC fuses.<br />

13. The distribution boards shall be rigid sheet metal construction with MEN,Kantark,or other approved<br />

quality (approved by Engineer-in-charge) fuse base, and fuses fixed properly on an insulated base and<br />

having ample size inside DB for neat connection to phase and neutral terminals, the bus bar chamber<br />

shall be <strong>of</strong> rigid sheet metal cover with bus bars <strong>of</strong> suitable size to carry full load rated current as per<br />

BS/IS for current carrying <strong>of</strong> bus bars.<br />

14. All switch board panels and D.Bs to be installed outdoor shall be suitable for outdoor installation with<br />

gaskets to prevent moisture and shall be suitable for installation in Hyderabad atmosphere. Properly<br />

painted with TA grey colour. The outdoor panel/DBs, should be provided with lock type doors.<br />

15. All switches, SP, TPN switch and switch box DBs, starters motors, panels, fixtures, instruments, plug<br />

boxes, earth terminal <strong>of</strong> plug receptacle cable boxes shall be connected by suitable size double G.I. or<br />

copper earth wire depending on current rating <strong>of</strong> equipment and as per BS/IS with suitable cable<br />

sockets at their ends to ring main earth.<br />

16. The air terminal <strong>of</strong> lighting protection <strong>of</strong> building shall be rigidly fixed in a manner acceptable to<br />

Engineer-in-charge and as per drawing.<br />

17. All down earth conductors from air terminals to earth electrodes shall be rigidly fixed supported 1M<br />

apart with suitable steel brackets and connected by that link 18inches above ground between earth<br />

conductor from air terminal.<br />

18. All street light lamp posts brackets, fixtures, chokes and control switch box should be earthed with<br />

suitable size G.I wire one for armour <strong>of</strong> cable and other wire to g.I pipe buried near the pole with<br />

suitable sockets.<br />

19. After installation all equipments and installation work shall be tested as per IS/BS/IEE regulations and<br />

test certificate shall be submitted before handling over installation work. All necessary instruments for<br />

testing <strong>of</strong> installation as per regulation shall be provided by contractor doing installation work. Test<br />

shall be carried out in the presence <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge and his approval obtained for test<br />

results.<br />

20. Location <strong>of</strong> plugs and other equipments shown in the drawings are only approximate. Exact locations<br />

will have to be finalized at the time <strong>of</strong> execution in consultation with Engineer-in-charge.<br />

21. Power cables non-exposed or buried in the floor (inside the building) should be protected mechanically<br />

in a manner approved by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

22. Lighting and plugs circuits should not be taken from the same fuse carrier <strong>of</strong> ICBH, they should be<br />

connected to separate fuse carrier.<br />

23. All individual conduits at their terminal ends in switches, starters, pull boxes, switch boxes must be<br />

provided with threaded toughened PVC busher or approved make.<br />

24. Connection box on street lighting pole: The connection box to be fabricated out 10gauge sheet steel<br />

with perfect edges add front to have flush hinged door with locking arrangements for door. Inside box<br />

to be mounted double pole disconnecting rewireble proclaim fuse outlets (for phase and neutral) choke<br />

condenser on each fixture and to be earthed.<br />

25. Installation <strong>of</strong> all conduit saddles, M.S boxes, fixtures, frame work <strong>of</strong> telephone etc. on wall to be done<br />

with No. 8 nettle fold screw 2” long and switches, D.B panels, cable clamps, fixtures, lighting conductor<br />

supports, starters, etc. shall be fixed on wall or truss with MS bolts and nuts <strong>of</strong> suitable size (as<br />

approved) embedded wall (bolts silt inside wall) with thread and nut to fix equipments on outer wall.<br />

A fort night after installation work is completed as approved by Engineer-in-charge, contractor must<br />

furnish a tracing <strong>of</strong> detailed wiring and installation drawing executed by him along with certificates as<br />

per I.E.E/I.S. for all buildings.<br />

26. Installation Details for all free standing Panels:<br />

The frame work for the switch board panel should have straight vertical and horizontal supports welded<br />

together fabricated from 2” X 2” ¼ M.S angles. At least 3Nos. <strong>of</strong> vertical and 2Nos. <strong>of</strong> horizontal<br />

supports should be used. The tracings to be used in frame for installation <strong>of</strong> equipments like switches,<br />

starters ICDBS etc. should be fabricated from either M.S. flats <strong>of</strong> at least 1 ½” X 1 ¼” size or 1 ½” X 1<br />

½” X 1 ¼” M.S. angles. The bracings should be welded with the frames. The equipments to be<br />

mounted should be at a suitable operating height, which should be fixed by either 1 ½” x 1 ½” along<br />

3/8” X 1 ½” MS nuts and bolts as required and washers greased properly prior to fixing. The frame


111<br />

work should be rigidly fixed to the floor and to the wall both sides by grouting a part <strong>of</strong> frame work to<br />

the floor and to the wall both. The back side <strong>of</strong> the panel should not be more than 9” from the wall. All<br />

groutings should be nicely finished after grouting. Before installation, the frame work should be painted<br />

preferably with red-lead, paint <strong>of</strong> any others approved anticorrosive paint. All nuts and bolts should be<br />

tightened properly after installation.<br />

The panel must have provision for future mounting <strong>of</strong> equipment. The bottom <strong>of</strong> switch and starter unit<br />

should be at least 2” above ground line and panel height should not exceed 7”-0”. All switches and<br />

D.Bs starters should be fixed symmetrically on angles. After installation whole panel with mountings<br />

should be finally spray painted with two coats <strong>of</strong> grey colour. The inter connection between switches<br />

and starters etc. should be neatly done by conduit.<br />

27. Installation details for wall mounting type Panels:<br />

The metal clad TP & N switch fuse unit, starters etc. should be mounted vertically on M.S. brackets <strong>of</strong><br />

suitable size depending on the size <strong>of</strong> the switch, starter etc. the bracket should be fabricated from 1<br />

¼” X 3/16” thick M.S flats or 1” X 1” X 3/16” M.S. angle. The switch should be fixed to the bracket by<br />

fixing 3/8” X 1 ½” along M.S nuts and bolts and washers greased properly prior to fixing. The bottom <strong>of</strong><br />

the switch or starter should be at a height as approved by Engineer-in-charge but not exceeding 4’-6’<br />

from the floor. The M.S bolts should be rigidly fixed to the wall by grouting 3/8” X 2 ½” long split M.S.<br />

bolts and nuts with at least 1 ½” inside brick wall or any other approved manner depending on the<br />

surface. Panels to be fixed on steel columns will be secured by welding MS bolts on columns. No<br />

taping will be on steel columns or other steel members. Before fixing, the M.S. bracket should be<br />

painted with red-lead paint or any other approved anti-corrosive paint. After grouting the surface should<br />

be finished nicely. After installation <strong>of</strong> the switch or starter, all nuts and bolts should be thoroughly<br />

greased and tightened properly.<br />

28. All outdoor panels must be provided with sheet metal kiosk cover with lockable door from <strong>of</strong> panel <strong>of</strong><br />

feeder pillar type.<br />

EARTHING: GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION<br />

1. Specification for installation: the pipe earth shall be provided as per drawing given in Appendix E <strong>of</strong><br />

I.S.S. 732 outside the building at least 10ft. away from the building, at a depth necessary to reach<br />

moist earth surface.<br />

The electrode shall be made <strong>of</strong> pipe having a clean surface not covered by paint enamel or other<br />

poorly conducting materials, and <strong>of</strong> internal diameter not less than 38mm and if made <strong>of</strong> iron or steel,<br />

shall have outer surface galvanized. Electrodes shall, as far as practicable be embedded below<br />

permanent moisture level.<br />

Except where rock is encountered, the upper end <strong>of</strong> the electrode shall be driven into a minimum depth<br />

<strong>of</strong> 1.25meters, below the surface <strong>of</strong> the soil regard less <strong>of</strong> size or number<br />

<strong>of</strong> electrodes used there rock in encountered at a depth <strong>of</strong> less than 1.25meters, the electrodes may be<br />

buried in horizontal trench, and if pipes or rods are used, they shall be not less than 2.5mt in length.<br />

After installation the earthing resistance <strong>of</strong> each earth electrode should be measured by earth<br />

resistance meter in the presence <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in-charge three days after the completion <strong>of</strong> earthing<br />

work, and the value should not be more than ONE OHM. The entire earthing installation shall be done<br />

as per ISI regulations and also as per IEE regulations.<br />

2. Installation <strong>of</strong> hot dip gily galvanized Iron Strip from each earthing electrode to the main Ring<br />

Main Earthings: The galvanized strip shall be connected to earthing electrode and main earthing by<br />

galvanized bolt and nuts and washers, as well as either brazing or welding surfaces along side <strong>of</strong> the<br />

strip as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The portion <strong>of</strong> the strip outside the building should be laid<br />

1M below the finished ground level and shall be preferably a hot biuman coating and if necessary<br />

covered with jute bituminized tape. The portion inside the building should be properly supported on<br />

suitable clamps as approved by the Executive engineer.<br />

3. Installation <strong>of</strong> G.I strip in the form <strong>of</strong> a ‘Ring Main Earth’ should be suitably supported on M.S clamps<br />

(as approved by the Executive Engineer). The joints <strong>of</strong> strips should be either welded (welded portion<br />

given about <strong>of</strong> cold galvanizing point or other protection) or secured by fish plates on either side so as<br />

to ensure adequate contact. All joints in GI wires should be braced or soldered. For indoor grouting the<br />

steel strips and wires shall be laid on walls columns and cable support brackets or long conduit pipe<br />

works. When run on walls they shall be laid at height <strong>of</strong> 400mm above floor level shall preferably be


112<br />

lais at a distance <strong>of</strong> 10mm from wall being supported on suitable M.S. clamps fixed 1meter apart, the<br />

clamps to be approved by the Engineer-in-charge.<br />

The M.S clamps should be grouted inside trench wall, with all masonry materials like cement motor etc.<br />

and the surface should be finally finished.<br />

4. EQUIPMENT EARTHING: Earthing <strong>of</strong> cable boxes shall be carried out as under:<br />

Rating <strong>of</strong> 400V 3Ph. 50C/S equipment in KVA<br />

Size <strong>of</strong> earthing conductor<br />

Up to 5KVA<br />

8 S.W.G.<br />

6 to 15 8 S.W.G.<br />

16 to 50 1” X 1/16”<br />

51 to 75 1” X 1/16”<br />

76 to 100 1” X 1/8”<br />

101 to 125 1” X ¼”<br />

126 to 150 1” X ¼”<br />

151 to 200 1 ½” X ¼”<br />

201 and above 2” X ¼”<br />

NOTE: Earth connections for all H.T motors and switch gear shall not be less than 2” X ¼” G.I strip.<br />

5. The entire earthing must be done as per relevant IEE, ISI regulations and in manner approved by the<br />

Executive Engineer.<br />

6. Electrical Inspector’s acceptance certificate for earthing shall have to be procured by the contractor.


NAME OF THE WORK : CONSTUCTION OF CEMENT GODOWN FOR ESD STORES IN ECIL<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 56 Earthwork excavation for foundation <strong>of</strong> walls in CuM<br />

CuM correct dimensions <strong>of</strong> foundation concrete in all<br />

types <strong>of</strong> soils i.e., s<strong>of</strong>t, hard, very hard, rocky and<br />

earth mixed with boulders upto 460mm dia<br />

including slushy soil but excluding blasting rock or<br />

cutting rock for a depth upto 1.0Mtr. and spreading<br />

the excavated soil in plinth or outside as directed<br />

in layers <strong>of</strong> 200mm to 230mm each within initial<br />

lead upto 50Mtrs. etc., complete and as directed<br />

by Engineer Incharge.<br />

2 7 Cement Concrete 1:4:8 prop., using 40mm gauge CuM<br />

CuM down graded hard granite metal as coarse<br />

aggregate and river sand as fine aggregate in<br />

foundation at all depths including shuttering (if<br />

required) consolidation and curing etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

3 40.5 CRS masonry in CM 1:8 prop., for foundation and CuM<br />

CuM basement including finishing the joints smooth with<br />

same mortar as work proceeds, watering pr<strong>of</strong>usely<br />

etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

4<br />

S C H E D U L E - A<br />

Cement concrete 1:1 1/2 :3 prop., for RCC items<br />

using 20mm gauge down graded hard granite<br />

machine crushed metal including shuttering,<br />

placing in position, machine mixing, vibrating,<br />

finishing & curing etc., complete as per<br />

specifications but excluding cost <strong>of</strong> steel<br />

reinforcement & its fabrication etc., complete and<br />

as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

a 8 For Footings CuM<br />

CuM<br />

b 5.5 For Columns CuM<br />

CuM<br />

c 3.5 For Plinth Beams CuM<br />

CuM<br />

d 3.5 Beams at 3Mtrs. Level CuM<br />

CuM<br />

e 0.5 For Sunshades CuM<br />

CuM<br />

5 2.1 Providing, cutting, bending, placing and binding in MT<br />

MT position MS/Tor steel reinforcement <strong>of</strong> VSP/TMT<br />

confirming to IS-1786-1979 as per specifications<br />

incl. cost <strong>of</strong> wastage and binding wire <strong>of</strong> 20 gauge<br />

for all alltypes types <strong>of</strong> RCC <strong>of</strong> RCC works works at all at levels all etc., levels etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 4


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

6 147 Providing and laying dry rubble soling with rubble CuM<br />

CuM <strong>of</strong> good quality laid to a thickness <strong>of</strong> 230mm as<br />

per specification including filling the interstices<br />

with murrum consolidation, watering etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

7 48 Brick Masonry in CM 1:6 prop., for superstructure CuM<br />

CuM using approved quality bricks as per specifications<br />

for walls <strong>of</strong> thickness 230mm or more including<br />

watering, scaffolding (if required) racking out the<br />

joints etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

8 4 Supplying, Fabrication & fixing medium quality MS Each<br />

Nos pipe trusses <strong>of</strong> 10.5Mtr long as per drawings<br />

including the cost <strong>of</strong> gas cutting and welding rods.<br />

Trusses fixing in RCC columns with base plates<br />

and nut bolts including painting with two coats <strong>of</strong><br />

enamel paint <strong>of</strong> Apcolite 1st quality approved<br />

colour over one coat <strong>of</strong> red oxide primer etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

(No extra payment towards anchor plates, base<br />

plates and top plates. Materials to be used as per<br />

ISI standards).<br />

9 217 Supplying and fixing MS pipes <strong>of</strong> medium quality RM<br />

RM for shed including fabrication to the required sizes<br />

with MS pipes as per drawing for the shed and<br />

painting with two coats <strong>of</strong> synthetic enamel paint<br />

<strong>of</strong> Apcolite first quality approved colour over one<br />

coat <strong>of</strong> primer including all materials and labour<br />

etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge. (IS Code-1161-1979)<br />

10 196 Supplying and fixing <strong>of</strong> GI sheet ro<strong>of</strong> including SqM<br />

SqM ridge sheets with 26 gauge GI corrugated sheet <strong>of</strong><br />

Jindal or its equivalent make including fixing wih J-<br />

Bolts, Bitumenous washers etc., including cost<br />

and conveyance <strong>of</strong> all labour and material etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

11 460 Providing 18mm thick cement plastering 1st coat SqM<br />

SqM in CM 1:4 prop., 14mm thick and 2nd coat in CM<br />

1:3 prop., 4mm thick dubara sponge finishing for<br />

walls including watering, scaffolding smooth<br />

finishing and making grooves both horizontally,<br />

vertically and filling with CM at junction <strong>of</strong> walls<br />

and columns etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

12 460 White washing with Suryacem <strong>of</strong> three coats to SqM<br />

SqM the existing walls and ceiling after scraping the<br />

existing surface perfectly clean and neat, finishing<br />

neatly and carefully at all heights and levels<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 4


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

including scaffolding, incidental charges, curing<br />

etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

13 11.52 Providing and fixing in position MS windows made SqM<br />

SqM with standard 'Z' section including 10mm M.S<br />

square rods at an interval <strong>of</strong> 100mm c/c for safety<br />

including panel filling with weldmesh 12 gauge<br />

including fixing MS tower bolts, handles, pegstays<br />

and painting with one coat <strong>of</strong> anticorrosive red<br />

oxide paint as primer and two coats <strong>of</strong> synthetic<br />

enamel paint <strong>of</strong> apcolite 1st quality approved<br />

colour and shade etc., complete and as directed<br />

by Engineer Incharge.<br />

14 16.5 Supplying and fixing in position rolling shutter <strong>of</strong> SqM<br />

SqM approved quality and design with guaranteed 20<br />

gauge black 75mm interlocking steel slates for<br />

deep convex corrugations with one piece shafts<br />

including pressed steel bottom rail, brackets,<br />

suspension shafts, top rolling spring including ball<br />

bearing arrangement on both inside and outside<br />

including other necessary fixtures and providing<br />

and fixing top cover <strong>of</strong> 18 gauge sheet <strong>of</strong> shape<br />

and size including painting with one coat <strong>of</strong> primer<br />

and two coats <strong>of</strong> synthetic enamel paint <strong>of</strong> Apcolite<br />

first quality approved colour including clamps,<br />

holdfasts, grouting <strong>of</strong> corners with cement mortar<br />

etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

15 171 Providing IPS flooring with CC 1:2:4 prop., 40mm SqM<br />

SqM thick using 20mm gauge down graded hard<br />

granite machine crushed metal over a bed <strong>of</strong> CC<br />

1:5:10 prop., 100mm thick using 40mm gauge<br />

down graded hard granite metal including smooth<br />

finishing, curing etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

16 47 Cement concrete 1:2:4 prop., using 40mm gauge CuM<br />

CuM down graded hard granite metal as coarse<br />

aggregate and river sand as fine aggregate for<br />

road formation including consolidation and curing<br />

etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

17 100 Earth filling in plinth & foundation, selected earth CuM<br />

CuM including watering, ramming and consolidation<br />

200mm to 230mm thick layers etc., complete and<br />

as directed by Engineer Incharge. (Brought from<br />

outside with lead upto 2.0KM from ECIL premises<br />

i.e., near CISF DIG <strong>of</strong>fice backside).<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 3 <strong>of</strong> 4


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

18 6 Providing and laying <strong>of</strong> 300mm dia RCC Hume RM<br />

RM pipe class NP2 <strong>of</strong> ISI including cost <strong>of</strong> required<br />

coller including necessary earthwork excavation<br />

upto 1.50Mtr depth to required slope and gradient<br />

and joints to be done with jute gaskets,<br />

bitumenous compound finished with CM 1:1 prop.,<br />

and refilling the excavated earth after layers by<br />

layers, watering, compaction etc., complete and as<br />

directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

Total …….Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 4 <strong>of</strong> 4


NAME OF THE WORK : PROVIDING AND PAINTING EXTERNAL WALLS AND STRUCTURAL<br />

MEMBERS FOR ALL DIVISIONS INSIDE THE FACTORY IN ECIL.<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1<br />

S C H E D U L E - A<br />

White washing with SuryaCem to the existing<br />

walls and ceiling after scraping the existing<br />

surface perfectly clean and neat, finishing neatly<br />

and carefully at all heights and levels including<br />

scaffolding, incidental charges, curing etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

a 15000 Single coat SqM<br />

SqM<br />

b 7500 Two coats SqM<br />

SqM<br />

2 100 Providing 18mm thick cement plastering 1st coat SqM<br />

SqM in CM 1:4 prop., 14mm thick and 2nd coat in CM<br />

1:3 prop., 4mm thick dubara sponge finishing for<br />

walls including watering, scaffolding, smooth<br />

finishing and making grooves both horizontally,<br />

vertically and filling with CM at junction <strong>of</strong> walls &<br />

columns etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

3 50 Labour charges for filling the holes with brick Each<br />

Nos masonry and also providing cement plaster for the<br />

same at all heights including erection <strong>of</strong><br />

scaffolding, curing etc., complete for the holes <strong>of</strong><br />

size 400x400mm and thickness <strong>of</strong> 230mm or more<br />

etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge. (All necessary materials will be supplied<br />

by department free <strong>of</strong> cost)<br />

4 20000 Painting two coats with ready mixed synthetic SqM<br />

SqM enamel paint <strong>of</strong> Apcolite 1st quality, approved<br />

colour after scraping the existing surface perfectly<br />

clean and neat and making the surface even &<br />

smooth by applying putty or lappam wherever<br />

necessary including cost and conveyance <strong>of</strong><br />

paints, brushes, putty and all other operational and<br />

incidental charges etc., complete and as directed<br />

by Engineer Incharge.<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 2


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

5 48000 Painting with ACE <strong>of</strong> ISI standards approved SqM<br />

SqM quality colour and make two coats over one coat<br />

<strong>of</strong> primer to the outside walls after scraping the<br />

existing surface perfectly clean and neat with wire<br />

brush/sand paper and cleaning with water<br />

including filling the cracks with approved filler or<br />

lappam wherever necessary to make the surface<br />

even and smooth including cost and conveyance<br />

<strong>of</strong> paints, brushes and all other operational and<br />

incidental charges etc., complete and as directed<br />

by Engineer Incharge.<br />

Note:- The contractor shall supply the requirement <strong>of</strong><br />

following paints as per CPWD:<br />

1 For Sl.No.1, Suryacem-one coat..10Kg/100SqM<br />

& Two coats…. 20Kg/100SqM<br />

2 For Sl.No.4, Enamel paint -Two coats..1.0Lit/10SqM<br />

3 For Sl.No.5, ACE outside walls…<br />

Two coats…2 Lit / 10SqM<br />

Primer……..1 Lit / 10SqM<br />

Total …….Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 2


S C H E D U L E - A<br />

NAME OF THE WORK : ANNUL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT FOR OPERATION OF WATER<br />

SUPPLY FUNCTIONS IN ECIL<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 12 Maintenance and Operation <strong>of</strong> water supply Per<br />

Months functions by engaging 2 semi skilled workers in Month<br />

each shift, three shifts and one plumber/fitter (ITI<br />

holder) in General shift to monitor and maintain<br />

regular water supply to various Production<br />

Divisions, Admn. Bldg., and Guest House etc.,.<br />

Their duties are inclusive <strong>of</strong> maintaining water<br />

level in overhead water reserviour, operation <strong>of</strong><br />

Borewells in and outside the factory premises in<br />

THREE shifts and Seven days a week etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

The contractor / Agency shall responsible for<br />

proper handling <strong>of</strong> pipe line and valves etc., any<br />

damage to pipeline or valves due to mishandling<br />

the same shall to be rectified / repaired / replaced<br />

at the risk <strong>of</strong> contractor / Agency.<br />

Note:- The Contractor shall engage a team <strong>of</strong><br />

workers to ensure regular and uninterrupted water<br />

supply. The agency shall obtain security entry<br />

permit on monthly basis for the workers to be<br />

engaged by producing their identity and address<br />

pro<strong>of</strong> and if required police verification.<br />

TOTAL….. Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 1


NAME OF THE WORK : CONSTUCTION OF TEST ROOM IN RID BUILDING IN ECIL<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1<br />

S C H E D U L E - A<br />

Earthwork excavation for foundation <strong>of</strong> Walls in<br />

correct dimensions <strong>of</strong> foundation concrete in all<br />

types <strong>of</strong> soils i.e. s<strong>of</strong>t, hard, very hard, rocky and<br />

earth mixed boulders upto 460mm dia including<br />

slushy soil but excluding blasting rock or cutting<br />

rock including spreading the excavated soil in<br />

plinth or outside as directed in layers <strong>of</strong> 200mm to<br />

230mm each within initial lead upto 50mtrs etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

a. 27 Upto 1.0Mtr. depth<br />

CuM<br />

CuM<br />

b. 19 Above 1.0Mtr. And upto 2.0Mtrs. depth<br />

CuM<br />

CuM<br />

2 3.1 Cement concrete 1:5:10 Prop using 40mm gauge CuM<br />

CuM down graded hard granite metal as coarse<br />

aggregate and river sand as fine aggragate in<br />

foundation at all depths shuttering(if required)<br />

consolidation and curing etc., complete and as<br />

directed by Engineer Incharge. (The required<br />

construction materials must be brought from 50<br />

KM away from Hyderabad.)<br />

3 9.5 CRS masonry in CM 1:8 prop., for foundation and CuM<br />

CuM basement including finishing the joints smooth with<br />

same mortar as work proceeds, watering pr<strong>of</strong>usely<br />

etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.(The required construction materials<br />

must be brought from 50 KM away from<br />

Hyderabad.)<br />

4 22 Cement concrete 1:1 1/2 :3 prop., for RCC items CuM<br />

CuM using 20mm gauge down graded hard granite<br />

machine crushed metal including shuttering,<br />

placing in position, machine mixing, vibrating,<br />

finishing & curing etc., complete as per<br />

specifications but excluding cost <strong>of</strong> steel<br />

reinforcement & its fabrication etc., complete and<br />

as directed by Engineer Incharge.(The required<br />

construction materials must be brought from 50<br />

KM away from Hyderabad.)<br />

5 14 Dismantling the existing brick wall and disposing CuM<br />

CuM the debris with in a lead <strong>of</strong> 1KM away from the<br />

building etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 4


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

6 35 Brick Masonry in CM 1:6 prop., for superstructure CuM<br />

CuM using approved quality bricks as per specifications<br />

for walls <strong>of</strong> thickness 230mm or more including<br />

watering, scaffolding, racking out the joints etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.(The required construction materials<br />

must be brought from 50 KM away from<br />

Hyderabad.)<br />

7 212 Providing 18mm thick cement plastering 1st coat SqM<br />

SqM in CM 1:4 prop., 14mm thick and 2nd coat in CM<br />

1:3 prop., 4mm thick dubara sponge finishing for<br />

walls including watering, scaffolding smooth<br />

finishing and making grooves both horizontally,<br />

vertically and filling with CM at junction <strong>of</strong> walls<br />

and columns etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.(The required construction<br />

materials must be brought from 50 KM away from<br />

Hyderabad.)<br />

8 45.6 Providing cement plastering over the ro<strong>of</strong> in CM SqM<br />

SqM 1:4 prop.,( including mixing with water pro<strong>of</strong>ing<br />

compound) <strong>of</strong> thickness variable as per slopes 20<br />

mm average as per specifications including<br />

smooth finishing on top <strong>of</strong> the surface etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.(The required construction materials<br />

must be brought from 50 KM away from<br />

Hyderabad.)<br />

9 3.9 Brick masonry in CM 1:4 prop., for 115 mm thick SqM<br />

SqM walls including placing one 6 mm dia MS rod at an<br />

interval <strong>of</strong> 300 mm including embedding the same<br />

in mortar, scaffolding, watering etc., complete and<br />

as directed by Engineer Incharge.(As per users<br />

requirement the construction materials brought<br />

from 50 KM away from Hyderabad.)<br />

10 4.1 Fabrication, supply and fixing <strong>of</strong> M.S.sliding door SqM<br />

SqM with 45x45x6 mm thick MS angles/Tees and panel<br />

filling with 18 gauge MS sheet duly providing<br />

neccesary materials and also including cutting,<br />

drilling, welding and fixing in position and all<br />

fixtures and fittings like hinges, aldrops, tower<br />

bolts etc., at top and bottom necessary<br />

angles/channels fixing with wheels including<br />

painting with one coat <strong>of</strong> anticorrosive redoxide<br />

paint as primer and two coats <strong>of</strong> synthetic enamel<br />

paint <strong>of</strong> approved equivalent 1st quality colour and<br />

make etc., complete and as dirercted by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 4


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

11 6 Labour charges for removing AC sheets carefully SqM<br />

SqM without damaging and the same handing over to<br />

ESD stores etc., Complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

12 169 Painting with OBD <strong>of</strong> ISI standard approved SqM<br />

SqM quality colour and make two coats over one coat<br />

<strong>of</strong> primer after scraping the existing surface<br />

perfectly clean and neat and making the surface<br />

even and smooth by applying putty and all other<br />

operational and incidental charges etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

13 102 Painting with ACE <strong>of</strong> ISI standards approved SqM<br />

SqM quality colour and make two coats over one coat<br />

<strong>of</strong> primer to the outside walls after scraping the<br />

existing surface perfectly clean and neat including<br />

filling the cracks with approved filler or lappam<br />

wherever necessary to make the surface even and<br />

smooth including cost and conveyance <strong>of</strong> paints,<br />

brushes and incidental & operational charges etc.,<br />

Complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

14 34 Supply and fixing Vitrified tiles <strong>of</strong> 10 mm thick 600 SqM<br />

SqM x 600 mm size <strong>of</strong> approved 1st quality, colour and<br />

make <strong>of</strong> Johnson or Kazaria as per the<br />

specifications laid Latecrate chemical bedding<br />

after each tile is plastered on back side with<br />

chemical including filling <strong>of</strong> joints with<br />

white/coloured cement as tiles and cleaning with<br />

saw dust as directed and final cleaning with dilute<br />

sulphuric acid etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

15 7.5 Cement concrete 1:2:4 Prop using 20mm gauge CuM<br />

CuM down graded hard granite machine crushed metal<br />

as coarse aggregate and river sand as fine<br />

aggregate for flooring including consolidation and<br />

curing etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.(The required construction materials<br />

must be brought from atleast 50 KM away from<br />

Hyderabad.)<br />

16 2.2 Labour charges for removing MS windows SqM<br />

SqM carefully without damaging and the same handing<br />

over to ESD stores etc., Complete and as directed<br />

by Engineer Incharge.<br />

17 3.6 Providing, cutting, bending, placing and binding in MT<br />

MT position TMT steel reinforcement <strong>of</strong> VSP/TMT<br />

confirming to IS 1786-1979 as per specification<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 3 <strong>of</strong> 4


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

including cost <strong>of</strong> wastage and binding wire <strong>of</strong> 20<br />

gauge for all types <strong>of</strong> reinforced CC works at all<br />

levels etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

18 2.25 Fabrication, supply and fixing <strong>of</strong> M.S.door with SqM<br />

SqM alround door frame made with 50x50x6 mm MS<br />

angle and shutter with 40x40x6 mm MS angle,<br />

panel filling with 10 mm thick MS plate duly<br />

providing neccesary materials including cutting,<br />

drilling, welding and fixing in position and all<br />

fixtures and fittings like hinges, screws, aldrops,<br />

tower bolts, handles including painting with one<br />

coat <strong>of</strong> anticorrosive red oxide paint as primer and<br />

two coats <strong>of</strong> Synthetic enamel paint <strong>of</strong> Apcolite 1st<br />

quality approved colour and shade etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

19 2.25 Providing and fixing teakwood door frame made SqM<br />

SqM with 100x65 mm and 32 mm thick flush door<br />

shutter water pro<strong>of</strong>ing with necessary fittings like<br />

powder coated aluminium aldrop, tower bolts, MS<br />

hinges including with lappam painting with two<br />

coats <strong>of</strong> synthetick enamel paint <strong>of</strong> Apcolite first<br />

quality approved colour over one coat <strong>of</strong> wood<br />

primer etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

20 2.0 Dismantling the existing C.C flooring in correct CuM<br />

CuM dimensions and disposing the debris away from<br />

the building within initial lead upto 1.0Km and<br />

levelling at the place <strong>of</strong> disposal etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge<br />

21 75 Painting two coats with ready mixed synthetic SqM<br />

SqM enamel paint <strong>of</strong> Apcolite 1st quality, approved<br />

colour over one coat <strong>of</strong> primer after scraping the<br />

existing surface even & smooth by applying putty<br />

or lappam wherever necessary including cost and<br />

conveyance <strong>of</strong> paints, brushes, putty and all other<br />

operational and incidental charges etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

Total …….Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 4 <strong>of</strong> 4


IN ECIL<br />

S C H E D U L E - A<br />

NAME OF THE WORK : CIVIL WORKS FOR TRAINING CENTRE AT FIRST FLOOR OF AECS-III BLDG.,<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 90.00 Labour charges for removing MS windows SqM<br />

SqM carefully without damaging and finishing the sides<br />

with cement mortar 1:4 prop., including cost <strong>of</strong> gas<br />

cutting, welding rods etc., and handing over the<br />

removed windows at ESD stores etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

2 25.00 Labour charges for removing MS ventilators SqM<br />

SqM carefully without damaging and finishing the sides<br />

with cement mortar 1:4 prop., including cost <strong>of</strong> gas<br />

cutting, welding rods etc., and handing over the<br />

removed ventilators at ESD stores etc., complete<br />

and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

3 36.00 Labour charges for removing MS Doors carefully SqM<br />

SqM without damaging and finishing the sides with<br />

cement mortar 1:4 prop., including cost <strong>of</strong> gas<br />

cutting, welding rods etc., and handing over the<br />

removed doors at ESD stores etc., complete and<br />

as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

4 14.00 Dismantling the existing RCC shelves carefully Nos.<br />

Nos. and disposing the debris with in a lead <strong>of</strong> 1.0 KM<br />

away from the building etc., complete and as<br />

directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

5 32.37 Dismantling the existing brick wall and disposing CuM<br />

CuM the debris with in a lead <strong>of</strong> 1KM away from the<br />

building etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

6 32.22 Brick Masonry in CM 1:6 prop.for superstructure CuM<br />

CuM using approved quality bricks as per specifications<br />

for walls <strong>of</strong> thickness 230mm or more including<br />

watering, scaffolding, racking out joints etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

7 72.00 Brick masonry in CM 1:4 prop., for 115 mm thick SqM<br />

SqM walls including placing one 6 mm dia MS rod at an<br />

interval <strong>of</strong> 300 mm including embedding the same<br />

mortar, scaffolding, watering etc., complete and as<br />

directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

8 331.50 Providing 18mm thick cement plastering 1st coat SqM<br />

SqM in CM 1:4prop. 14mm thick and 2nd coat in CM<br />

1:3 prop., 4mm thick dubara sponge finishing for<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 3


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

walls including watering, scaffolding, smooth<br />

finishing and making grooves both horizontally,<br />

vertically & filling with CM at junction <strong>of</strong> walls &<br />

columns etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

9 1,660.00 Painting with Asian paints ROYALE emulsion <strong>of</strong> SqM<br />

SqM ISI standards approved quality and colour two<br />

coats over one coat <strong>of</strong> primer to the inside walls<br />

after scraping the existing surface perfectly clean<br />

and neat including filling the cracks with crack<br />

filling material one coat oil based decoprime, two<br />

or more coats <strong>of</strong> NCL Altek lappam to set over<br />

surface, scraping with emry paper, one coat <strong>of</strong><br />

primer (Oil based) two coats Royale emulsion<br />

painting, including cost and conveyance <strong>of</strong> paints,<br />

brushes, incidental and operational charges etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge..<br />

10 303.00 Supply and fixing <strong>of</strong> Heritage surface texture SqM<br />

SqM "ROTO" finish consisting <strong>of</strong> 2 packs <strong>of</strong> 25 kg dry<br />

material and 5kg <strong>of</strong> bonding agent consisting <strong>of</strong><br />

inorganic natural pigments and fillers with coating<br />

thickness <strong>of</strong> 1.75mm to 2.25mm including painting<br />

with approved make and quality after Scraping the<br />

existing enamel painting with grinding machine<br />

and applying base coat as directed by Engineer<br />

incharge.<br />

11 137.50 Providing and fixing glazed tiles <strong>of</strong> 7.30 mm thick SqM<br />

SqM Regency 300x450 mm <strong>of</strong> approved quality for<br />

dadoing as directed at site laid over 13 mm thick<br />

cement plastering in CM 1:3 prop., after each tile<br />

is plastered on back side with neat cement<br />

including filling <strong>of</strong> all joints with white cement<br />

grouting and cleaning with sawdust and as<br />

directed and final cleaning with dilute sulphuric<br />

acid, Complete and as directed. (For dadoing)<br />

12 1060.00 Painting with ACE <strong>of</strong> ISI standards approved SqM<br />

SqM quality colour and make two or more coats over<br />

one coat <strong>of</strong> primer to the outside walls after<br />

scraping the existing surface perfectly clean and<br />

neat including filling the cracks with approved filler<br />

or lappam wherever necessary to make the<br />

surface even and smooth including cost and<br />

conveyance <strong>of</strong> paints, brushes and incidental &<br />

operational charges etc., complete and as<br />

directed.<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 3


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

13 1.05 Providing cutting, bending, placing and binding in MT<br />

MT position MS/Tor steel reinforcement <strong>of</strong> VSP/TMT<br />

confirming to IS 1786-1979 as per specification<br />

including cost <strong>of</strong> wastage and binding wire <strong>of</strong> 20<br />

gauge for all types <strong>of</strong> reinforced CC works at all<br />

levels etc., complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

14 8.71 Cement concrete 1:11/2:3 prop., for RCC items CuM<br />

CuM using with 20 mm gauge down graded hard<br />

granite machine crushed metal including<br />

shuttering, placing in position, machine mixing,<br />

vibrating, finishing, curing etc., for foundation.<br />

Complete as per specifications but excluding cost<br />

<strong>of</strong> steel reinforcement and its fabrication etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

TOTAL….. Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 3 <strong>of</strong> 3


S C H E D U L E ‘B’<br />

Details <strong>of</strong> materials to be supplied by the ECIL for the work <strong>of</strong><br />

SUB: - 1. CONSTUCTION OF CEMENT GODOWN FOR ESD STORES IN ECIL<br />

2. CONSTUCTION OF TEST ROOM IN RID BUILDING IN ECIL.<br />

3. CIVIL WORKS FOR TRAINING CENTRE AT FIRST FLOOR OF AECS-III<br />

BLDG., IN ECIL.<br />

S.No. Details Issued Rate/M.T. Place <strong>of</strong> Delivery<br />

1. Cement Rs.4,000/MT At departmental Stores<br />

at Factory site.<br />

NOTE:<br />

1. RETURN OF EMPTY CEMENT BAGS: The recovery rate <strong>of</strong> cement indicated<br />

above is inclusive <strong>of</strong> the cost <strong>of</strong> jute or paper bags. The empty cement bags are<br />

the property <strong>of</strong> the contractor.<br />

2. After the completion <strong>of</strong> the work, the consumption <strong>of</strong> materials would be checked<br />

on the basis <strong>of</strong> the quantity <strong>of</strong> materials incorporated in the work and the<br />

materials returned duly allowing for the permissible wastages. Any materials<br />

issued by ECIL and not accounted for properly as a fore-said will be recovered at<br />

double the issue rates specified in Schedule’B'. In arriving at the materials to be<br />

recovered at normal issue rates the materials measured and indirectly used also<br />

will be taken into consideration. The decision <strong>of</strong> the Engineer-in charge for<br />

arriving at the quantity <strong>of</strong> materials to be recovered at double the issue rate<br />

would be final and the contractor will not have any right for dispute in this regard.<br />

3. The wastage for cement, steel and other materials issued by ECIL required for<br />

the work would be allowed upto 5% <strong>of</strong> the quantity required to be used on the<br />

work. The wastage in respect <strong>of</strong> cement shall be determined based on the<br />

theoretical requirement for the purpose <strong>of</strong> recovery and for steel it shall be<br />

determined based on the actual quantity utilized on the work as per the structural<br />

drawing, taking into consideration any changes made by the Engineer-in charge,<br />

and upon the actual requirement during the work.<br />

4. Any departmental material, during the course <strong>of</strong> work, wasted over and above<br />

the permissible limit <strong>of</strong> 5% will be recovered at the panel rate <strong>of</strong> double the<br />

normal rates shown in the Schedule'B'.<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

HEAD ESD


S C H E D U L E - A<br />

NAME OF THE WORK : SUPPLY AND FIXING ALUMINIUM DOORS, VENTILATORS AND FALSE-<br />

CEILING FOR TRAINING CENTER AT FIRST FLOOR OF AECS-III BLDG.,<br />

IN ECIL.<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 95.68 Supplying and fixing powder coated aluminium SqM<br />

SqM sliding windows 3 track section <strong>of</strong><br />

61.5x31.0x2mm thick and shutters made with<br />

40x18x2.0mm and panel filling with 4mm thick<br />

plain glass with screwless aluminium /rubber<br />

beeding including all necessary fixtures, fittings,<br />

hold fasts, etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

2 12.96 Supplying and fixing in position <strong>of</strong> aluminium SqM<br />

SqM powder coated fixed glass ventilators which is<br />

made out <strong>of</strong> outer frame will be 63.0x38.0x1.20<br />

mm box section and 4mm thick glass including<br />

neccesary beading etc complete and as directed<br />

by Engineer Incharge.<br />

3 10.13 Providing and fixing anodized aluminium SqM<br />

SqM double/single door composite sections frame with<br />

101x44.45x3.18mm thick rectangular tubular<br />

section and shutter made with<br />

47.60x44.45x3.18mm thick as vertical, top and<br />

middle horizontal members, 92.75x44.45x3.18mm<br />

thick sections as bottom members panel filling wtih<br />

12mm thick two sides laminated bhutan board on<br />

the bottom and top panels with 5.00 to 5.50mm<br />

thick plain glass with rubber beading <strong>of</strong> suitable<br />

make available locally with one center lock , two<br />

handles per shutter including all necessary fixtures<br />

like hold fasts, hinges, towerbolts , screwless<br />

aluminium/rubber beading and everite make floor<br />

spring for door, aluminium materials are <strong>of</strong> zindal<br />

make or equivalent quality suitable alterations in<br />

the section allowed without changing the overall<br />

weight in kgs <strong>of</strong> aluminium members etc.,<br />

complete and as directed<br />

4 184 Providing and fixing <strong>of</strong> Daiken/ armstrong mineral SqM<br />

SqM fibre ceiling with hot dipped galvanized steel grid<br />

work, surface chemi-cally cleaned capping prefinished<br />

in backed polyster paint, main tees <strong>of</strong><br />

size 33x24 mm 0.50 mm thick every 1.20mtr<br />

center to center to form a grid <strong>of</strong> size 600x600mm<br />

and suspending the grid from RCC ro<strong>of</strong> using<br />

2mm gauge GI wire and rawl plug at 1200mm<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 2


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

2mm gauge GI wire and rawl plug at 1200mm<br />

intervals wherever required and laying "Daiken<br />

mineral fibre acoustic ceiling tiles pattern <strong>of</strong> size<br />

600x600x15mm over the formed grid etc.,<br />

complete and as directed by Engineer-Incharge<br />

5 73 Supply and fixing <strong>of</strong> Venetian Blinds 4" width as SqM<br />

SqM per users requirement (Vertical) with necessary<br />

accessories and approved colour including cost<br />

and conveyance etc., Complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

6 41.52 Supplying and fixing door(Water pro<strong>of</strong>ing) 32 mm SqM<br />

SqM thick flush door shutter with teak vernier both sides<br />

including 100x65 mm teak wood frame, all<br />

neceassary fittings like 4" MS butt hinges 6" length<br />

aluminium handles, 10" length aluminium tower<br />

bolt and 10" length Aldrop including wooden<br />

polishing <strong>of</strong> approved make Asian or equivalent<br />

etc., Complete and as directed by Engineer<br />

Incharge.<br />

7 1.7 Supplying and fixing in position <strong>of</strong> aluminium glass SqM<br />

SqM ventilators which is made out <strong>of</strong> outer frame will be<br />

63.0x38.0x1.20 mm box section with glass louvers<br />

including neccesary beedings etc., complete and<br />

as directed by Engineer Incharge.<br />

Total …….Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 2


S C H E D U L E - A<br />

NAME OF THE WORK : SUPPLY AND FIXING VITRIFIED TILE FLOORING FOR TRAINING CENTER<br />

AT FIRST FLOOR OF AECS-III BUILDING IN ECIL.<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 952 Supply and fixing 10mm thick vitrified tiles flooring SqM<br />

SqM <strong>of</strong> 600x600mm size <strong>of</strong> approved 1st quality, colour<br />

and make <strong>of</strong> Jhonson or Kazaria as per the<br />

specifications laid with Latecrate chemical bedding<br />

after each tile is plastered on back side with<br />

chemical including filling <strong>of</strong> joints with<br />

white/coloured cement as tiles and cleaning with<br />

saw dust as directed and final cleaning with dilute<br />

sulphuric acid etc., complete and as directed by<br />

Engineer Incharge.<br />

Total …….Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 1


S C H E D U L E<br />

NAME OF THE WORK : ANNUAL MAINTENANCE SERVICE CONTRACT FOR OPERATION AND<br />

MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL SUB-STATIONS IN ECIL.<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1. Manning, Operation and Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 33KV /<br />

11KV Sub-station located near NFC, Main<br />

receiving Sub-Station and Other 11 KV Sub-<br />

Stations in ECIL.<br />

a. 12<br />

Months<br />

b. 12<br />

Months<br />

4 Electricians in three shifts for 33 KV Sub-Station<br />

and 4 Electricians for 11KV Sub-Stations.<br />

Total 8 Electricians @25 days Per Month<br />

3 Supervisors in three shifts for 33KV Sub-Station<br />

and 1 supervisor for 11KV Sub-stations.<br />

Total 4 Supervisors @ 25 days Per Month<br />

NOTE:-<br />

1 Scope <strong>of</strong> work, Terms & Conditions applicable as<br />

per the Annexure-I & Annexure-II enclosed.<br />

2 All the consumables and items required for the<br />

operation and maintenance will be supplied by the<br />

department.<br />

Per<br />

Month<br />

Per<br />

Month<br />

TOTAL….. Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 1


1<br />

Annexure – I<br />

(Scope <strong>of</strong> Work)<br />

1. Operation & Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 33KV/11KV ECIL Sub-Station located near NFC<br />

includes<br />

(i) Operation & Maintenance <strong>of</strong> A/B switches whenever required.<br />

(ii) Operation & Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 2 Nos. <strong>of</strong> 33KV VCBs, 3 Nos. <strong>of</strong> 11KV VCBs and 4 Nos.<br />

<strong>of</strong> 11KV BOCBs. .<br />

(iii) Maintenance <strong>of</strong> Earthing Systems in Sub-Stations.<br />

(iv) Checking <strong>of</strong> oil level in 2Nos. <strong>of</strong> 33KV/11KV 15MVA power transformers and<br />

1No. <strong>of</strong> 11KV/.433KV 63KVA Station transformer and topping up if necessary.<br />

(v) Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 11KV HT panel and 33KV VCBs operating panel includes<br />

replacement <strong>of</strong> indication lamps as and when required .<br />

(vi) Attending to the emergency breakdowns and changeover <strong>of</strong> feeders as and when<br />

required.<br />

(vii) Maintenance <strong>of</strong> lamps, fans and electrical equipments inside and surroundings <strong>of</strong><br />

the building.<br />

2. Operation & Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 11KV Main Receiving Sub-Station-I and Sub-Stations II,<br />

III, IV and V inside the ECIL factory.<br />

(i) Operation & Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 12Nos. <strong>of</strong> 11KV BOCBs<br />

(ii) Operation & Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 11Nos <strong>of</strong> HFUs and 7 Nos <strong>of</strong> OLUs includes<br />

checking <strong>of</strong> the oil level and topping up if necessary.<br />

(iii) Replacement <strong>of</strong> the blown <strong>of</strong>f fuses as and when required.<br />

(iv)<br />

Operation & Maintenance <strong>of</strong> 4Nos <strong>of</strong> 11KV VCBs including cleaning <strong>of</strong> panel,<br />

monitoring the relay indications, Alarm indications, and loads on the panel.<br />

(iv) Checking <strong>of</strong> oil level in 12Nos. <strong>of</strong> 11KV/.433KV 500KVA Distribution<br />

transformers and 1 No <strong>of</strong> 1000KVA Distribution Transformer and topping up if<br />

necessary, checking the condition <strong>of</strong> Silica gel Air breather, reconditioning <strong>of</strong> the<br />

silica gel as and when required.<br />

(v) Maintenance <strong>of</strong> Earthing Systems in Sub-Stations.<br />

(vi) Maintenance <strong>of</strong> HT panel includes replacement <strong>of</strong> indication lamps as and when<br />

required.<br />

(vii) Complete Maintenance <strong>of</strong> LT panels includes checking and cleaning <strong>of</strong> ACB<br />

contacts, Isolators, Switches, inspection <strong>of</strong> bus bars, cable terminations and<br />

tightening wherever required.<br />

(viii) Regular checking <strong>of</strong> Ammeters and Voltmeters on the panels and replacement<br />

<strong>of</strong> faulty meters.<br />

(ix) Maintenance <strong>of</strong> lamps, fans and electrical equipments inside the Sub-Stations.<br />

2) The job includes coordination with AP Transco & CPDCL, <strong>of</strong>ficials to sort out the day<br />

to day problems, to ensure Regular supply to the organization.<br />

3) The entire electrical system should be kept in proper working condition by carrying<br />

out periodical routine checks, servicing & maintenance.<br />

4) Spare parts, tools, consumables and cleaning metals like Brushes, cloth, cleaning<br />

liquid, etc required for execution <strong>of</strong> the job will be supplied by the <strong>corporation</strong>.


2<br />

5) The list <strong>of</strong> items given in the schedule is only indicative and Contractor should keep<br />

the system in good working condition at all times.<br />

6) The job also includes carrying out the cable insulation Tests and insulation values <strong>of</strong><br />

windings <strong>of</strong> Motors/ DG sets once in 6 months and submitting the Report.<br />

7) The contractor has to furnish the list <strong>of</strong> spare parts requirement at least two months<br />

in advance.<br />

8) The incoming line voltage at main substation point needs to be constantly monitored<br />

and recorded.<br />

9) Maintenance <strong>of</strong> daily log sheets in register, hourly reading <strong>of</strong> various meters to be<br />

entered in log sheets.<br />

10) Keep the premises and panel Boards clean and tidy in the control rooms.<br />

11) The maintenance personnel should report to work if the <strong>of</strong>fice operates on Sundays<br />

and Holidays.<br />

12) The work carried out by the contractor should be endorsed on a day to day basis by<br />

ECIL authorized representative in the absence <strong>of</strong> which payment will not be made.<br />

13) Replacement <strong>of</strong> blown <strong>of</strong>f fuses in LT panels <strong>of</strong> all the Sub-Stations and 22 Control<br />

rooms.<br />

14) Tightening the terminations bolts, Lube oil and Fuel oil checking and topping up<br />

whenever required, checking the radiator water, checking <strong>of</strong> battery water and<br />

topping up whenever required, Air filters cleaning, Operation <strong>of</strong> DG sets weekly<br />

once and whenever there is a power failure, checking the terminations and settings<br />

in control panel and checking fan belt <strong>of</strong> 1No. <strong>of</strong> 1000KVA HTDG set and 166KVA<br />

LTDG set.<br />

15) Regular checking <strong>of</strong> 166KVA LTDG & 1000KVA HTDG standby Generators and<br />

switching on the DG sets in case <strong>of</strong> power failure.


3<br />

Annexure – II<br />

(Terms & conditions)<br />

1) The contractor should maintain the following records & documents required under<br />

the factories Act, Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition Act) ESI and any other<br />

statutory act, applicable to contract Labour. These registers documents should be<br />

made available at the <strong>of</strong>fice at all times and produced to ECIL <strong>of</strong>ficials /Statutory<br />

Officials for Inspection/verification as and when called for Register for Workmen.<br />

a) Employment Card (to be issued to workers).<br />

b) Muster Roll.<br />

c) Register Of Wages,<br />

d) Over Time Register<br />

e) Any other documents or register required by the statutes applicable to<br />

contract Labour.<br />

f) Register <strong>of</strong> Documents required under PF & ESI Act<br />

2) The contractor will be wholly held responsible for any action taken by statutory<br />

bodies, for violation or non-compliance <strong>of</strong> any such provisions or rules.<br />

3) Any loss or damages either to the person or property <strong>of</strong> the Corporation in the day to<br />

day working will be recovered from the monthly bills <strong>of</strong> the Contractor as passed /<br />

decided by the Engineer - In-Charge<br />

4) Any breach <strong>of</strong> Contract or failure or negligence to comply with or discharge <strong>of</strong> the<br />

any terms & Conditions, obligations etc, arising under this Contract, the loss suffered<br />

by the Corporation, will be made good, and recovered from the monthly Bill <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Contractor by the Corporation.<br />

5) The period <strong>of</strong> Contract will be for 1 year, which may be further extended for another<br />

year at the sole discretion <strong>of</strong> the Corporation ECIL, subject to the satisfactory<br />

execution <strong>of</strong> work by the party at the same rates Terms & conditions.<br />

6) The Contractor, on the orders <strong>of</strong> the Engineer - In-Charge, should carry out the work,<br />

not only during <strong>of</strong>fice normal working hours, but also beyond working Hours on<br />

working days, and also on closed holidays round the clock whenever necessary.<br />

7) Contractor should obtain the necessary license from concerned statutory authorities<br />

and renew/amend the same on the due date wherever applicable,<br />

8) The contractor shall pay compensation to his workmen injured while on duty as per<br />

the various statutory provision/Acts.<br />

9) Taxes applicable in the state concerned will be directly recovered from contractor’s<br />

bill.<br />

10) The entire work should be completed on a day to day basis, failing which no payment<br />

will be made by the <strong>corporation</strong>.<br />

11) If the successful Contractor fails to adhere to the day to day work or if the rate <strong>of</strong><br />

progress is considered not satisfactory by ECIL, the Corporation will be at liberty to<br />

terminate the contract and get the work executed by an alternate agency at the entire<br />

risk and cost <strong>of</strong> the successful Contractor.<br />

12) The <strong>corporation</strong> reserves the right to operate or not to operate any items mentioned<br />

in the schedule. The personnel deployed by the contractor will be utilized to meet the<br />

emergencies / breakdowns at different sub-stations depending on the workload.<br />

13) The successful contractor will have to execute an agreement with ECIL covering all<br />

aspects <strong>of</strong> the contract in the form prescribed before commencement <strong>of</strong> work.


4<br />

14) The contractor has to provide at his own cost proper uniform <strong>of</strong> approved colour and<br />

shade for his workmen. Proper monsoon equipment like rain coat has to be provided<br />

for the work men during rainy season. Safety shoes have to be provided.<br />

15) Whenever the <strong>of</strong>fice is operated on Sunday/Holidays, the necessary operation and<br />

maintenance works have to be carried out to facilitate the smooth Operations <strong>of</strong> the<br />

factory.<br />

16) The contractor has to make payment <strong>of</strong> wages to his workmen immediately during<br />

subsequent month in any case not later than 7 th <strong>of</strong> every month with out fail. The<br />

wages have to be paid in the presence <strong>of</strong> designated ECIL <strong>of</strong>ficer who will witness<br />

the disbursement <strong>of</strong> wages and sign in the wage register. In case the Contractor fails<br />

to make the payment by 7 th every month, the ECIL is at liberty to directly pay the<br />

wages to the Contract Labour and recover the expenditure so incurred from the bills<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Contractor.<br />

17) Supervisor should be qualified in Diploma in Electrical Engineering having 3 to 5<br />

years <strong>of</strong> experience in Sub-Station operations and holding Supervisor competency<br />

certificate / C certificate issued by Chief Electrical Inspectorate Government <strong>of</strong><br />

Andhra Pradesh.<br />

18) Electrician should be qualified in ITI (Electrician trade) having experience <strong>of</strong> 3-5<br />

years in Sub-Station operations and holding Wireman Certificate issued by Chief<br />

Electrical Inspectorate, Government <strong>of</strong> Andhra Pradesh.


S C H E D U L E<br />

NAME OF THE WORK:SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF MAINTENANCE FREE EARTHING SYSTEM<br />

FOR ELECTRICAL SUB-STATIONS OF ECIL.<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 30 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> Permanent Maintenance Each<br />

Nos free earthing pits consisting <strong>of</strong><br />

a. 5/8” dia X 10 feet long tripolar UL approved<br />

molecular bonded copper steel rod having not less<br />

than 250 micron copper coating and life time <strong>of</strong><br />

morethan 30 years.<br />

b. Environmental friendly Ground Enhancement<br />

Material (GEM) as backfill compound suitable for<br />

dissipation <strong>of</strong> 40KA fault currents and which will<br />

ensure to retain moisture and make a low<br />

resistivity cylindrical structure around copper<br />

bonded steel rod.<br />

c. 450mmX450mm CI cover (1 No).Spreading a<br />

homogeneous mixture <strong>of</strong> backfilling compound<br />

around the rod, interconnecting earth tape<br />

between earthing stations completely as per IS<br />

3043, 1987 or latest revision, including <strong>of</strong> all civil<br />

works for earthing installation, testing <strong>of</strong> pits and<br />

submission <strong>of</strong> test reports.<br />

MAKE: ERICO<br />

2 650 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 50X6mm GI tape for Mtr.<br />

Mtrs. interconnection <strong>of</strong> earthing pit and equipments,<br />

including <strong>of</strong> all civil works for GI interconnection<br />

from pit to pit and pit to equipment.<br />

TOTAL….. Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 1


S C H E D U L E<br />

NAME OF THE WORK:SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF MAINTENANCE FREE EARTHING SYSTEM<br />

FOR EMI / EMC & CATF PROJECTS IN ECIL<br />

SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 8 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> Permanent Maintenance Each<br />

Nos free earthing pits consisting <strong>of</strong><br />

a) 5/8” dia X 10 feet long tripolar UL approved<br />

molecular bonded copper steel rod having not less<br />

than 250 micron copper coating and life time <strong>of</strong><br />

more than 30yrs.<br />

b) Environmental friendly Ground Enhancement<br />

Material (GEM) as backfill compound suitable for<br />

dissipation <strong>of</strong> 40KA fault currents and which will<br />

ensure to retain moisture and make a low<br />

resistivity cylindrical structure around copper<br />

bonded steel rod.<br />

c) 450mmX450mm CI cover (1 No).<br />

Spreading a homogeneous mixture <strong>of</strong> backfilling<br />

compound around the rod, interconnecting earth<br />

tape between earthing stations completely as per<br />

IS 3043, 1987 or latest revision, including <strong>of</strong> all<br />

civil works for earthing installation, testing <strong>of</strong> pits<br />

and submission <strong>of</strong> test reports. Make: ERICO.<br />

2 27 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> Permanent Maintenance Each<br />

Nos free earthing pits consisting <strong>of</strong><br />

a) 5/8” dia X 10 feet long UL approved molecular<br />

bonded copper steel rod having not less than 250<br />

micron copper coating and life time <strong>of</strong> more than<br />

30yrs.<br />

b) Environmental friendly Ground Enhancement<br />

Material (GEM) (11.3 KGS) as backfill compound<br />

which will ensure to retain moisture and make a<br />

low resistivity cylindrical structure around copper<br />

bonded steel rod.<br />

c) 450mmX450mm CI cover (1 No).<br />

Spreading a homogeneous mixture <strong>of</strong> backfilling<br />

compound around the rod, interconnecting earth<br />

tape between earthing stations completely as per<br />

IS 3043, 1987 or latest revision, including <strong>of</strong> all<br />

civil works for earthing installation, testing <strong>of</strong> pits<br />

and submission <strong>of</strong> test reports.<br />

Make: ERICO.<br />

3.a 2 Supply <strong>of</strong> FOREND make ESE EU Air terminal & Set<br />

Sets fixing accessories Lightning protection system<br />

consists <strong>of</strong><br />

* ESE EU Air terminal<br />

* G.I mast – 5mtrs with base<br />

* Guying kit with other fixing accessories.<br />

* Lightning strike counter<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 2


SL.NO QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

b 2 Supply <strong>of</strong> Permanent maintenance free radial Set<br />

Sets earthing consists <strong>of</strong><br />

* Copper Bonded Ground Rod 5/8” – 4 Nos.<br />

* Ground Enhancement Materials ZEROLITE.<br />

* Copper earth tape 50x0.5mm<br />

* Earth rod clamp<br />

c 2 Installation <strong>of</strong> direct lightning protection system Set<br />

Sets consists <strong>of</strong> :<br />

* Installation & commissioning <strong>of</strong> Air terminal.<br />

* Installation & commissioning <strong>of</strong> Radial Earth pits.<br />

* Civil work for digging and chamber making.<br />

* Material for chamber making.<br />

* Testing <strong>of</strong> Earth pit resistance by two-spike method.<br />

* Submission <strong>of</strong> Installation report<br />

d 100 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> Down conductors and RM<br />

RM fixing accessories: consists <strong>of</strong> PVC insulated<br />

multistrand copper cable <strong>of</strong> 50 Sqmm size with<br />

other fixing accessories.<br />

4 200 Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> Copper Earth tape Mtr<br />

Mtr. 25mmX3mm size for interconnection between the<br />

earth pits and connecting to equipments.<br />

5 200 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 50X6mm GI tape for Mtr<br />

Mtr. interconnection <strong>of</strong> earthing pit and equipments,<br />

including <strong>of</strong> all civil works for GI interconnection<br />

from pit to pit and pit to equipment.<br />

6 18 Carrying out CADWELD JOINT; Exothermic weld Each<br />

Nos for connection <strong>of</strong> copper bonded rods and copper<br />

tape.<br />

7 18 Supply and fixing <strong>of</strong> Copper Earth Bus bar with Each<br />

Nos terminal box having a provision <strong>of</strong> 25X6X150mm<br />

size copper Earth bus bar mounted on insulators<br />

with suitable size MS box fabricated with 16 SWG<br />

sheet steel suitable for fixing to the wall and shall<br />

have front opening door. The surface <strong>of</strong> door shall<br />

be written with identification area.<br />

Note:- Refer Annexure I, II & III for Technical<br />

Specifications<br />

TOTAL…Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 2


1<br />

1. SPECIFICATIONS / FEATURES OF LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM:<br />

I. ESE EU AIR TERMINAL:<br />

Annexure – I<br />

• The ESE EU lightening protection system is in full compliance with French lightning<br />

protection standard NFC 17-102 & Spanish norm UNE-21186 (Protection <strong>of</strong><br />

structures and <strong>of</strong> open areas against lightning using Early Streamer Emission air<br />

terminals).<br />

• The air terminal is Early Streamer Emission (E.S.E. EU) type which is equipped with<br />

an upper series <strong>of</strong> spark-generating electrodes. The triggering device <strong>of</strong> the E.S.E.<br />

EU air terminal is sealed in a stainless-steel housing fixed at the center <strong>of</strong> its central<br />

rod.<br />

• The air terminal shall be fixed at the top <strong>of</strong> a GI elevation pole with base so as be at<br />

least 2 meters above the structure to be protected. Its height above ro<strong>of</strong> level would<br />

be dependent on the level <strong>of</strong> protection and the protection radii required.<br />

II. DOWN CONDUCTOR:<br />

• Each E.S.E. EU air terminal shall be connected to at least one down conductor. Two<br />

conductors should be installed on opposite sides <strong>of</strong> the building if the horizontal<br />

length <strong>of</strong> the down conductor is greater than its vertical length.<br />

• The down conductor(s) should be high conductivity round or flat solid bare or copper<br />

conductor with a minimum size <strong>of</strong> 50mm 2 . They should be fixed to the structure by<br />

means <strong>of</strong> saddles / fasteners per meter.<br />

• The down conductor(s) should be connected to the air terminal system by means <strong>of</strong><br />

a metallic U-bolts / adaptor located on the E.S.E. EU air terminal. It should then run<br />

down the elevation pole and take the shortest direct route down the outside <strong>of</strong> the<br />

building to the earth termination network, avoiding any sharp corners, thereby<br />

providing a low impedance path from the air terminal to its earth termination<br />

system(s).<br />

• A 6 digit lightning Strike counter may be installed in order to count the actual<br />

lightning strikes on the E.S.E. EU air terminal.<br />

III. EARTHING SYSTEM:<br />

• Each down conductor should be connected to its own earth termination system using<br />

a Radial termination. The radial earthing is made <strong>of</strong> copper strip conductor(s) <strong>of</strong> the<br />

installation and arranged in crow-foot fashion (three 10 Mtrs. Long conductors buried<br />

horizontally). A copper-bonded steel earth rod should be added at the end <strong>of</strong> each<br />

copper length.<br />

• The resistance value <strong>of</strong> each earth termination system should be 10 Ohms or less.<br />

• Each earth conductor and rod will be treated with ground enhancement materials<br />

and made the connections using bimetallic earth rod clamps and one pit should be<br />

housed in a proprietary concrete or PVC pit in order to facilitate inspection.<br />

1


2<br />

Annexure – III<br />

3. SPECIFICATION:<br />

Maintenance Free Earthing pits shall provide:<br />

• Good Corrosion resistance<br />

• Ability to carry high currents repeatedly<br />

• A reliable and long life system<br />

1. Earth Rod<br />

• The Earth rods shall be <strong>of</strong> copper bonded steel earth rods especially designed for<br />

Electrical earthing based upon the equipment fault currents as per site<br />

requirement. The sizes shall be designed considering the maximum fault current.<br />

• The earth rods are corrosion resistant, while providing the lowest possible<br />

resistance to ground.<br />

• The earth rods shall be molecularly bonded with copper to high strength steelcores.<br />

• Copper coating: The standard Copper coating thickness exceeds UL & ANSI<br />

specs. Of 0.250mm.<br />

• The life <strong>of</strong> the Earth rods shall be min 35 years.<br />

2. ZEROLITE – Ground Enhancement Material:<br />

The Ground Enhancement Material shall be electrically conductive and non-soluble<br />

earth enhancing compounds may be used to help achieve low ground resistance<br />

provided the materials mixed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s<br />

instructions.<br />

PROPERTY OF GROUND ENHANCEMENT MATERIAL:<br />

2.1 Shall compose <strong>of</strong> a basic electrolyte, which along with other ingredients produces<br />

a gel having:<br />

i) High conductivity in the electrode-ground contact area and improves earth’s<br />

absorbing power and humidity retention capability.<br />

ii) Shall be non-corrosive in nature having low solubility (0.2% max) but with high<br />

hygroscopy. Not eliminated by continuous treatments with water.<br />

iii) Thermo stable between -60 0 to +60 0 C or F temperatures.<br />

iv) Possible increase from 3-20 times in earth’s conductivity shall be achieved.<br />

v) Its elements interact in homogenous way when applied to the earth.<br />

vi) Shall be used on any kind <strong>of</strong> electrode & all kinds <strong>of</strong> grounds <strong>of</strong> different sensitivity<br />

through the simple spill <strong>of</strong> the proper solution to the ground, which surrounds the<br />

electrode.<br />

vii) When the products employed react, they shall produce compounds with high<br />

conductive power and decrease the resistance <strong>of</strong> the earth, mainly in those with salts<br />

deficiency.<br />

viii) Higher doses may be necessary for optimum results in high resistance soil or rocky<br />

areas.<br />

ix) Environmental-friendly:<br />

2


• Shall not adversely affect the soil.<br />

• Shall not leach ions or contaminate ground water.<br />

3. Connectors:<br />

• The connectors shall be non-corrosive and bimetallic.<br />

• The connectors are mechanical compression type.<br />

3<br />

Ground Enhancement Material used shall not only make the pits maintenance free, but<br />

also shall improve the soil conductivity.<br />

3


NAME OF THE WORK : PROVIDING POWER AND LIGHTING SUPPLY IN SOUTH EAST AREA OF<br />

S.N QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

1 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 500V switch fuse unit Threephase<br />

and neutral link with 3 Nos. <strong>of</strong> HRC fuses <strong>of</strong><br />

suitable capacity (L&T make) sheet steel enclosure<br />

mounted on MS bracket to install in LT panel / on wall<br />

/ column / beam with weather pro<strong>of</strong> SS enclosure box<br />

including required frame work, top and bottom cable<br />

adopter boxes with necessary accessories, earthing,<br />

painting, numbering and minor Civil work etc.,<br />

complete. Make: L&T<br />

a. 1 100A FN switch (Cat No: SK95568) Each<br />

No.<br />

2 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> sheet steel flush mounted<br />

double door type three phase vertical bus-bar<br />

distribution board with phase and neutral to install on<br />

wall / column including MS angular frame work with<br />

necessary accessories, internal wiring, earthing,<br />

painting, numbering, and minor civil works etc.,<br />

complete. Make: Legrand<br />

i.<br />

2<br />

Sets<br />

S C H E D U L E<br />

CND BUILDING GROUND FLOOR IN ECIL<br />

12-way TPN DB (Cat No: 6077 52) with the following: Set<br />

a) 80A Isolator (604016) ……………….01 No.<br />

b) 63A RCCB (6021 34)……………….. 01 No.<br />

c) 32A TPMCB’s ( 6032 88) ………....03 Nos.<br />

d) 10/20/32A SPMCB’s( 6032 33/35/37)…...27Nos.<br />

ii. 1 12-way TPN DB (Cat No: 6077 52) with the following: Set<br />

Set a) 80A Isolator (604016) …………………..01 No.<br />

b) 63A RCCB (6021 34)………………….... 01 No.<br />

c) 32A TPMCB’s ( 6032 88) ………...........05 Nos.<br />

d) 10/20/32A SPMCB’s( 6032 33/35/37)…...21Nos.<br />

iii. 1 08-way TPN DB(Cat No: 6077 51) with the following: Set<br />

Set a) 80A Isolator (604016) ……....…….….. 01 No.<br />

b) 63A RCCB (6021 34)…..…………….... 01 No.<br />

c) 32A TPMCB’s (6032 88)……………......03 Nos.<br />

d) 10/20/32A SPMCB’s( 6032 33/35/37)…..21 Nos.<br />

3 2 Supply and Installation <strong>of</strong> 63A TPN 5 pin plug & Each<br />

Nos socket P17 Tempra model (Cat No.6078 80) with 63 A<br />

FPMCB (Cat No.6033 25) to install on DB with suitable<br />

knock out for incoming cables to draw the three phase<br />

power supply including MS frame work to fix on wall /<br />

column with required fasteners, earthing, painting,<br />

numbering and minor civil works etc., complete.<br />

Make: Legrand<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 6


S.N QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

4 8 Supply and Installation <strong>of</strong> 32 A TPN 5 pin plug & Each<br />

Nos socket P17 Tempra model (Cat No.6078 72) with 32 A<br />

FPMCB (Cat No.6033 22) to install on DB with suitable<br />

knock out for incoming cables to draw the three phase<br />

power supply including MS frame work to fix on wall /<br />

column with required fasteners, earthing, painting,<br />

numbering and minor civil works etc., complete.Make:<br />

Legrand<br />

5 32 Supply and Installation <strong>of</strong> 250 V grade 3-pin metal Each<br />

Nos clad protected weather pro<strong>of</strong> plug socket, housed in<br />

Legrand MS box with 20A socket (Cat No.6078 41)<br />

with plug top controlled by 20A / 32A SPMCB(Cat<br />

No.6032 35/37) including earthing, neutral link<br />

internal wiring, painting and numbering etc., complete<br />

to fix on suitable MS bracket / frame work to wall /<br />

column as detailed.<br />

6 Make: SupplyLegrand<br />

installation <strong>of</strong> modular type case with<br />

NorthWest make 4Nos. <strong>of</strong> 6 / 16A, 3pin plug sockets<br />

controlled by 4 Nos. <strong>of</strong> 20Amps, 250V Modular type<br />

switches with 20Amps MCB protection. Including<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> suitable mounting boxes, Inner plates, Cover<br />

plates with internal wiring and minor civil works etc.,<br />

complete.<br />

a. 41 a) Four - way 6/16A 3-pin plug socket. Each<br />

Nos. Make: NorthWest<br />

7 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> modular type case with<br />

NorthWest make 2Nos. <strong>of</strong> 6 / 16A, 3pin plug sockets<br />

controlled by 2 Nos. <strong>of</strong> 20Amps, 250V Modular type<br />

switches with 20Amps MCB protection. Including<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> suitable mounting boxes, Inner plates, Cover<br />

plates with internal wiring and minor civil works etc.,<br />

complete.<br />

a. 25 Two - way 6/16A 5-pin plug socket. Each<br />

Nos Make: NorthWest<br />

8 35 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning <strong>of</strong> Each<br />

Nos recessed type 2’x 2’ false ceiling fixture with 2Nos <strong>of</strong><br />

36W CFL Lamps, copper ballasts, starters and<br />

condenser for PF improvement duly wired to be fixed<br />

to beam / ceiling / on false ceiling including supply <strong>of</strong><br />

all necessary clamps supports, pipes, fasteners, ball &<br />

sockets where needed and earthing etc., complete.<br />

Make: Crompton Greaves(CRFQ11236/P5)/Philips<br />

9 110 Supply and Installation, testing and commissioning <strong>of</strong> Each<br />

Nos 04’ twin tube industrial box type fixture with 02 Nos. <strong>of</strong><br />

36 watts fluorescent lamps with aluminum reflector<br />

and necessary accessories like heavy duty copper<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 6


S.N QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

chokes, starters, holders, condenser for PF<br />

improvement duly wired to be fixed to beam / ceiling /<br />

on false ceiling including supply <strong>of</strong> all necessary<br />

accessories like supports, pipes, ball and sockets<br />

where needed, fasteners and earthing<br />

etc.,complete.(Starters outside appearing<br />

model)Make: Crompton (IGP 1424HSB/1324HSB)/<br />

Philips.<br />

10 55 Supply and Installation <strong>of</strong> high speed 1400mm sweep Each<br />

Nos ceiling fan capacitor type suitable to operate on 230<br />

volts AC supply with blades, down rod, top and bottom<br />

canopies to ISS 374/1979 double ball bearing<br />

including Anchor make electronic step type speed<br />

control regulator and necessary fan hook to fix to<br />

ceiling / beam with required accessories and fasteners<br />

etc., complete.<br />

Make: Crompton (High speed HSD-1400mm)<br />

11 25 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 400mm sweep oscillating Each<br />

Nos type wall mounted fan suitable to operate on single<br />

phase 230V 50Hz AC supply to be installed on Wall /<br />

Column with required MS frame work, wiring and<br />

necessary civil works etc., complete.<br />

Make: Crompton Greaves HIGH FLO LG<br />

12 Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> 1100V grade XLPE/PVC<br />

insulated PVC sheathed armoured heavy duty<br />

Al.Cables <strong>of</strong> approved make conforming to IS-1554<br />

(Part-I) 1976 specifications inside the building through<br />

embedded conduit pipe on wall / floor / beam / in<br />

trenches from LTpanel / DB panel to required loads<br />

including supply <strong>of</strong> all required fasteners and civil<br />

works etc., complete.<br />

Make: Finolex<br />

a 200 3 ½ Core 70 Sq.mm armoured Al. cable.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

b 150 3 ½ Core 50 Sq.mm armoured Al. cable.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

c 130 3 ½ Core 25 Sq.mm armoured Al. cable.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

d 150 4 Core 10 sq.mm armoured Al.Cable.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

12.1 Jointing the above mentioned cable with suitable<br />

Terminations including supply <strong>of</strong> all jointing materials<br />

like cable glands, sockets, lugs, necessary fasteners<br />

and making provision in DB / LT panel for incoming &<br />

Outing <strong>of</strong> cable with earthing <strong>of</strong> glands etc., complete.<br />

a 2 3 ½ core 70 Sq.mm armoured Al. cable.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

Page 3 <strong>of</strong> 6


S.N QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

b 6 3 ½ core 50 Sq.mm armoured Al. cable.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

c 10 3 ½ core 25 Sq.mm armoured Al. cable.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

d 4 4 core 10 Sq.mm armoured Al. cable.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

13 Modular Point Wiring With 2 Nos. <strong>of</strong> multi strand 1.5<br />

Sq.mm PVC insulated copper wire preferably black<br />

colour for neutral <strong>of</strong> 600 volts grade in resistance<br />

welded heavy gauge rigid MS conduit pipe <strong>of</strong> 16 SWG<br />

from 20mm / 25mm / 32mm (including supply <strong>of</strong><br />

conduit and its accessories) supported on saddles<br />

with number <strong>of</strong> wires bunched at certain places,<br />

controlled by 5A, 250V single pole Modular type<br />

switches and 15A Modular type switches for Flood<br />

light, flush marked mounted on suitable mounting<br />

boxes (MS), Inner plates, Cover plates with internal<br />

wiring. Supply being tapped from DB with 2 nos. <strong>of</strong><br />

multi strands 2.5 Sq.mm PVC copper wire for primary<br />

Light / Fan. Supply <strong>of</strong> all necessary accessories like<br />

ceiling rose, 6A, 3-pin socket with MS box (for wall<br />

mounted fans) earthing the installation with 1.5Sq.mm<br />

PVC copper wire (Green colour) and numbering etc.,<br />

complete. Make: Finolex (wires) & NorthWest<br />

(switches)<br />

a 100 One switch controlling one light / fan.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

b 80 One switch controlling two lights.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

14 Supply and drawing <strong>of</strong> 600V grade PVC insulated<br />

copper wires in laid conduits in different colours<br />

preferably black colour for neutral and green colour for<br />

shield including interconnections etc., complete.<br />

Make: Finolex.<br />

a 600 4 Sq.mm PVC Copper Wire.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

b 800 2.5 Sq.mm PVC Copper Wire.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

c 500 1.5 Sq.mm PVC Copper Wire. Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

15 Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> heavy-duty 16 SWG MS conduit<br />

pipe with all accessories on wall / column / beam /<br />

partition / cubicles / concrete floor concealed / on<br />

ceiling duly supported on saddles, clamps, bends,<br />

junction boxes including earthing, minor civil works<br />

such as welding plastering and painting, etc.,<br />

complete. Make: BEC / Gupta / National / Victory.<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

Page 4 <strong>of</strong> 6


S.N QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

a 100 a) 32 mm dia. MS conduit pipe.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

b 400 b) 25 mm dia. MS conduit pipe.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

c 350 c) 20 mm dia. MS conduit pipe.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

16 ANTI - STATIC EARTH TERIMINALS:<br />

i 20 Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 200mm in length, 25mm Each<br />

Nos width and 3mm thick s<strong>of</strong>t drawn hot dipped Tin coated<br />

Copper strip with porcelain bases as supports <strong>of</strong><br />

suitable size with provision for tapping from the strip<br />

including chromium coated hardware to fix on wall /<br />

column at the height <strong>of</strong> 0.5 Mtr from floor level with<br />

anti static indicator including supply <strong>of</strong> necessary<br />

accessories, welding, bending, drilling and minor civil<br />

works etc., complete as per instructions <strong>of</strong> Engineer Incharge.<br />

ii Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> PVC insulated multi-strand<br />

Copper wire in laid PVC conduit from Antistatic earth<br />

station to main terminal point and individual earth<br />

terminals including required nuts, bolts, lugging at<br />

ends and end terminations etc., complete and as per<br />

instructions <strong>of</strong> Engineer In-charge. Make: FINOLEX<br />

a. 220 10Sq.mm PVC copper wire.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

iii Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> heavy duty 1.5mm thick PVC<br />

conduit pipe with necessary accessories such as<br />

bends, junction boxes, reducers etc., on wall / column<br />

/ beam / ro<strong>of</strong> supported on saddles, clamps, including<br />

all minor civil works welding, painting, earthing etc.,<br />

complete and as per instructions <strong>of</strong> Engineer Incharge.<br />

Make: Sudhakar.<br />

a 50 25mm PVC conduit pipe.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mts.<br />

b 150 20mm PVC conduit pipe.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

17 Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> hot dip GI / Tinned Copper strip /<br />

wires as under including interconnections and tapping,<br />

wherever necessary on wall / along partition/ trench /<br />

underground by excavation from earth pit to the<br />

building with required welding, clamping, supporting<br />

and painting etc., complete.<br />

a 100 25 x3mm GI strip.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

b 50 25 x 3mm copper strip.<br />

Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

c 350 No.14 SWG Copper wire. Mtr.<br />

Mtrs.<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

Page 5 <strong>of</strong> 6


S.N QTY. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT<br />

18 4<br />

Nos<br />

Preparation <strong>of</strong> Earth station with 600 x 600 x 3 mm<br />

thick tinned Copper plate as electrode at a depth not<br />

less than 2.5mtrs below normal ground level including<br />

excavation, back filling with s<strong>of</strong>t soil, charcoal, salt,<br />

earth take <strong>of</strong>f arrangement etc., providing water pipe,<br />

funnel, screen, brick chamber <strong>of</strong> size 600 X 600 X 450<br />

mm, RCC cover <strong>of</strong> size 600X600mm etc., conforming<br />

to IS-3043 and as per instructions <strong>of</strong> Engineer Incharge.<br />

Each<br />

19 Removal <strong>of</strong> Existing old Installations with connected<br />

cable and conduit etc., Complete.<br />

a 2 Power Distribution Boards.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

b 40 Twin Tube light Fixtures.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

c 40 Ceiling Fans.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

d 20 Switch Boards.<br />

Each<br />

Nos<br />

e 10 Industrial Sockets. Each<br />

Nos<br />

TOTAL….Rs.<br />

HEAD ESD<br />

CONTRACTOR<br />

Page 6 <strong>of</strong> 6


1<br />

S C H E D U L E<br />

NAME OF THE WORK: PROVIDING POWER AND LIGHTING FACILITY FOR CLC (TRAINING CENTER) AT<br />

TIFR SCHOOL BUILDING IN ECIL.<br />

Sl.No. Description <strong>of</strong> work Qty Rate Unit Amount<br />

01.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 500V switch fuse unit Threephase<br />

and neutral link with 3 Nos. <strong>of</strong> HRC fuses <strong>of</strong><br />

suitable capacity (L&T make) sheet steel enclosure<br />

mounted on MS bracket to install in LT panel / on wall /<br />

column / beam with weather pro<strong>of</strong> SS enclosure box<br />

including required frame work, top and bottom cable<br />

adopter boxes with necessary accessories, earthing,<br />

painting, numbering and minor Civil work’s etc.,<br />

complete.Make:L&T<br />

a) 100A FN switch (Cat No: SK95568) 03 No’s. Each<br />

02.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> sheet steel flush mounted<br />

double door type three phase vertical bus-bar<br />

distribution board with phase and neutral to install on<br />

wall / column including MS angular frame work with<br />

necessary accessories, internal wiring, earthing,<br />

painting, numbering, and minor civil works etc.,<br />

complete.<br />

Make: Legrand.<br />

ii)12 Way TPN DB (Cat No: 6077 52)<br />

a) 80A FP Isolator ………. 01No.(Cat No:604016)<br />

b) 63A FP RCCB………..01No.(Cat No:602134)<br />

c)32A TPMCB…………. 04Nos.(Cat No: 6032 88)<br />

d)10/20/32A SPMCB ……24Nos.(Cat No: 6032<br />

33/35/37)<br />

iii) 8 Way TPN DB (Cat No: 607751)<br />

a) 80A FP Isolator ………. 01No.(Cat No:604016)<br />

b) 63A FP RCCB………..01No.(Cat No:602134)<br />

c)32A TPMCB…………. 03Nos.(Cat No: 6032 88)<br />

d)10/20/32A SPMCB ……15Nos.(Cat No: 6032<br />

33/35/37)<br />

2 Sets<br />

1 Set<br />

Set<br />

Set<br />

CONTRACTOR


2<br />

Sl.No. Description <strong>of</strong> work Qty Rate Unit Amount<br />

03.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 32A TPN 5 pin plug &<br />

socket P17 Tempra model with 32A TPNMCB(Cat<br />

No. 6033 05) to install with suitable knock out for<br />

incoming cables) to draw the three phase power<br />

supply including MS frame work to fix on wall / column<br />

with required fasteners, earthing, painting, numbering<br />

and minor civil works etc., complete.<br />

Make: Legrand (Cat No. 6078 72)<br />

18 Nos. Each<br />

04.0) Supply and Installation <strong>of</strong> 250 V grade 3-pin metal<br />

clad protected weather pro<strong>of</strong> plug socket, housed in<br />

Legrand MS box with 20A socket with plug top<br />

controlled by 20A SPMCB (Cat No: 6032 35) to fix on<br />

wall / column with suitable MS bracket frame including<br />

earthing, neutral link internal wiring, painting and<br />

numbering & minor civil works etc., complete Make:<br />

Legrand (Cat No: 6078 41)<br />

10Nos<br />

Each<br />

05.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> modular type M.S box with<br />

North West make 4Nos. <strong>of</strong> 6A, 3pin plug sockets<br />

controlling 4Nos <strong>of</strong> 6A ,230V with built in controlled<br />

switch <strong>of</strong> each and 20Amps MCB protection. Including<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> suitable mounting boxes, Inner plates, Cover<br />

plates with internal wiring and minor civil works etc.,<br />

complete. Make: North West a)<br />

Four - way 6A 3-pin plug with built in switch control. 68Nos. Each<br />

06.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> modular type M.S box with<br />

North West make 2Nos. <strong>of</strong> 16A, 3pin plug sockets<br />

controlled by 2 Nos. <strong>of</strong> 16Amps, 250V Modular type<br />

switches and 20Amps MCB protection. Including<br />

supply <strong>of</strong> suitable mounting boxes, Inner plates, Cover<br />

plates with internal wiring and minor civil works etc.,<br />

complete. Make: North West<br />

a) Two - way 16A 3-pin plug socket. 20 Nos. Each<br />

07.0) Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> 1100V grade XLPE/ PVC<br />

insulated PVC sheathed armoured heavy duty Al.<br />

Cables <strong>of</strong> approved make conforming to IS-1554 (Part-<br />

I) 1976 specifications inside the building on wall / floor<br />

/ beam / in trenches from LT panel / DB to required<br />

loads including supply <strong>of</strong> all required fasteners and<br />

civil works etc.,complete.Make:Finolex.<br />

a) 3 ½ core 70 Sq.mm Al cable. 150Mtrs Mtr<br />

CONTRACTOR


3<br />

Sl.No. Description <strong>of</strong> work Qty Rate Unit Amount<br />

b) 3 ½ core 50 Sq.mm Al cable.<br />

c) 4 core 10 Sq.mm Al cable.<br />

08.0) Jointing the above mentioned cable with suitable<br />

terminations including supply <strong>of</strong> all jointing materials<br />

like cable glands, sockets, Plugs, necessary fasteners<br />

and making provision in DB / LT panel for incoming &<br />

Outgoing <strong>of</strong> cable with earthing <strong>of</strong> glands etc., complete.<br />

a) 3 ½ core 70 Sq.mm Al cable.<br />

b) 3 ½ core 50 Sq.mm Al cable.<br />

c) 4 core 10 Sq.mm Al cable.<br />

100Mtrs<br />

300Mtrs<br />

04Nos<br />

04Nos<br />

20 Nos<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

09.0) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning <strong>of</strong><br />

recessed type 2’x 2’ false ceiling fixture PARALITE<br />

LOUVRE (P5) with 2Nos <strong>of</strong> 36W CFL Lamps, copper<br />

ballasts, starters and condenser for PF improvement<br />

duly wired to be fixed to beam / ceiling / on false<br />

ceiling including supply <strong>of</strong> all necessary clamps<br />

supports, pipes, fasteners, ball & sockets where<br />

needed and earthing etc., complete.<br />

Make: Crompton Greaves(CRFQ11236/P5) / Philips.<br />

10.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 400mm sweep oscillating<br />

type wall mounted fan suitable to operate on single<br />

phase 230V 50Hz AC supply to be installed on Wall /<br />

Column with required MS frame work, wiring and<br />

necessary civil works etc., complete.<br />

Make: Crompton Greaves (HIGH FLO LG)<br />

11.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 450 mm dia. 1440-RPM<br />

Exhaust fan suitable to operate on 230V, 50Hz single<br />

phase AC supply in existing hole, grouting <strong>of</strong> suitable<br />

nuts, bolts, including supply <strong>of</strong> gravitational lowers,<br />

necessary civil works, plastering, earthing etc.,<br />

complete to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> Engineer In-<br />

Charge.<br />

Make: Crompton / Almonard<br />

30 Nos. Each<br />

20 Nos. Each<br />

4 Nos. Each<br />

12.0) Point Wiring With 2 Nos. <strong>of</strong> multi strand 1.5 Sq.mm<br />

PVC insulated copper wire preferably black colour for<br />

neutral <strong>of</strong> 600 volts grade in resistance welded heavy<br />

gauge rigid MS conduit pipe <strong>of</strong> 16 SWG from 20mm /<br />

25mm / 32mm (including supply <strong>of</strong> conduit and its<br />

accessories) supported on saddles with number <strong>of</strong><br />

CONTRACTOR


4<br />

Sl.No. Description <strong>of</strong> work Qty Rate Unit Amount<br />

wires bunched at certain places, controlled by 5A,<br />

250V single pole Modular type switches and 15A<br />

Modular type switches for Flood light, Exhaust fans,<br />

flush marked mounted on suitable mounting boxes<br />

(MS), Inner plates, Cover plates with internal wiring.<br />

Supply being tapped from DB with 2 nos. <strong>of</strong> Multi<br />

strands 2.5 Sq.mm PVC copper wire for primary Light /<br />

Fan. Supply <strong>of</strong> all necessary accessories like ceiling<br />

rose, 6A, 3-pin socket with MS box (for wall mounted<br />

fans) earthing the installation with 1.5Sq.mm<br />

PVC,FRLS copper wire (Green colour) and numbering<br />

etc., complete.<br />

Make: Finolex (wires) & Northwest (switches)<br />

a) One switch controlling one lights / fans / wall<br />

mounting fans.<br />

b) One switch controlling two lights<br />

30 Nos.<br />

20 Nos.<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

13.0) Supply and Installation, testing and commissioning <strong>of</strong><br />

04’ twin tube industrial box type fixture with 02<br />

Nos. <strong>of</strong> 36 watts fluorescent lamps with accessories<br />

like heavy duty copper chokes, starters, holders,<br />

condenser for PF improvement duly wired to be fixed<br />

to beam / ceiling / on false ceiling including supply <strong>of</strong><br />

all necessary accessories like supports, pipes, ball<br />

and sockets where needed, fasteners and earthing<br />

etc., complete.<br />

40 Nos Each<br />

Make: Crompton (IGP 1424HSB/1324HSB) / Philips.<br />

14.0) Supply and drawing <strong>of</strong> 600V grade PVC, FRLS,<br />

insulated copper wires in laid conduits in different<br />

colours preferably black colour for neutral and green<br />

colour for shield including interconnections etc.,<br />

complete.Make: FINOLEX.<br />

a) 4 Sq.mm PVC Copper Wire<br />

b) 2.5Sq.mm PVC Copper Wire<br />

c) 1.5 Sq.mm PVC Copper Wire.<br />

15.0) Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> heavy-duty 16 SWG MS conduit<br />

pipe with all accessories on wall / column / beam /<br />

partition / cubicles / concrete floor concealed / on<br />

ceiling duly supported on saddles,<br />

1000Mtrs.<br />

1000Mtrs.<br />

600Mtrs.<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

CONTRACTOR


5<br />

Sl.No. Description <strong>of</strong> work Qty Rate Unit Amount<br />

clamps, bends, junction boxes including earthing, minor<br />

civil works such as welding plastering and painting,<br />

etc., complete.<br />

Make: BEC / Gupta / National / Victory.<br />

a) 32 mm dia. MS conduit pipe<br />

b) 25 mm dia. MS conduit pipe.<br />

c) 20 mm dia. MS conduit pipe<br />

16.0) Preparation <strong>of</strong> earth station with 40mm dia ‘C’ class GI<br />

Pipe in pits nearly 3.0 Mtrs below the ground level for<br />

earthing arrangement, take <strong>of</strong>f provisions including<br />

excavation, providing salt, charcoal etc., confirming to<br />

IS specification with 600 x 600 x 450mm chamber<br />

covering with RCC cover etc., complete.<br />

17.0) Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> hot dip GI /Copper strip / wire as<br />

under including interconnections and tapping, wherever<br />

necessary on wall / partition / trench / underground by<br />

excavation from earth pit to the building, with required<br />

civil works like welding, clamping and painting etc.,<br />

complete.<br />

a) 25X6mm G.I Strip.<br />

b) 25X3mm G.I Strip.<br />

c) No.8 SWG GI wire.<br />

d)No.14 SWG Copper wire.<br />

18.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> modular type North West<br />

make Inner plates, Cover plates with internal wiring<br />

and minor civil works etc., complete.<br />

Make: North West<br />

a) one Modular Concealed Ms Box<br />

b) Two Modular Concealed Ms Box<br />

c) Three Modular Concealed Ms Box<br />

d) Four Modular Concealed Ms Box<br />

100Mtrs.<br />

600Mtrs.<br />

100Mtrs.<br />

04Nos.<br />

50 Mtrs.<br />

100 Mtrs.<br />

400 Mtrs.<br />

800 Mtrs<br />

5 Nos.<br />

5 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

Each<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

Mtr<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

CONTRACTOR


6<br />

Sl.No. Description <strong>of</strong> work Qty Rate Unit Amount<br />

e) Six Modular Concealed Ms Box<br />

f) Eight Modular Concealed Ms Box<br />

g) Twelve Modular Concealed Ms Box<br />

h) one Modular Cover Plate<br />

i) Two Modular Cover Plate<br />

j) Three Modular Cover Plate<br />

k) Four Modular Cover Plate<br />

l) Six Modular Cover Plate<br />

m) Eight Modular Cover Plate<br />

n) Twelve Modular Cover Plate<br />

o) Modular Switches 6A<br />

P)Modular Switches 15A<br />

Q)Modular fan Regulators<br />

19.0) Removal <strong>of</strong> Existing old Installations with connected<br />

cable and conduit etc., Complete.<br />

a) Power Distribution Boards<br />

b) Lighting Distribution Boards<br />

c) Twin Tube light Fixture<br />

d) Ceiling Fan<br />

e) ICTPN Switch (16A – 63A)<br />

f) RR Power socket.<br />

g) Switch Boards<br />

10 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

05 Nos.<br />

05 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

10 Nos.<br />

100 Nos.<br />

50 Nos.<br />

25 Nos.<br />

01No<br />

01No<br />

10Nos<br />

20Nos<br />

02Nos<br />

05Nos<br />

05Nos<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

Each<br />

20.0) Supply and installation <strong>of</strong> 300 mm dia. 1440-RPM<br />

Exhaust fan suitable to operate on 230V, 50Hz single<br />

phase AC supply in existing hole, grouting <strong>of</strong> suitable<br />

nuts, bolts, including supply <strong>of</strong> gravitational lowers,<br />

necessary civil works, plastering, earthing etc.,<br />

complete to the entire satisfaction <strong>of</strong> Engineer In-<br />

Charge. Make: Crompton / Almonard.<br />

01 Nos. Each<br />

CONTRACTOR


7<br />

Sl.No. Description <strong>of</strong> work Qty Rate Unit Amount<br />

21.0) Supply and laying <strong>of</strong> heavy-duty 1.5mm thick PVC<br />

conduit pipe with all accessories on wall / column /<br />

beam / partition / cubicals / concrete floor concealed /<br />

on ceiling duly supported on saddles, clamps, bends,<br />

junction boxes including earthing, minor civil works such<br />

as welding plastering and painting, etc., complete.<br />

Make: Sudhakar<br />

a